Category: Emissions Trading

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Government of Saskatchewan Prepares for Possible Canada Post Strike

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    Released on May 14, 2025

    The Government of Saskatchewan is preparing for a possible postal strike that could begin as early as May 22, 2025. Ministries, Crowns and agencies have put contingency plans in place to limit service disruptions.

    The government encourages all clients, suppliers and businesses to switch to direct deposit, as those payments will not be impacted by any changes to postal services.

    Social Services Payments

    Building on the experience with the 2024 Canada Post service disruption, the Ministry of Social Services is preparing contingency plans for clients who receive benefit cheques by mail. Most ministry clients already receive benefit payments by direct deposit and these payments will continue as usual. We encourage clients to switch to direct deposit.

    Drug Plan and Extended Benefits 

    Residents requiring letters to submit to their private insurance providers for Special Support, Seniors’ Drug Plan, or Exception Drug Status may submit the request through the online Saskatchewan Formulary. Letters will be mailed once the Canada Post service disruption is resolved. 

    Health Cards and Vital Statistics Certificates

    Incoming and outgoing mail delays may affect applications for health cards and certificates for births, deaths or marriages. Visit eHealthsask.ca for options to minimize delays, including ordering online. 

    Crop Insurance/AgriStability Information and Payments 

    The Saskatchewan Crop Insurance Corporation (SCIC) will work with customers to determine alternate options for accessing information typically delivered through Canada Post, such as faxing, emailing or delivering to a local SCIC office for pick-up. Producers are encouraged to sign-up for direct deposit for receiving program payments. The direct payment form is available on SCIC’s website. 

    Payments to Government of Saskatchewan Suppliers

    The Ministry of Finance will make supplier cheques available for pickup in Regina for suppliers unable to register for direct deposit. Suppliers should call 306-787-7450 to make arrangements.

    Taxes, Refunds and Grant Payments

    In the event of a postal dispute, businesses are expected to ensure they file and pay taxes to the Ministry of Finance on time. Mail delays do not change tax deadlines or the assessment of penalties and interest. For more information, please review the Information Notice – IN 2025-03, Filing and Paying Provincial Taxes in the Event of a Postal Disruption.

    Tax clients are encouraged to sign up for the secure and convenient Saskatchewan eTax Services (SETS) online portal to file and pay taxes electronically and avoid any delays in meeting tax obligations. 

    Tax refunds and grant payments sent by direct deposit will not be delayed. Those who do not use direct deposit can call 1-800-667-6102 to set it up, delay the refund or grant payment, or request a courier delivery at their own cost.

    Crown Utility Accounts, Bills and More

    SGI, SaskTel, SaskPower and SaskEnergy invite customers to sign up for online billing and notifications to ensure they receive information about their utility bills, driver’s licence and vehicle registration renewals and other important communications. This helps avoid delays in receiving bills and account updates. Longer than usual wait times for customer service representatives are anticipated in the event of postal service disruptions, so customers are encouraged to visit the respective Crown websites or to call for more information regarding customer service options. Information is also available online regarding options for paying outstanding bills in the event mail-in payments are not possible.   

    Public Guardian and Trustee 

    The Public Guardian and Trustee’s office is preparing backup options for clients and client service providers who get payment cheques by mail. Many clients and service providers already use direct deposit and will not be affected. Clients and service providers are encouraged to switch to direct deposit as soon as possible. They can do so by contacting their trust officer or the Public Guardian and Trustee’s office at 1-877-787-5424 or by email at pgt@gov.sk.ca. 

    In the event of a postal strike, clients and suppliers and businesses can visit www.saskatchewan.ca/postal-strike for more detailed information.  

    -30-

    For more information, contact:

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI: Global-e Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PETAH-TIKVA, Israel, May 14, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Global-e Online Ltd. (Nasdaq: GLBE) the platform powering global direct-to-consumer e-commerce, today reported financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    “We had another quarter of strong results, demonstrating our ability to grow fast even within macroeconomic turbulent times with Q1 results coming in at or above the midpoints across our guidance. While the market remains volatile with a higher level of uncertainty given the on-going global duty tariff dynamics, our pipeline is very active and we see increased interest in our services.”

    We are also excited about the long term extension of our strategic partnership agreement with Shopify, which will allow us to take this partnership to the next level,” said Amir Schlachet, Founder and CEO of Global-e.”

    Q1 2025 Financial Results

    • GMV1 in the first quarter of 2025 was $1,243 million, an increase of 34% year over year
    • Revenue in the first quarter of 2025 was $189.9 million, an increase of 30% year over year, of which service fees revenue was $84.0 million and fulfillment services revenue was $105.9 million
    • Non-GAAP gross profit2 in the first quarter of 2025 was $86.3 million, an increase of 31% year over year. GAAP gross profit in the first quarter of 2025 was $84.1 million
    • Non-GAAP gross margin2 in the first quarter of 2025 was 45.4%, compared to 45.3% in the first quarter of 2024. GAAP gross margin in the first quarter of 2025 was 44.3%
    • Adjusted EBITDA3 in the first quarter of 2025 was $31.6 million compared to $21.3 million in the first quarter of 2024
    • Net loss in the first quarter of 2025 was $17.9 million compared to $32.1 million in the first quarter of 2024

    Recent Business Highlights

    • Announced a new 3-year strategic partnership agreement with Shopify, renewing the companies’ long-standing relationship for both 1P (i.e. Shopify Managed Markets) and 3P solutions
    • Launched our 3B2C offering allowing merchants to partially mitigate unnecessary price hikes in key destination markets, while avoiding the costs and effort involved in creating a full multi-local setup for specific markets
    • Revamped our Merchant Portal, adding two important Self-Service BI tools for merchants – a real time sales dashboard and a funnel analysis dashboard, and providing easier access to frequently used areas
    • Continued growing with brands across geographies and verticals, including:
      • Europe: Launched Subdued out of Italy and VIBAe footwear, Global-e’s first large merchant based in Finland
      • Sports clubs: Launched with Atletico Madrid in Spain
      • APAC: Multiple merchant launches including Threetimes and Samo Ondoh in Korea, T2Tea and Scarlet & Sam in Australia, Bandai-Namco, United Arrows Tabaya and Sacai in Japan, and many more
      • Expanded with a number of merchants including the launch of Adidas Hong Kong

    Q2 2025 and Full Year Outlook

    Global-e is introducing second quarter guidance and is maintaining the full year guidance as follows:

    Q2 2025 and Full Year Outlook

    Global-e is introducing second quarter guidance and is maintaining the full year guidance as follows:

      Q2 2025   FY 2025   Previous FY 2025
    (in millions)
    GMV (1) $1,387 – $1,427   $6,190 – $6,490   $6,190 – $6,490
    Revenue $204 – $211   $917 – $967   $917 – $967
    Adjusted EBITDA (3) $35 – $39   $179 – $199   $179 – $199

    1 Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) is a key operating metric. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics” for additional information regarding this metric.

    2 Non-GAAP Gross profit and Non-GAAP gross margin are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics” for additional information regarding this metric.

    3 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding this metric, including the reconciliations to Operating Profit (Loss), its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. The Company is unable to provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Operating Profit (Loss), its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable effort because items that impact this GAAP financial measure are not within the Company’s control and/or cannot be reasonably predicted. These items may include, but are not limited to, share-based compensation expenses. Such information may have a significant, and potentially unpredictable impact on the Company’s future financial results.

    Conference Call Information:

    Global-e will host a conference call at 8:00 a.m. ET on Wednesday, May 14, 2025.
    The call will be available, live, to interested parties by dialing:

    United States/Canada Toll Free: 1-800-717-1738
    International Toll: 1-646-307-1865
       

    A live webcast will also be available in the Investor Relations section of Global-E’s website at: https://investors.global-e.com/news-events/events-presentations

    Approximately two hours after completion of the live call, an archived version of the webcast will be available on the Investor Relations section of the Company’s web site and will remain available for approximately 30 calendar days.

    The press release with the financial results will be accessible on the Company’s Investor Relations website prior to the conference call.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics

    To supplement Global-e’s financial information presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP, Global-e considers certain financial measures and key performance metrics that are not prepared in accordance with GAAP including:

    • Non-GAAP gross profit, which Global-e defines as gross profit adjusted for amortization of acquired intangibles. Non-GAAP gross margin is calculated as Non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenues
    • Adjusted EBITDA, which Global-e defines as net profit (loss) adjusted for income tax (benefit) expenses, financial expenses (income) net, stock based compensation expenses, depreciation and amortization, commercial agreements amortization, amortization of acquired intangibles, merger related contingent consideration, and acquisition related expenses.
    • Free Cash Flow, which Global-e defines as net cash provided by operating activities less the purchase of property and equipment.

    Global-e also uses Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) as a key operating metric. Gross Merchandise Value or GMV is defined as the combined amount we collect from the shopper and the merchant for all components of a given transaction, including products, duties and taxes and shipping.

    The aforementioned key performance indicators and non-GAAP financial measures are used, in conjunction with GAAP measures, by management and our board of directors to assess our performance, including the preparation of Global-e’s annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, for financial and operational decision-making, to evaluate the effectiveness of Global-e’s business strategies, and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparisons. These measures are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are appropriate measures of operating performance because they remove the impact of certain items that we believe do not directly reflect our core operations, and permit investors to view performance using the same tools that we use to budget, forecast, make operating and strategic decisions, and evaluate historical performance.

    Global-e’s definition of Non-GAAP measures may differ from the definition used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish these metrics or similar metrics. Furthermore, these metrics have certain limitations in that they do not include the impact of certain expenses that are reflected in our consolidated statement of operations that are necessary to run our business. Thus, Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, not as substitutes for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, please see the reconciliation tables provided below. The accompanying reconciliation tables have more details on the GAAP financial measures that are most directly comparable to non-GAAP financial measures and the related reconciliations between these financial measures.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

    This press release contains estimates and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements as contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements contained in this press release other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future strategy and projected revenue, GMV, Adjusted EBITDA and other future financial and operational results, growth strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, including, among others, expansion in new and existing markets, the launch of large enterprise merchants, and our ongoing partnership with Shopify, are forward-looking statements. As the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “seek,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “contemplate,” “possible” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, though not all forward-looking statements use these words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are predictions, projections and other statements about future events that are based on current expectations and assumptions and, as a result, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Global-e believes there is a reasonable basis for its expectations and beliefs, but they are inherently uncertain. Many factors could cause actual future events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this announcement, including but not limited to, our rapid growth and growth rates in recent periods may not be indicative of future growth; our ability to retain existing merchants and to attract new merchants; our ability to anticipate merchant needs or develop or integrate new functionality or enhance our existing platforms to meet those needs; the impact of imposed tariffs or other trade regulations on our business and financial results; our ability to implement and use artificial intelligence and machine learning technologies successfully; our ability to compete in our industry; our reliance on third-parties, including our ability to realize the benefits of any strategic alliances, joint ventures, or partnership arrangements and to integrate our platforms with third-party platforms; our ability to adapt our platform and services for the Shopify platforms; our ability to develop or maintain the functionality of our platforms, including real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our platforms; our history of net losses; our ability to manage our growth and manage expansion into additional markets and the introduction of new platforms and offerings; our ability to accommodate increased volumes during peak seasons and events; our ability to effectively expand our marketing and sales capabilities; our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses and operations; our ability to operate internationally; our reliance on third-party services, including third-party providers of cross-docking services and third-party data centers, in our platforms and services and harm to our reputation by our merchants’ or third-party service providers’ unethical business practices; our operation as a merchant of record for sales conducted using our platform; regulatory requirements and additional fees related to payment transactions through our e-commerce platforms could be costly and difficult to comply with; compliance and third-party risks related to anti-money laundering, anti-corruption, anti-bribery, regulations, economic sanctions and export control laws and import regulations and restrictions; our business’s reliance on the personal importation model; our ability to securely store personal information of merchants and shoppers; increases in shipping rates; fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies has impacted and could continue to impact our results of operations; our ability to offer high quality support; our ability to expand the number of merchants using our platforms and increase our GMV and to enhance our reputation and awareness of our platforms; our ability to adapt to emerging or evolving regulatory developments, changing laws, regulations, standards and technological changes related to privacy, data protection, data security and machine learning technology and generative artificial intelligence evolves; our role in the fulfilment chain of the merchants, which may cause third parties to confuse us with the merchants; our ability to establish and protect intellectual property rights; and our use of open-source software which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software technologies; our dependency on our executive officers and other key employees and our ability to hire and retain skilled key personnel, including our ability to enforce non-compete agreements we enter into with our employees; litigation for a variety of claims which we may be subject to; the adoption by merchants of a D2C model; our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing; our ability to maintain our corporate culture; our ability to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting; our ability to accurately estimate judgments relating to our critical accounting policies; changes in tax laws or regulations to which we are subject, including the enactment of legislation implementing changes in taxation of international business activities and the adoption of other corporate tax reform policies; requirements to collect sales or other taxes relating to the use of our platforms and services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so; global events or conditions in individual markets such as financial and credit market fluctuations, war, climate change, and macroeconomic events; risks relating to our ordinary shares, including our share price, the concentration of our share ownership with insiders, our status as a foreign private issuer, provisions of Israeli law and our amended and restated articles of association and actions of activist shareholders; risks related to our incorporation and location in Israel, including risks related to the ongoing war and related hostilities; and the other risks and uncertainties described in Global-e’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on March 27, 2025 and other documents filed with or furnished by Global-e from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s current expectations regarding future events and operating performance and speak only as of the date of this press release. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or will occur. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this press release to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this press release or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

    About Global-E Online Ltd.

    Global-e (Nasdaq: GLBE) is the world’s leading platform enabling and accelerating global, Direct-To-Consumer e-commerce. The chosen partner of over 1,400 brands and retailers across the North America, EMEA and APAC, Global-e makes selling internationally as simple as selling domestically. The company enables merchants to increase the conversion of international traffic into sales by offering online shoppers in over 200 destinations worldwide a seamless, localized shopping experience. Global-e’s end-to-end e-commerce solutions combine best-in-class localization capabilities, big-data best-practice business intelligence models, streamlined international logistics and vast global e-commerce experience, enabling international shoppers to buy seamlessly online and retailers to sell to, and from, anywhere in the world. For more information, please visit: www.global-e.com.

    Investor Contact:
    Alan Katz
    Vice President, Investor Relations
    IR@global-e.com

    Press Contact:
    Sarah Schloss
    Headline Media
    Globale@headline.media 
    +1 786-233-7684

    Global-E Online Ltd.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands)
     
        Period Ended
         December 31,     March 31, 
         2024     2025 
          (Audited)        (Unaudited)  
    Assets                
    Current assets:                
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 254,620     $ 207,716  
    Short-term deposits     183,475       183,229  
    Accounts receivable, net     41,171       34,700  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     84,613       116,967  
    Marketable securities     36,345       53,888  
    Funds receivable, including cash in banks     122,984       87,484  
    Total current assets     723,208       683,984  
    Property and equipment, net     10,440       10,453  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     24,429       23,365  
    Deferred contract acquisition and fulfillment costs, noncurrent     3,787       3,836  
    Long-term investments and other long-term assets     8,313       8,213  
    Commercial agreement asset     66,527        29,510  
    Goodwill     367,566        367,566  
    Intangible assets, net     59,212        54,810  
    Total long-term assets     540,274       497,753  
    Total assets   $ 1,263,482     $ 1,181,737  
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                
    Current liabilities:                
    Accounts payable   $ 79,559     $ 67,184  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     141,551       117,852  
    Funds payable to Customers     122,984       87,484  
    Short term operating lease liabilities     4,347       4,366  
    Total current liabilities     348,441       276,886  
    Long-term liabilities:                
    Long term operating lease liabilities     20,510       19,508  
    Other long-term liabilities     1,098       1,088  
    Total liabilities   $ 370,049     $ 297,482  
                     
    Shareholders’ equity:                
    Share capital and additional paid-in capital     1,425,317       1,434,341  
    Accumulated comprehensive income (loss)     515       169  
    Accumulated deficit     (532,399 )     (550,255 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     893,433       884,255  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,263,482     $ 1,181,737  
                     
    Global-E Online Ltd.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2024     2025  
        (Unaudited)  
    Revenue   $ 145,873     $ 189,882  
    Cost of revenue     82,587       105,798  
    Gross profit     63,286       84,084  
                     
    Operating expenses:                
    Research and development     23,538       28,138  
    Sales and marketing     56,955       63,938  
    General and administrative     12,054       11,193  
    Total operating expenses     92,547       103,269  
    Operating profit (loss)     (29,261 )     (19,185 )
    Financial expenses (income), net     3,510       (1,870 )
    Loss before income taxes     (32,771 )     (17,315 )
    Income taxes     (720 )     541  
    Net earnings (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders   $ (32,051 )   $ (17,856 )
    Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders   $ (0.19 )     (0.11 )
    Basic and diluted weighted average ordinary shares     166,187,424       169,346,771  
    Global-E Online Ltd.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2024   2025
        (Unaudited)  
    Operating activities                
    Net loss   $ (32,051 )   $ (17,856 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:                
    Depreciation and amortization     512       536  
    Share-based compensation expense     8,711       8,793  
    Commercial agreement asset amortization     36,296       37,017  
    Intangible assets amortization     5,002       4,402  
    Changes in accrued interest and exchange rate on short-term deposits     369       (842 )
    Unrealized loss (gain) on foreign currency     2,726       (1,477 )
    Accounts receivable     8,418       6,471  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     2,685       (28,405 )
    Funds receivable     (7,688 )     (9,182 )
    Long-term receivables     708       101  
    Funds payable to customers     (30,857 )     (35,500 )
    Operating lease ROU assets     817       1,064  
    Deferred contract acquisition and fulfillment costs     (268 )     (101 )
    Accounts payable     (17,049 )     (12,375 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     (30,228 )     (23,710 )
    Deferred tax liabilities     (1,424 )      
    Operating lease liabilities     (944 )     (983 )
    Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (54,265 )     (72,047 )
    Investing activities                
    Investment in marketable securities     (1,042 )     (17,768 )
    Proceeds from marketable securities     1,012       999  
    Investment in short-term investments and deposits     (56,949 )     (70,972 )
    Proceeds from short-term investments     58,000       67,059  
    Investment in long-term deposits     (31 )      
    Purchases of property and equipment     (882 )     (548 )
    Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     108       (21,230 )
    Financing activities                
    Proceeds from exercise of share options     120       210  
    Net cash provided by financing activities     120       210  
    Exchange rate differences on balances of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash     (2,726 )     1,477  
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     (56,763 )     (91,590 )
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of period     268,597       331,682  
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of period   $ 211,834     $ 240,092  
    Global-E Online Ltd.
    SELECTED OTHER DATA
    (In thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2024
      2025  
        (Unaudited)  
    Key performance metrics      
    Gross Merchandise Value     929,510               1,242,514            
    Adjusted EBITDA (a)     21,260               31,563            
                                       
    Revenue by Category                                  
    Service fees     68,258       47 %     83,983       44 %  
    Fulfillment services     77,615       53 %     105,899       56 %  
    Total revenue   $ 145,873       100 %   $ 189,882       100 %  
                                       
    Revenue by merchant outbound region                                  
    United States     72,112       49 %     100,554       53 %  
    United Kingdom     41,276       28 %     41,747       22 %  
    European Union     26,343       18 %     33,530       18 %  
    Israel     316       0 %     401       0 %  
    Other     5,826       4 %     13,650       7 %  
    Total revenue   $ 145,873       100 %   $ 189,882       100 %  

    (a) See reconciliation to adjusted EBITDA table

    Global-E Online Ltd.
    RECONCILIATION TO Non-GAAP GROSS PROFIT
    (In thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
          2024       2025  
        (Unaudited)  
    Gross profit     63,286       84,084  
                     
    Amortization of acquired intangibles included in cost of revenue     2,796       2,198  
    Non-GAAP gross profit     66,082       86,282  
    Global-E Online Ltd.
    RECONCILIATION TO ADJUSTED EBITDA
    (In thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2024
      2025
        (Unaudited)  
    Net profit (loss)     (32,051 )     (17,856 )
    Income tax (benefit) expenses     (720 )     541  
    Financial expenses (income), net     3,510       (1,870 )
    Stock-based compensation:                
    Cost of revenue     180       267  
    Research and development     3,468       3,625  
    Selling and marketing     1,282       1,438  
    General and administrative     3,781       3,463  
    Total stock-based compensation     8,711       8,793  
                     
    Depreciation and amortization     512       536  
                     
    Commercial agreement asset amortization     36,296       37,017  
                     
    Amortization of acquired intangibles     5,002       4,402  
    Adjusted EBITDA     21,260       31,563  
    Global-E Online Ltd.
    RECONCILIATION TO Free Cash Flow
    (In thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
          2024       2025  
        (Unaudited)  
    Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (54,265 )     (72,047 )
    Purchase of property and equipment     (882 )     (548 )
    Free Cash Flow     (55,147 )     (72,595 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Tower Semiconductor Reports 2025 First Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    9% year-over-year revenue growth

    Affirms sequential quarterly revenue growth target throughout 2025

    MIGDAL HAEMEK, Israel, May 14, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tower Semiconductor (NASDAQ/TASE: TSEM) reports today its results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter of 2025 Results Overview
    Revenues for the first quarter of 2025 were $358 million as compared to $327 million for the first quarter of 2024, representing 9% year-over-year revenue growth.

    Gross profit and operating profit for the first quarter of 2025 were $73 million and $33 million, respectively, as compared to gross profit and operating profit of $73 million and $34 million in the first quarter of 2024, respectively. Gross and operating profits remain similar since the positive impact of the $31 million revenue increase was offset by the fixed costs of the new 300mm Agrate facility, as previously disclosed.

    Net profit for the first quarter of 2025 was $40 million, reflecting $0.36 basic and $0.35 diluted earnings per share. First quarter of 2024 net profit was $45 million, reflecting $0.40 basic and diluted earnings per share, having been positively impacted by a non-recurring income tax benefit.

    Cash flow generated from operating activities in the first quarter of 2025 was $94 million. Investments in property and equipment, net, were $111 million and debt payments totaled $27 million.

    Corporate Credit Rating 
    On May 7, 2025, Standard & Poor’s Maalot (an S&P Global Ratings fully owned company) completed its annual rating review for the Company and reaffirmed its corporate credit rating as “ilAA, with a stable outlook”.

    Business Outlook
    Tower Semiconductor guides revenues for the second quarter of 2025 to be $372 million, with an upward or downward range of 5%, reflecting 6% year-over-year revenue increase; and reiterates its previously communicated company target for continued quarter-over-quarter revenue growth within 2025.

    Russell Ellwanger, Chief Executive Officer of Tower Semiconductor, stated:
    “Tower delivered continued record revenue in RF infrastructure, which includes SiPho and SiGe. We target further revenue growth of these technologies throughout the year, increases in our high voltage 200mm power management business and higher revenue levels in our sensors business. Additionally, we have entered a new served market for Tower, namely envelope trackers, using our 300mm technology platform. In the face of geo-political uncertainties, we are leveraging Tower’s global scale and technology breadth into new opportunities.”

    Teleconference and Webcast
    Tower Semiconductor will host an investor conference call today, Wednesday, May 14, 2025, at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time (9:00 a.m. Central time, 8:00 a.m. Mountain time, 7:00 a.m. Pacific time and 5:00 p.m. Israel time) to discuss the Company’s financial results for the first quarter of 2025 and its business outlook.

    The call will be webcast and available through the Investor Relations section of Tower Semiconductor’s website at ir.towersemi.com. The pre-registration form required for dial-in participation is accessible here. Upon completing the registration, participants will receive the dial-in details, a unique PIN, and a confirmation email with all necessary information. To access the webcast, click here. The teleconference will be available for replay for 90 days.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    The Company presents its financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The financial information included in the tables below includes unaudited condensed financial data. Some of the financial information, which may be used and/or presented in this release and/or prior earnings related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company, which we may describe as adjusted financial measures and/or reconciled financial measures, are non-GAAP financial measures as defined in Regulation G and related reporting requirements promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as they apply to our Company. These adjusted financial measures are calculated excluding the following: (i) amortization of acquired intangible assets as included in our costs and expenses, (ii) compensation expenses in respect of equity grants to directors, officers, and employees as included in our costs and expenses, (iii) merger contract termination fees received from Intel, net of associated cost and taxes following the previously announced Intel contract termination as included in net profit in 2023 and (iv) restructuring income, net, which includes income, net of cost and taxes associated with the reorganization and restructure of our operations in Japan including the cessation of operations of the Arai facility, which occurred during 2022, as included in net profit. These adjusted financial measures should be evaluated in conjunction with, and are not a substitute for, GAAP financial measures. The tables also present the GAAP financial measures, which are most comparable to the adjusted financial measures used and/or presented in this release, as well as a reconciliation between the adjusted financial measures and the comparable GAAP financial measures. As used and/or presented in this release and/or prior earnings related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company, as well as may be included and calculated in the tables herein, the term Earnings Before Interest Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization which we define as EBITDA consists of operating profit in accordance with GAAP, excluding (i) depreciation expenses, which include depreciation recorded in cost of revenues and in operating cost and expenses lines (e.g., research and development related equipment and/or fixed other assets depreciation), (ii) stock-based compensation expense, (iii) amortization of acquired intangible assets, (iv) merger contract termination fees received from Intel, net of associated cost following the previously announced Intel contract termination, as included in operating profit and (v) restructuring income, net in relation to the reorganization and restructure of our operations in Japan including the cessation of operations of the Arai facility, as included in operating profit. EBITDA is reconciled in the tables below and/or prior earnings-related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company from GAAP operating profit. EBITDA and the adjusted financial information presented herein and/or prior earnings-related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company, are not a required GAAP financial measure and may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure employed by other companies. EBITDA and the adjusted financial information presented herein and/or prior earnings-related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating profit, net profit or loss, cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities, per share data or other profit or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. The term Net Cash, as may be used and/or presented in this release and/or prior earnings-related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company, is comprised of cash, cash equivalents, short-term deposits, and marketable securities less debt amounts as presented in the balance sheets included herein. The term Net Cash is not a required GAAP financial measure, may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure employed by other companies and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for cash, debt, operating profit, net profit or loss, cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities, per share data or other profit or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. The term Free Cash Flow, as used and/or presented in this release and/or prior earnings related filings and/or in related public disclosures or filings with respect to the financial statements and/or results of the Company, is calculated to be net cash provided by operating activities (in the amounts of $94 million, $101 million and $110 million for the three months periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively (less cash used for investments in property and equipment, net (in the amounts of $111 million, $93 million and $98 million for the three months periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively). The term Free Cash Flow is not a required GAAP financial measure, may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure employed by other companies and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating profit, net profit or loss, cash flows provided by operating, investing, and financing activities, per share data or other profit or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    About Tower Semiconductor 
    Tower Semiconductor Ltd. (NASDAQ/TASE: TSEM), the leading foundry of high-value analog semiconductor solutions, provides technology, development, and process platforms for its customers in growing markets such as consumer, industrial, automotive, mobile, infrastructure, medical and aerospace and defense. Tower Semiconductor focuses on creating a positive and sustainable impact on the world through long-term partnerships and its advanced and innovative analog technology offering, comprised of a broad range of customizable process platforms such as SiPho, SiGe, BiCMOS, mixed-signal/CMOS, RF CMOS, CMOS image sensor, non-imaging sensors, displays, integrated power management (BCD and 700V), and MEMS. Tower Semiconductor also provides world-class design enablement for a quick and accurate design cycle as well as process transfer services including development, transfer, and optimization, to IDMs and fabless companies. To provide multi-fab sourcing and extended capacity for its customers, Tower Semiconductor owns one operating facility in Israel (200mm), two in the U.S. (200mm), two in Japan (200mm and 300mm) which it owns through its 51% holdings in TPSCo, shares a 300mm facility in Agrate, Italy with STMicroelectronics as well as has access to a 300mm capacity corridor in Intel’s New Mexico factory. For more information, please visit: www.towersemi.com.

    CONTACT:
    Liat Avraham | Investor Relations | +972-4-6506154 | liatavra@towersemi.com

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This release, as well as other statements and reports filed, stated and published in relation to this quarter’s results, include certain “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements include, among others, projections and statements with respect to our future business, financial performance and activities. The use of words such as “projects”, “expects”, “may”, “targets”, “plans”, “intends”, “committed to”, “tracking”, or words of similar import, identifies a statement as “forward-looking.” Actual results may vary from those projected or implied by such forward-looking statements and you should not place any undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which describe information known to us only as of the date of this release. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied by such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, risks and uncertainties associated with: (i) demand in our customers’ end markets, (ii) reliance on acquisitions and/or gaining additional capacity for growth, (iii) difficulties in achieving acceptable operational metrics and indices in the future as a result of operational, technological or process-related problems, (iv) identifying and negotiating with third-party buyers for the sale of any excess and/or unused equipment, inventory and/or other assets, (v) maintaining current key customers and attracting new key customers, (vi) over demand for our foundry services resulting in high utilization and its effect on cycle time, yield and on schedule delivery, as well as customers potentially being placed on allocation, which may cause customers to transfer their business to other vendors, (vii) financial results that may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, making it difficult to forecast future performance, (viii) our debt and other liabilities that may impact our financial position and operations, (ix) our ability to successfully execute acquisitions, integrate them into our business, utilize our expanded capacity and find new business, (x) fluctuations in cash flow, (xi) our ability to satisfy the covenants stipulated in our agreements with our debt holders, (xii) pending litigation, (xiii) meeting the conditions set in approval certificates and other regulations under which we received grants and/or royalties and/or any type of funding from the Israeli, US and/or Japan governmental agencies, (xiv) receipt of orders that are lower than the customer purchase commitments and/or failure to receive customer orders currently expected, (xv) possible incurrence of additional indebtedness, (xvi) the effects of global recession, credit crisis and/or unfavorable macro-economic conditions, such as the imposition of regulatory requirements, tariffs, import and export restrictions and other trade barriers and restrictions, including the timing and availability of export licenses and permits, (xvii) our ability to accurately forecast financial performance, which is affected by limited order backlog and lengthy sales cycles, (xviii) possible situations of obsolete inventory if forecasted demand exceeds actual demand when we create inventory before receipt of customer orders, (xix) the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and the resulting periodic overcapacity, fluctuations in operating results and future average selling price erosion, (xx) financing capacity acquisition related transactions, strategic and/or other growth or M&A opportunities, including funding Agrate fab’s significant 300mm capacity investments and acquisition or funding of equipment and other fixed assets associated with the capacity corridor transaction with Intel as announced in September 2023, in addition to other capacity and capability expansion plans, such as announced for SiPho and SiGe, and the possible unavailability of such financing and/or the availability of such financing on unfavorable terms, (xxi) operating our facilities at sufficient utilization rates necessary to generate and maintain positive and sustainable gross, operating and net profit, (xxii) the purchase of equipment and/or raw material (including purchases beyond our needs), the timely completion of the equipment installation, technology transfer and raising the funds therefor, (xxiii) product returns and defective products, (xxiv) our ability to maintain and develop our technology processes and services to keep pace with new technology, including artificial intelligence, evolving standards, changing customer and end-user requirements, new product introductions and short product life cycles, (xxv) competing effectively, (xxvi) the use of outsourced foundry services by both fabless semiconductor companies and integrated device manufacturers, (xxvii) our dependence on intellectual property rights of others, our ability to operate our business without infringing others’ intellectual property rights and our ability to enforce our intellectual property against infringement, (xxviii) the Fab 3 landlord’s alleged claims that the noise abatement efforts made thus far are not adequate under the terms of the amended lease due to which he requested a judicial declaration that there was a material non-curable breach of the lease and that he would be entitled to terminate the lease, as well as uncertainties associated with the ability to extend such lease or acquire the real estate and obtain the required local, state and/or other approvals required to be able to continue operations beyond the current lease term, (xxix) retention of key employees and recruitment and retention of skilled qualified personnel, (xxx) exposure to inflation, currency rates (mainly the Israeli Shekel, the Japanese Yen and the Euro) and interest rate fluctuations and risks associated with doing business locally and internationally, as well as fluctuations in the market price of our traded securities, (xxxi) meeting regulatory requirements worldwide, including export, environmental and governmental regulations, as well as risks related to international operations, (xxxii) potential engagement for fab establishment, joint venture and/or capital lease transactions for capacity enhancement in advanced technologies, including risks and uncertainties associated with the Agrate fab and the capacity corridor transaction with Intel as announced in September 2023, such as their qualification schedule, technology, equipment and process qualification, facility operational ramp-up, customer engagements, cost structure, required investments and other terms, which may require additional funding to cover their significant capacity investment needs and other payments, the availability of which funding cannot be assured on favorable terms, if at all, (xxxiii) potential liabilities, cost and other impact due to reorganization and consolidation of fabrication facilities, or cessation of operations, including with regard to our 6 inch facility, (xxxiv) potential security, cyber and privacy breaches, (xxxv) workforce that is not unionized which may become unionized, and/or workforce that is unionized and may take action such as strikes that may create increased cost and operational risks, (xxxvi) the issuance of ordinary shares as a result of exercise and/or vesting of any of our employee equity, as well as any sale of shares by any of our shareholders, or any market expectation thereof, as well as the issuance of additional employee stock options and/or restricted stock units, or any market expectation thereof, which may depress the market value of the Company and the price of the Company’s ordinary shares, and in addition may impair our ability to raise future capital, and (xxxvii) climate change, business interruptions due to floods, fires, pandemics, earthquakes and other natural disasters, the security situation in Israel, global trade “war” and the current war in Israel, including the potential inability to continue uninterrupted operations of the Israeli fab, impact on global supply chain to and from the Israeli fab, power interruptions, chemicals or other leaks or damages as a result of the war, absence of workforce due to military service as well as risk that certain countries will restrict doing business with Israeli companies, including imposing restrictions if hostilities in Israel or political instability in the region continue or exacerbate, and other events beyond our control. With respect to the current war in Israel, if instability in neighboring states occurs, Israel could be subject to additional political, economic, and military confines, and our Israeli facility’s operations could be materially adversely affected. Any current or future hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or a significant downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    A more complete discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the accuracy of forward-looking statements included in this release or which may otherwise affect our business is included under the heading “Risk Factors” in the Company’s most recent filings on Forms 20-F and 6-K, as were filed with the SEC and the Israel Securities Authority. Future results may differ materially from those previously reported. The Company does not intend to update, and expressly disclaims any obligation to update, the information contained in this release.

    (Financial tables follow)

       
    TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)  
    (dollars in thousands)  
      March 31,   December 31,  
      2025   2024  
    ASSETS        
    CURRENT ASSETS        
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 274,818   $ 271,894  
    Short-term deposits 906,446   946,351  
    Trade accounts receivable 219,496   211,932  
    Inventories 276,072   268,295  
    Other current assets 51,429   61,817  
    Total current assets 1,728,261   1,760,289  
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET 1,346,213   1,286,622  
    OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS, NET 34,131   33,574  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 3,108,605   $ 3,080,485  
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
    CURRENT LIABILITIES        
    Short-term debt $ 27,490   $ 48,376  
    Trade accounts payable 118,318   130,624  
    Deferred revenues and customers’ advances 17,233   21,655  
    Other current liabilities 86,421   84,409  
    Total current liabilities 249,462   285,064  
    LONG-TERM DEBT 134,835   132,437  
    OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 22,293   22,804  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES 406,590   440,305  
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 2,702,015   2,640,180  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 3,108,605   $ 3,080,485  
             
    TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
    (dollars and share count in thousands, except per share data)
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      December 31,
      March 31,
      2025
      2024
      2024
    REVENUES $ 358,170     $ 387,191     $ 327,238  
    COST OF REVENUES 284,999     300,338     254,632  
    GROSS PROFIT 73,171     86,853     72,606  
    OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:                
    Research and development 20,172     20,622     19,951  
    Marketing, general and administrative 20,101     19,812     18,670  
      40,273     40,434     38,621  
                     
    OPERATING PROFIT 32,898     46,419     33,985  
    FINANCING AND OTHER INCOME, NET 10,598     8,315     3,984  
    PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX 43,496     54,734     37,969  
    INCOME TAX BENEFIT (EXPENSE), NET   (3,779 )     (2,149 )   5,078  
    NET PROFIT 39,717     52,585     43,047  
    Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest 425     2,553     1,587  
    NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY $ 40,142     $ 55,138     $ 44,634  
    BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE $ 0.36     $ 0.49     $ 0.40  
    Weighted average number of shares 111,575     111,493     110,840  
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE $ 0.35     $ 0.49     $ 0.40  
    Weighted average number of shares 113,152     112,967     111,627  
     
    RECONCILIATION FROM GAAP NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY TO ADJUSTED NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY:
    GAAP NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY $ 40,142     $ 55,138     $ 44,634  
    Stock based compensation and amortization of acquired intangible assets 10,335     11,258     7,209  
    ADJUSTED NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY $ 50,477     $ 66,396     $ 51,843  
    ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:                
    Basic $ 0.45     $ 0.60     $ 0.47  
    Diluted $ 0.45     $ 0.59     $ 0.46  
                     
    TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED SOURCES AND USES REPORT (UNAUDITED)
    (dollars in thousands)
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      December 31,
      March 31,
      2025
      2024
      2024
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – BEGINNING OF PERIOD $ 271,894     $ 270,979     $ 260,664  
    Net cash provided by operating activities 93,922     100,816     110,038  
    Investments in property and equipment, net   (111,411 )     (93,396 )     (98,018 )
    Debt received (repaid), net   (26,874 )   2,795       (8,409 )
    Effect of Japanese Yen exchange rate change over cash balance 2,817       (4,972 )     (2,665 )
    Proceeds from (investments in) deposits, marketable securities and other assets, net 44,470       (4,328 )     (1,113 )
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD $ 274,818     $ 271,894     $ 260,497  
                     
     TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
    (dollars in thousands)
      Three months ended
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,
        2025     2024     2024
    CASH FLOWS – OPERATING ACTIVITIES                      
    Net profit for the period $ 39,717     $ 52,585     $ 43,047  
    Adjustments to reconcile net profit for the period                      
    to net cash provided by operating activities:                      
    Income and expense items not involving cash flows:                      
    Depreciation and amortization *   74,228       75,820       59,544  
    Other expense, net   558       12,439       5,993  
    Changes in assets and liabilities:                      
    Trade accounts receivable   (6,354 )     (19,034 )     (6,489 )
    Other current assets   5,622       (36,464 )     (13,454 )
    Inventories   (4,128 )     (3,356 )     (23,703 )
    Trade accounts payable   (11,114 )     18,320       32,559  
    Deferred revenues and customers’ advances   (4,432 )     (8,712 )     (1,931 )
    Other current liabilities   3,718       7,057       16,868  
    Other long-term liabilities   (3,893 )     2,161       (2,396 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   93,922       100,816       110,038  
    CASH FLOWS – INVESTING ACTIVITIES                      
    Investments in property and equipment, net   (111,411 )     (93,396 )     (98,018 )
    Proceeds from (investments in) deposits, marketable securities and other assets, net   44,470       (4,328 )     (1,113 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (66,941 )     (97,724 )     (99,131 )
    CASH FLOWS – FINANCING ACTIVITIES                      
    Debt received (repaid), net   (26,874 )     2,795       (8,409 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (26,874 )     2,795       (8,409 )
    EFFECT OF FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE CHANGE   2,817       (4,972 )     (2,665 )
                           
    INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   2,924       915       (167 )
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – BEGINNING OF PERIOD   271,894       270,979       260,664  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD $ 274,818     $ 271,894     $ 260,497  
     
    * Includes stock based compensation and amortization of acquired intangible assets in the amounts of $10,335, $11,258 and $7,209
    for the 3 months periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Calian Reports Results for the Second Quarter

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    (All amounts in release are in Canadian dollars)

    OTTAWA, Ontario, May 14, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Calian® Group Ltd. (TSX:CGY), a mission critical solutions company, with a focus on defence, space, healthcare and strategic growth markets, today released its results for the second quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “Our consolidated second quarter results reflect momentum in some areas, whilst challenging headwinds in others,” said Kevin Ford, Calian CEO. “Our defence solutions in both North America and Europe grew by 13%, highlighting the increasing need for global security and operational readiness. Our ITCS business saw a more challenging environment due to slower customer demand, and one-time investments we have made to re-position our offerings for long-term growth.”

    Q2-25 Highlights:

    • Revenue at $194 million
    • Gross margin at 33.4%
    • Adjusted EBITDA1 of $17 million
    • Operating free cash flow1 of $10 million
    • Very strong signings of $248 million
    • Growth in our defence end market solutions of 13%
    • Since the launch of the NCIB, the Company repurchased 416,812 shares, or 4% of the float, in consideration of $19.7 million
    • Increasing NCIB – plan to repurchase up to 6% of float in FY25
    • Guidance withdrawn due to ongoing economic and geopolitical uncertainty as well as limited visibility and timing of key opportunities in the ITCS segment
    • Completed the acquisition of Advanced Medical Solutions (“AMS”) after quarter end

    “Given ongoing economic and geopolitical uncertainty as well as limited visibility and timing of key opportunities in the ITCS segment,  we have made the decision to withdraw our guidance. Despite this, we remain confident in the future growth of Calian given strong momentum in signings, our backlog of close to $1.4 billion, including AMS, optimism around defence spending and a robust M&A pipeline – underscored by our most recent acquisition of AMS.”

                       
    Financial Highlights Three months ended Six months ended
    (i(in millions of $, except per share & margins) March 31, March 31,
      2025     20242   %   2025     20242   %
    Revenue 193.7     201.3   (4)%   378.7     380.4   — %
    Adjusted EBITDA1 17.4     27.2   (36)%   35.2     48.5   (27)%
    Adjusted EBITDA %1 9.0 %   13.5 % (450)bps   9.3 %   12.7 % (340)bps 
    Adjusted Net Profit1 11.1     19.0   (42)%   21.5     33.0   (35)%
    Adjusted EPS Diluted1 0.93     1.58   (41)%   1.81     2.73   (34)%
    Operating Free Cash Flow1 9.8     21.0   (53)%   22.9     38.2   (40)%
                       
                       

    1 This is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section “Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to most comparable IFRS measures” at the end of this press release.
    2 Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to align with the current year’s presentation. For more information, please see the selected consolidated financial information section of the management discussion and analysis.

    Access the full report on the Calian Financials web page.

    Register for the conference call on Wednesday, May 14, 2025, 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time.

    Second Quarter Results

    Revenues decreased 4%, from $201 million to $194 million. Acquisitive growth was 4% and was generated by the acquisitions of the nuclear assets from MDA Ltd and Mabway completed last year. Organic growth was down 8% primarily due to reductions in the ITCS segment, partially offset by 51% organic growth in nuclear services, GNSS antenna products and defence solutions.

    Gross margin stood at 33.4% slightly down compared to the same period last year and it represents the 12th quarter above the 30% mark. Adjusted EBITDA1 stood at $17 million, down 36% from $27 million last year, due to revenue slow downs in the current year, combined with a slight decrease in margin percentage, and investments made in selling and marketing efforts to build pipeline for future years. In the United States macro-economic uncertainty resulted in more cautious customer behavior and the Canadian election one month prior to our quarter end did impact the timing of revenues. As a result, adjusted EBITDA1 margin decreased to 9.0%, from 13.5% last year.  

    Net profit decreased to $0.3 million, or $0.02 per diluted share, from $4.9 million, or $0.41 per diluted share last year. This decrease in profitability is primarily due to investments in our selling capacity, amortization and deemed compensation expenses related to acquisitions. Adjusted net profit1 was $11.1 million, or $0.93 per diluted share, down from $19.0 million, or $1.58  per diluted share last year.

    1 This is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section “Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to most comparable IFRS measures” at the end of the press release.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    “In the second quarter we generated $10 million in operating free cash flow1, representing a 56% conversion rate from adjusted EBITDA1,” said Patrick Houston, Calian CFO. “We used our cash and a portion of our credit facility to make capital expenditure investments for $2 million. We also provided a return to shareholders in the form of dividends for $3 million and share buybacks for $4 million. We ended the quarter with a net debt to adjusted EBITDA1 ratio of 0.7x, well-positioned to pursue our growth objectives,” concluded Mr. Houston.

    1 This is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section “Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to most comparable IFRS measures” at the end of the press release.

    Normal Course Issuer Bid

    In the three-month period ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 93,900 shares for cancellation in consideration of $4.4 million. For the six-month period ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 195,250 shares for cancellation in consideration of $9.3 million. For the remainder of the fiscal year, the Company plans on accelerating its share buybacks by combining daily repurchases with block trades. Its intention is to repurchase up to 6% of the Company’s public float as defined at the time of the NCIB announcement on August 16, 2024.

    Appointed New Regional VP of Defence for Europe, U.K. and NATO

    On January 23, 2025, Calian announced the appointment of Major-General (Ret.) Roch Pelletier to the role of Regional Vice President (RVP) Global Defence & Security. This newly created role addresses the growth of Calian’s defence business, driven by increased global military spending, geopolitical instability and the rising demand for advanced technologies. This appointment will advance Calian’s strategic business development, strengthen relationships with stakeholders, and provide operational support to drive growth and efficiencies within the region.

    Appointed New Board Member

    On April 24, 2025, Calian announced the appointment of Eric Demirian to its Board of Directors. Demirian is currently chair of Descartes and a director of IMAX Corporation. He has held board and audit committee roles at a number of public and private companies including Enghouse. With the recent additions of Josh Blair and Lisa Greatrix in February, the appointment of Demirian brings the total number of board members to 10, of which nine are independent and half are women.

    Completed the Acquisition of Advanced Medical Solutions

    On May 14, 2025, Calian acquired Advanced Medical Solutions (AMS), a leading provider of remote and emergency healthcare services in Northern Canada. Headquartered in Yellowknife, Northwest Territories (NWT), AMS is a Canadian-owned company that specializes in the delivery of 24/7/365 operational and medical support across Canada’s northern regions, including the NWT, Yukon, Nunavut and parts of Canada’s northern provinces.  Founded in 1995, the company employs over 300 frontline medical personnel who deliver well-rounded, full-spectrum healthcare services through six distinct divisions.

    Quarterly Dividend

    On May 13, 2025, Calian declared a quarterly dividend of $0.28 per share. The dividend is payable June 10, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 27, 2025. Dividends paid by the Company are considered “eligible dividend” for tax purposes.

    About Calian

    www.calian.com

    We keep the world moving forward. Calian® helps people communicate, innovate, learn and lead safe and healthy lives. Every day, our employees live our values of customer commitment, integrity, innovation, respect and teamwork to engineer reliable solutions that solve complex challenges. That’s Confidence. Engineered. A stable and growing 40-year company, we are headquartered in Ottawa with offices and projects spanning North American, European and international markets. Visit calian.com to learn about innovative healthcare, communications, learning and cybersecurity solutions.

    Product or service names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. 

    Media inquiries:
    media@calian.com
    613-599-8600

    Investor Relations inquiries:
    ir@calian.com

    —————————————————————————–
    DISCLAIMER

    Certain information included in this press release is forward-looking and is subject to important risks and uncertainties. The results or events predicted in these statements may differ materially from actual results or events. Such statements are generally accompanied by words such as “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect” or similar statements. Factors which could cause results or events to differ from current expectations include, among other things: the impact of price competition; scarce number of qualified professionals; the impact of rapid technological and market change; loss of business or credit risk with major customers; technical risks on fixed price projects; general industry and market conditions and growth rates; international growth and global economic conditions, and including currency exchange rate fluctuations; and the impact of consolidations in the business services industry. For additional information with respect to certain of these and other factors, please see the Company’s most recent annual report and other reports filed by Calian with the Ontario Securities Commission. Calian disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. No assurance can be given that actual results, performance or achievement expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking statements within this disclosure will occur, or if they do, that any benefits may be derived from them.

    Calian · Head Office · 770 Palladium Drive · Ottawa · Ontario · Canada · K2V 1C8
    Tel: 613.599.8600 · Fax: 613-592-3664 · General info email: info@calian.com

     
    CALIAN GROUP LTD.
    UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
    As at March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024
    (Canadian dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                   
      March 31,   September 30,
      2025   2024
    ASSETS              
    CURRENT ASSETS              
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 64,150     $ 51,788  
    Accounts receivable   213,476       157,376  
    Work in process   19,537       20,437  
    Inventory   26,805       23,199  
    Prepaid expenses   23,328       23,978  
    Derivative assets   71       32  
    Total current assets   347,367       276,810  
    NON-CURRENT ASSETS              
    Property, plant and equipment   40,835       40,962  
    Right of use assets   41,556       36,383  
    Prepaid expenses   7,018       7,820  
    Deferred tax asset   3,464       3,425  
    Investments   3,875       3,875  
    Acquired intangible assets   116,457       128,253  
    Goodwill   214,640       210,392  
    Total non-current assets   427,845       431,110  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 775,212     $ 707,920  
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
    CURRENT LIABILITIES              
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 171,962     $ 124,884  
    Provisions   1,873       3,075  
    Unearned contract revenue   41,447       41,723  
    Lease obligations   6,103       5,645  
    Contingent earn-out   30,978       39,136  
    Derivative liabilities   151       92  
    Total current liabilities   252,514       214,555  
    NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES              
    Debt facility   120,750       89,750  
    Lease obligations   38,714       33,798  
    Unearned contract revenue   17,164       14,503  
    Contingent earn-out   2,692       2,697  
    Deferred tax liabilities   21,557       25,862  
    Total non-current liabilities   200,877       166,610  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   453,391       381,165  
                   
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
    Issued capital   226,347       225,747  
    Contributed surplus   5,193       6,019  
    Retained earnings   78,501       91,268  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   11,780       3,721  
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   321,821       326,755  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 775,212     $ 707,920  
    Number of common shares issued and outstanding   11,690,276       11,802,364  
                   
    CALIAN GROUP LTD.
    UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET PROFIT
    For the three months and six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
    (Canadian dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                   
      Three months ended   Six months ended
      March 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
    Revenue $ 193,667     $ 201,268     $ 378,714     $ 380,447  
    Cost of revenues   129,025       131,231       255,271       252,192  
    Gross profit   64,642       70,037       123,443       128,255  
                   
    Selling, general and administrative   44,477       40,192       82,582       74,337  
    Research and development   2,771       2,695       5,667       5,414  
    Share based compensation   949       1,128       2,040       2,318  
    Profit before under noted items   16,445       26,022       33,154       46,186  
                   
    Restructuring expense   372       1,495       1,064       1,495  
    Depreciation and amortization   11,474       10,113       23,014       19,119  
    Mergers and acquisition costs   2,373       5,329       4,693       7,309  
    Profit before interest income and income tax expense   2,226       9,085       4,383       18,263  
                   
    Interest expense   2,111       1,734       3,894       3,281  
    Income tax expense (recovery)   (180)       2,426       1,170       4,532  
    NET PROFIT (LOSS) $ 295     $ 4,925     $ (681)     $ 10,450  
                   
    Net profit (loss) per share:              
    Basic $ 0.03     $ 0.42     $ (0.06)     $ 0.88  
    Diluted $ 0.02     $ 0.41     $ (0.06)     $ 0.87  
                                   
    CALIAN GROUP LTD.
    UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    For the three months and six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
    (Canadian dollars in thousands)
                           
      Three months ended   Six months ended
      March 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS GENERATED FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                      
    Net profit $ 295     $ 4,925     $ (681 )   $ 10,450  
    Items not affecting cash:                      
    Interest expense   1,612       1,426       2,907       2,524  
    Changes in fair value related to contingent earn-out   558       4,088       1,116       4,814  
    Lease obligations interest expense   499       308       987       757  
    Income tax expense (recovery)   (180 )     2,426       1,170       4,532  
    Employee share purchase plan expense   115       134       289       296  
    Share based compensation expense   834       1,010       1,751       2,023  
    Depreciation and amortization   11,474       10,113       23,014       19,119  
    Deemed compensation   1,470       911       3,033       1,515  
        16,677       25,341       33,586       46,030  
    Change in non-cash working capital                      
    Accounts receivable   (55,935 )     (49,996 )     (56,102 )     (61,185 )
    Work in process   668       1,341       900       443  
    Prepaid expenses and other   3,884       (3,483 )     1,146       (3,557 )
    Inventory   2,637       3,570       (3,605 )     980  
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   48,068       59,181       47,210       74,697  
    Unearned contract revenue   1,092       4,534       2,386       4,740  
        17,091       40,488       25,521       62,148  
    Interest paid   (2,111 )     (1,734 )     (3,894 )     (3,281 )
    Income tax paid   (5,120 )     (2,966 )     (7,385 )     (5,541 )
        9,860       35,788       14,242       53,326  
    CASH FLOWS GENERATED FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES                      
    Issuance of common shares net of costs   664       945       1,545       1,639  
    Dividends   (3,292 )     (3,319 )     (6,584 )     (6,633 )
    Net draw on debt facility   5,000       (24,750 )     31,000       31,250  
    Payment of lease obligations   (1,664 )     (1,429 )     (3,106 )     (2,600 )
    Repurchase of common shares   (4,384 )           (9,310 )     (1,357 )
        (3,676 )     (28,553 )     13,545       22,299  
    CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                      
    Business acquisitions   (678 )     (10,840 )     (11,893 )     (58,297 )
    Property, plant and equipment   (2,396 )     (2,796 )     (3,532 )     (5,196 )
        (3,074 )     (13,636 )     (15,425 )     (63,493 )
                           
    NET CASH INFLOW (OUTFLOW) $ 3,110     $ (6,401 )   $ 12,362     $ 12,132  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD   61,040       52,267       51,788       33,734  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD $ 64,150     $ 45,866     $ 64,150     $ 45,866  
                                   
                                   

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures to Most Comparable IFRS Measures

    These non-GAAP measures are mainly derived from the consolidated financial statements, but do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS; therefore, others using these terms may calculate them differently. The exclusion of certain items from non-GAAP performance measures does not imply that these are necessarily nonrecurring. From time to time, we may exclude additional items if we believe doing so would result in a more transparent and comparable disclosure. Other entities may define the above measures differently than we do. In those cases, it may be difficult to use similarly named non-GAAP measures of other entities to compare performance of those entities to the Company’s performance.

    Management believes that providing certain non-GAAP performance measures, in addition to IFRS measures, provides users of the Company’s financial reports with enhanced understanding of the Company’s results and related trends and increases transparency and clarity into the core results of the business. Adjusted EBITDA excludes items that do not reflect, in our opinion, the Company’s core performance and helps users of our MD&A to better analyze our results, enabling comparability of our results from one period to another.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        Three months ended     Six months ended
        March 31,     March 31,
      2025   20241
      2025   20241
    Net profit $ 295     $ 4,925     $ (681 )   $ 10,450  
    Share based compensation   949       1,128       2,040       2,318  
    Restructuring expense   372       1,495       1,064       1,495  
    Depreciation and amortization   11,474       10,113       23,014       19,119  
    Mergers and acquisition costs   2,373       5,329       4,693       7,309  
    Interest expense   2,111       1,734       3,894       3,281  
    Income tax   (180 )     2,426       1,170       4,532  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 17,394     $ 27,150     $ 35,194     $ 48,504  
    Adjusted EBITDA per share – Basic   1.48       2.29       3.00       4.10  
    Adjusted EBITDA per share – Diluted $ 1.46     $ 2.26     $ 2.95     $ 4.02  
                                   

    Adjusted Net Profit and Adjusted EPS

        Three months ended     Six months ended
        March 31,     March 31,
      2025
      20241
      2025   20241
    Net profit $ 295     $ 4,925     $ (681 )   $ 10,450  
    Share based compensation   949       1,128       2,040       2,318  
    Restructuring expense   372       1,495       1,064       1,495  
    Mergers and acquisition costs   2,373       5,329       4,693       7,309  
    Amortization of intangibles   7,066       6,149       14,400       11,384  
    Adjusted net profit   11,055       19,026       21,516       32,956  
    Weighted average number of common shares basic   11,726,127       11,846,338       11,749,796       11,829,456  
    Adjusted EPS Basic   0.94       1.61       1.83       2.79  
    Adjusted EPS Diluted $ 0.93     $ 1.58     $ 1.81     $ 2.73  
                                   

    Operating Free Cash Flow

        Three months ended     Six months ended
        March 31,     March 31,
      2025   20241   2025   20241
    Cash flows generated from operating activities (free cash flow) $ 9,860     $ 35,788     $ 14,242     $ 53,326  
    Adjustments:                      
       M&A costs included in operating activities   345       330       544       980  
       Change in non-cash working capital   (414)       (15,147)       8,065       (16,118)  
    Operating free cash flow $ 9,791     $ 20,971     $ 22,851     $ 38,188  
    Operating free cash flow per share – basic   0.83       1.77       1.94       3.23  
    Operating free cash flow per share – diluted   0.82       1.74       1.92       3.17  
    Operating free cash flow conversion   56 %     77 %     65 %     79 %
                                   

    Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA

      March 31,   September 30,
      2025
      20241
    Cash $ 64,150     $ 45,866  
    Debt facility   120,750       69,000  
    Net debt (net cash)   56,600       23,134  
    Trailing twelve month adjusted EBITDA   78,846       86,355  
    Net debt to adjusted EBITDA   0.7       0.3  
                   

    Operating free cash flow measures the company’s cash profitability after required capital spending when excluding working capital changes. The Company’s ability to convert adjusted EBITDA to operating free cash flow is critical for the long term success of its strategic growth. These measurements better align the reporting of our results and improve comparability against our peers. We believe that securities analysts, investors and other interested parties frequently use non-GAAP measures in the evaluation of issuers. Management also uses non-GAAP measures in order to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period, prepare annual operating budgets and assess our ability to meet our capital expenditure and working capital requirements. Non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for or be considered in isolation from measures prepared in accordance with IFRS. Investors are encouraged to review our financial statements and disclosures in their entirety and are cautioned not to put undue reliance on non-GAAP measures and view them in conjunction with the most comparable IFRS financial measures. The Company has reconciled adjusted profit to the most comparable IFRS financial measure as shown above.

    1 Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to align with the current year’s presentation. For more information, please see the selected quarterly financial information section of the management discussion and analysis.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Answer to a written question – Socio-economic consequences of the new ‘EU ETS 2’ emissions-trading system – E-000578/2025(ASW)

    Source: European Parliament

    The Commission and the Member States are working towards the timely implementation of the new Emissions Trading System for buildings, road transport and additional sectors (ETS2), which was adopted by the European Parliament and the Council in 2023. This includes regular technical level discussions and exchanges at the political level with all Member States, including Poland.

    The Commission’s impact assessment[1] for the review of the ETS Directive provided a detailed analysis of the socioeconomic impact of ETS2. The impact assessment shows that the ETS2 effects on fuel prices are limited. Furthermore, ETS2 contains strong safeguard mechanisms to avoid prices rising very fast, including a safeguard to delay the start of the system to 2028 in case gas or oil prices are exceptionally high in 2026.

    Europe’s reliance on imported fossil fuels causes energy price volatility and higher supply costs, significantly impacting consumers’ energy bills. To reduce energy costs for consumers in the EU, we need to reduce energy consumption and accelerate the roll-out of renewable energy, which is an effective way to achieve decarbonisation. The Social Climate Fund (SCF), financed by ETS2, aims to ensure that vulnerable households and micro-enterprises will be supported in this transition. The purpose of the SCF is to turn ETS2 into a clearly progressive measure, and to spur green investments that will address the root causes of energy and transport poverty.

    • [1] SWD(2021)0601 final.
    Last updated: 13 May 2025

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI: Satellogic Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Provides Business Update

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Revenue of $3.4 million in 1Q 2025

    Domestication to U.S. Completed

    Awarded $30 Million Contract for AI-First Constellation and Closed $20 Million Registered Direct Offering

    NEW YORK, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Satellogic Inc. (NASDAQ: SATL), a leader in sub-meter resolution Earth Observation (“EO”) data collection, today provided a business update and reported its financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    “The year is off to a great start with our recent announcements in April related to our $30 million low latency, near-daily AI-first constellation contract, our sovereign defense and intelligence imagery sales to Brazil and Singapore, and the closing of a registered direct offering in which we received $20 million in gross proceeds, which further strengthened our liquidity position. These milestones, coupled with the completion of our domestication during the first quarter, positions Satellogic to focus on significant growth opportunities, underscoring the value of our data insights and technology,” said Satellogic CEO, Emiliano Kargieman.

    Rick Dunn, Chief Financial Officer, added, “In terms of financial results, we ended the quarter with $17.7 million of cash on hand (which does not include the proceeds from the aforementioned offering) and continued to reduce our cash used in operations by $5.4 million, or 53%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. Our revenue also increased modestly by 2% to $3.4 million compared to the prior year period.”

    “We expect that our revenue for 2025 will largely be dependent on closing opportunities within our Space Systems line of business, which we anticipate will contribute considerable per unit cash flow and strong gross margin. As we look to 2025 and beyond, management continues to focus on near-term growth opportunities and moving the Company forward on a path to profitability,” concluded Dunn.

    Financial Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025

    • Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased by $0.1 million, or 2%, to $3.4 million, as compared to revenue of $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was driven primarily by a $0.4 million increase in imagery ordered by new and existing Asset Monitoring customers, partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in revenue generated from the Space Systems business line. Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025 included $2.6 million attributable to our Asset Monitoring line of business, $0.4 million attributable to our Space Systems line of business, and $0.4 million attributable to our CaaS line of business compared to $2.2 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in the prior period.
    • Cost of Sales, exclusive of depreciation, decreased $0.1 million, or 5%, to $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was driven primarily by lower Space Systems costs on lower sales volume, partially offset by higher outsourced ground station costs. However, as a percentage of revenue, our cost of sales were 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Selling, General and Administrative expenses decreased $2.9 million, or 31%, to $6.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was driven primarily by a $0.5 million decrease in professional fees consisting mainly of the accrued advisory fee pursuant to the Liberty Subscription Agreement and professional fees related to the secured convertible notes in 2024, partially offset by professional fees related to our domestication in 2025. The decrease was also partially driven by decreases in salaries, wages, stock-based compensation and other benefits as a result of the Company’s workforce reductions in 2024 and other expense reductions resulting from continued cash control measures during 2024.
    • Engineering expenses decreased $1.9 million, or 43%, to $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was driven primarily by a decrease in salaries, wages, and other benefits and stock-based compensation as a result of the Company’s workforce reductions in 2024. The decrease was also partially driven by other expense reductions resulting from continued cash control measures during 2024, including the termination of our high-throughput plant lease in the Netherlands.
    • Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased by $17.4 million to $32.6 million, as compared to a net loss of $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the change in fair value of financial instruments ($21.6 million) and other (expense) income, net ($1.6 million) offset by increases in revenue and decreases in operating costs.
    • Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025, improved by $3.1 million to $6.1 million, from an Adjusted EBITDA loss of $9.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to year-over-year increases in revenue and decreases in operating expenses.
    • Cash and Cash Equivalents were $17.7 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $22.5 million at December 31, 2024.
    • Net cash used in operating activities was $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $10.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. This decline in net cash used by operations was primarily due to workforce reduction and overall cost control initiatives.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We monitor a number of financial performance and liquidity measures on a regular basis in order to track the progress of our business. Included in these financial performance and liquidity measures are the non-GAAP measures, Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA. We believe these measures provide analysts, investors and management with helpful information regarding the underlying operating performance of our business, as they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance and liquidity by removing the impact of items that we believe are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. The non-GAAP measures are used by us to evaluate our core operating performance and liquidity on a comparable basis and to make strategic decisions. The non-GAAP measures also facilitate company-to-company operating performance comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations such as capital structures, taxation, depreciation, capital expenditures and other non-cash items (i.e., embedded derivatives, debt extinguishment and stock-based compensation) which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. However, different companies may define these terms differently and accordingly comparisons might not be accurate. Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be a substitute for any GAAP financial measure. For the definitions of Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net loss, see below.

    We define Non-GAAP EBITDA as net loss excluding interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We did not incur amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

    We define Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA as Non-GAAP EBITDA further adjusted for professional fees related to the secured convertible notes, other expense (income), net, changes in the fair value of financial instruments and stock-based compensation. Other expense (income), net includes foreign exchange gain or loss and other non-operating income and expenses not considered indicative of our ongoing operational performance.

    The following table presents a reconciliation of Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA to its net loss for the periods indicated.

      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)   2025       2024  
    Net loss available to stockholders $ (32,581 )   $ (15,178 )
    Interest expense         9  
    Income tax expense   715       1,433  
    Depreciation expense   2,687       2,845  
    Non-GAAP EBITDA $ (29,179 )   $ (10,891 )
    Professional fees related to Secured Convertible Notes         971  
    Other expense (income), net   167       (1,401 )
    Change in fair value of financial instruments   22,361       752  
    Stock-based compensation   595       1,446  
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA $ (6,056 )   $ (9,123 )
     

    About Satellogic

    Founded in 2010 by Emiliano Kargieman and Gerardo Richarte, Satellogic (NASDAQ: SATL) is the first vertically integrated geospatial company, driving real outcomes with planetary-scale insights. Satellogic is creating and continuously enhancing the first scalable, fully automated EO platform with the ability to remap the entire planet at both high-frequency and high-resolution, providing accessible and affordable solutions for customers.

    Satellogic’s mission is to democratize access to geospatial data through its information platform of high-resolution images to help solve the world’s most pressing problems including climate change, energy supply, and food security. Using its patented Earth imaging technology, Satellogic unlocks the power of EO to deliver high-quality, planetary insights at the lowest cost in the industry.

    With more than a decade of experience in space, Satellogic has proven technology and a strong track record of delivering satellites to orbit and high-resolution data to customers at the right price point.

    To learn more, please visit: http://www.satellogic.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intends”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are based on Satellogic’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on Satellogic and include statements concerning Satellogic’s strategic realignment as a U.S. company, and the visibility and high growth opportunities it will provide in connection therewith. Forward-looking statements are predictions, projections and other statements about future events that are based on current expectations and assumptions and, as a result, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on various assumptions, whether or not identified in this press release. These forward-looking statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to serve, and must not be relied on by an investor as, a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction or a definitive statement of fact or probability. Actual events and circumstances are difficult or impossible to predict and will differ from assumptions. Many actual events and circumstances are beyond the control of Satellogic. Many factors could cause actual future events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this press release, including but not limited to: (i) our ability to generate revenue as expected, including due to challenges created by macroeconomic concerns, geopolitical uncertainty (e.g., trade relationships), financial market fluctuations and related factors, (ii) our ability to effectively market and sell our EO services and to convert contracted revenues and our pipeline of potential contracts into actual revenues, (iii) risks related to the secured convertible notes, (iv) the potential loss of one or more of our largest customers, (v) the considerable time and expense related to our sales efforts and the length and unpredictability of our sales cycle, (vi) risks and uncertainties associated with defense-related contracts, (vii) risk related to our pricing structure, (viii) our ability to scale production of our satellites as planned, (ix) unforeseen risks, challenges and uncertainties related to our expansion into new business lines, (x) our dependence on third parties, including SpaceX, to transport and launch our satellites into space, (xi) our reliance on third-party vendors and manufacturers to build and provide certain satellite components, products, or services and the inability of these vendors and manufacturers to meet our needs, (xii) our dependence on ground station and cloud-based computing infrastructure operated by third pirates for value-added services, and any errors, disruption, performance problems, or failure in their or our operational infrastructure, (xiii) risk related to certain minimum service requirements in our customer contracts, (xiv) market acceptance of our EO services and our dependence upon our ability to keep pace with the latest technological advances, including those related to artificial intelligence and machine learning, (xv) our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, or our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions, (xvi) competition for EO services, (xvii) challenges with international operations or unexpected changes to the regulatory environment in certain markets, (xviii) unknown defects or errors in our products, (xix) risk related to the capital-intensive nature of our business and our ability to raise adequate capital to finance our business strategies, (xx) uncertainties beyond our control related to the production, launch, commissioning, and/or operation of our satellites and related ground systems, software and analytic technologies, (xxi) the failure of the market for EO services to achieve the growth potential we expect, (xxii) risks related to our satellites and related equipment becoming impaired, (xxiii) risks related to the failure of our satellites to operate as intended, (xxiv) production and launch delays, launch failures, and damage or destruction to our satellites during launch, (xxv) the impact of natural disasters, unusual or prolonged unfavorable weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks, terrorist acts and geopolitical events (including the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, in the Gaza Strip and the Red Sea region) on our business and satellite launch schedules and (xxvi) the anticipated benefits of the domestication may not materialize. The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of Satellogic’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents filed or to be filed by Satellogic from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and Satellogic assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Satellogic can give no assurance that it will achieve its expectations.

    Contacts

    Investor Relations:

    Ryan Driver, VP of Strategy & Corporate Development
    ryan.driver@satellogic.com

    Media Relations:

    Satellogic
    pr@satellogic.com

    SATELLOGIC INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
    UNAUDITED
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)   2025       2024  
    Revenue $ 3,387     $ 3,328  
    Costs and expenses      
    Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below   1,237       1,305  
    Selling, general and administrative   6,485       9,389  
    Engineering   2,493       4,387  
    Depreciation expense   2,687       2,845  
    Total costs and expenses   12,902       17,926  
    Operating loss   (9,515 )     (14,598 )
    Other (expense) income, net      
    Interest income, net   177       204  
    Change in fair value of financial instruments   (22,361 )     (752 )
    Other (expense) income, net   (167 )     1,401  
    Total other (expense) income, net   (22,351 )     853  
    Loss before income tax   (31,866 )     (13,745 )
    Income tax expense   (715 )     (1,433 )
    Net loss available to stockholders $ (32,581 )   $ (15,178 )
    Other comprehensive loss      
    Foreign currency translation gain (loss), net of tax   257       (137 )
    Comprehensive loss $ (32,324 )   $ (15,315 )
           
    Basic net loss per share for the period attributable to holders of Common Stock $ (0.34 )   $ (0.17 )
    Basic weighted-average Common Stock outstanding   96,655,349       90,331,496  
    Diluted net loss per share for the period attributable to holders of Common Stock $ (0.34 )   $ (0.17 )
    Diluted weighted-average Common Stock outstanding   96,655,349       90,331,496  
    SATELLOGIC INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    UNAUDITED
     
      March 31,   December 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and par value amounts)   2025       2024  
    ASSETS      
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 17,716     $ 22,493  
    Restricted cash   305        
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $148 and $148, respectively   1,799       1,464  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   4,274       3,907  
    Total current assets   24,094       27,864  
    Property and equipment, net   25,802       27,228  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   6,538       877  
    Other non-current assets   4,968       5,722  
    Total assets $ 61,402     $ 61,691  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Accounts payable $ 3,742     $ 3,754  
    Warrant liabilities   14,902       11,511  
    Earnout liabilities   1,992       1,501  
    Operating lease liabilities   989       363  
    Contract liabilities   6,308       5,871  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   13,661       11,621  
    Total current liabilities   41,594       34,621  
    Secured Convertible Notes at fair value   96,590       79,070  
    Operating lease liabilities   5,812       516  
    Other non-current liabilities   498       516  
    Total liabilities   144,494       114,723  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ (deficit) equity      
    Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023          
    Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 385,000,000 shares authorized, 84,451,437 shares issued and 83,883,614 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 83,000,501 shares issued and 82,432,678 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2024          
    Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 13,582,642 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024          
    Treasury stock, at cost, 567,823 shares as of March 31, 2025 and 567,823 shares as of December 31, 2024   (8,603 )     (8,603 )
    Additional paid-in capital   358,511       356,247  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (314 )     (571 )
    Accumulated deficit   (432,686 )     (400,105 )
    Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity   (83,092 )     (53,032 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity $ 61,402     $ 61,691  
    SATELLOGIC INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    UNAUDITED
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)   2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net loss $ (32,581 )   $ (15,178 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:      
    Depreciation expense   2,687       2,845  
    Operating lease expense   421       538  
    Stock-based compensation   595       1,446  
    Change in fair value of financial instruments, net of interest paid on Secured Convertible Notes   20,691       752  
    Foreign exchange differences   (188 )     (643 )
    Loss on disposal of property and equipment   28       78  
    Expense for estimated credit losses on accounts receivable, net of recoveries         16  
    Non-cash change in contract liabilities   (46 )     (501 )
    Other, net         56  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts receivable   (21 )     (932 )
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   830       (377 )
    Accounts payable   569       1,764  
    Contract liabilities   438       (25 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   2,024       601  
    Operating lease liabilities   (169 )     (555 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (4,722 )     (10,115 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (1,913 )     (1,942 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (1,913 )     (1,942 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock under ATM Program, net of transaction costs   1,143        
    Payments for withholding taxes related to the net share settlement of equity awards   (375 )     (184 )
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options   916        
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   1,684       (184 )
    Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (4,951 )     (12,241 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   177       542  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – beginning of period   23,682       24,603  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – end of period $ 18,908     $ 12,904  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: authID Reports Financial and Operating Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DENVER, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — authID® (Nasdaq: AUID) (“authID” or the “Company”), a leading provider of biometric identity verification and authentication solutions, today reported financial and operating results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 vs. First Quarter 2024 Financial Summary

    • Total revenue for the quarter increased to $0.30 million, compared to $0.16 million a year ago.
    • Operating expenses were $4.7 million, compared to $3.3 million a year ago.
    • Net loss was $4.3 million, or $0.40 per share, compared to a loss of $3.1 million, or $0.32 per share a year ago.
    • Adjusted EBITDA Loss of $3.9 million (non-GAAP measure as defined below), compared with $2.4 million a year ago.
    • Gross bARR (Booked Annual Recurring Revenue) of $0.01 million (non-GAAP measure as defined below), compared with $0.10 million a year ago.

    “I’m incredibly excited about authID’s growth prospects in 2025 and beyond,” said Rhon Daguro, authID’s Chief Executive Officer. “We have solidified our foundation to become a leader in the evolving and fast-growing biometric authentication market while making progress on our ambitious 2025 goals. We are continuing to advance our conversations with key enterprise and platform partner prospects in order to achieve our bookings targets and are intensifying our focus on the large enterprise and large channel OEM segments as we move through the second quarter.

    “We recently secured nearly $9 million in capital through two financing rounds to improve our balance sheet, broaden our investor base and provide us with additional expertise and support as we scale our business and invest in new opportunities. Through these efforts we have also created an advisory board comprised of two new expert advisors, Eric Swider and Donald Nitti. Both leaders have extensive experience in different industry and government sectors where authID’s biometric identity solutions can address critical needs.

    “As we move through the year, we continue to expect to close multiple Fortune 500 and multi-national customers in 2025, and we are currently in the late stages of our sales cycle with these potential customers. I’m pleased with our momentum to date and remain confident that we will sign new customers and drive significant growth towards our $18 million bookings target for 2025.”

    Recent Business and Operational Highlights

    • Secured nearly $9 million dollars after expenses from existing and new shareholders through two registered direct offerings, while also creating an advisory board comprised of two new expert advisors, Eric Swider and Donald Nitti.
    • Signed a paid live production trial agreement with a Global Fortune 500 prospect to deliver authID’s solution in a controlled rollout. Upon completion, authID expects to secure a longer-term agreement.
    • Advanced to final stages with a Global Fortune 500 biometric hardware provider to embed authID into a solution offering reusable, interoperable identity credentials for employee workforces.
    • Confirmed as the selected vendor by one of the largest identity fraud platforms and are in the final stages of contract negotiations.
    • Launched efforts into the Public Sector by providing a reuseable identity platform for removing the barriers between siloed systems for government workforces.
    • Began integration with a blockchain-based data privacy and security platform to validate identity of data owners through privacy preserving biometrics which bring authID’s technology into smart cities in South America and India to start.
    • Identified new opportunities in the Indian banking sector with our Indian partner to protect high value transactions and account access with authID’s PrivacyKey technology
    • Successfully delivered a proof of concept and entered into contract negotiations with a Fortune 500 prospect to deliver identity verification and biometric solutions.
    • Named “Best ID Management Platform” Award in 2025 FinTech Breakthrough Awards for the third time. authID was recognized for its groundbreaking biometric identity verification technology, which has set a new standard for precision, speed, and data privacy in the fintech industry, as well as the verification landscape at large.

    Financial Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $0.30 million, compared with $0.16 million a year ago.

    Operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025, were $4.7 million, compared to $3.3 million a year ago. The 2025 increase is primarily due to increased headcount investment in sales and R&D.

    Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $4.3 million, of which non-cash charges were $0.5 million, compared with a net loss of $3.1 million a year ago, of which non-cash charges were $0.8 million

    Loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $0.40, compared with $0.32 a year ago.

    Adjusted EBITDA loss was $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, compared with $2.4 million a year ago. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA loss is primarily driven by the increase in headcount investment in sales and R&D. Please refer to Table 1 for reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure).

    Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO) as of March 31, 2025, was $13.85 million, of which $1.01 million is held as deferred revenue and $12.84 million is related to other non-cancellable contracted amounts, compared to RPO of $4.03 million as of March 31, 2024. The Company expects to recognize the full RPO of $13.85 million over the entire life of the contracts, which are typically signed with a 3-year term.

    The gross amount of Booked Annual Recurring Revenue or bARR, (a non-GAAP measure, as defined below), signed in the first quarter of 2025 was $0.01 million, down from $0.10 million of gross bARR a year ago. The net amount of bARR was negative $0.13 million compared to $0.10 million of net bARR signed in the comparable period in 2024. The Q1 bARR is comprised of $0 million in Committed Annual Recurring Revenue (cARR) and $0.01 million in estimated Usage Above Commitments (UAC).

    The net amount of bARR reflects the deduction of the bARR of contracts previously included in reported bARR, due to certain customers experiencing delays in Production Go-Live timing and volume ramping. See below for further definition and explanation of ARR and bARR, non-GAAP measures.

    Conference Call

    A conference call and webcast will be held today at 5.00 p.m. EDT, hosted by authID Chief Executive Officer, Rhon Daguro and Chief Financial Officer, Ed Sellitto to discuss the financial results and provide a corporate update. To participate on the live conference call, please access this registration link and you will be provided with dial-in details. To avoid delays, participants are encouraged to dial into the conference call 15 minutes ahead of the scheduled start time. A live webcast of the call will be available at webcast registration and on the “Events & Presentations” page of the Company’s website at investors.authid.ai. Only participants on the live conference call will be able to ask questions.

    A replay of the event and a copy of the presentation will also be available for 90 days at authID’s Investor Relations site.

    About authID Inc.

    authID (Nasdaq: AUID) ensures enterprises “Know Who’s Behind the Device™” for every customer or employee login and transaction through its easy-to-integrate, patented biometric identity platform. authID powers biometric identity proofing in 700ms, biometric authentication in 25ms, and account recovery with a fast, accurate, user-friendly experience. With our ground-breaking PrivacyKey Solution, authID provides a 1-to-1-billion false match rate, while storing no biometric data. authID stops fraud at onboarding, blocks deepfakes, prevents account takeover, and eliminates password risks and costs, through the fastest, most frictionless, and most accurate user identity experience demanded by today’s digital ecosystem.

    For further information please visit authid.ai

    Investor Relations Contacts
    authID Investor Relations
    investor-relations@authID.ai

    Media Contacts
    Walter Fowler
    1-631-334-3864
    wfowler@nexttechcomms.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This Press Release includes “forward-looking statements.” All statements other than statements of historical facts included herein, including, without limitation, those regarding the future results of operations, growth and sales, potential contract signings, booked Annual Recurring Revenue (bARR) (and its components cARR and UAC), Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR), cash flow, cash position and financial position, business strategy, plans and objectives of management for future operations of both authID Inc. and its business partners, are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on a number of assumptions regarding authID’s present and future business strategies, and the environment in which authID expects to operate in the future, which assumptions may or may not be fulfilled in practice. Actual results may vary materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of risk factors, including the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers; successful implementation of the services to be provided under new customer contracts and their adoption by customers’ users; the Company’s ability to compete effectively; changes in laws, regulations and practices; the increase in international tariffs and uncertainty over international trading conditions, changes in domestic and international economic and political conditions, the impact of the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East, inflationary pressures, changes in interest rates, and others. See the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2024 filed at www.sec.gov and other documents filed with the SEC for other risk factors which investors should consider. These forward-looking statements speak only as to the date of this release and cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance. authID expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this release to reflect any changes in its expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any statement is based.

    Non-GAAP Financial Information

    The Company provides certain non-GAAP financial measures in this statement. These non-GAAP key business indicators, which include Adjusted EBITDA, bARR and ARR should not be considered replacements for and should be read in conjunction with the GAAP financial measures.

    Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA, when viewed with our results under GAAP and the accompanying reconciliations, provides useful information about our period-over-period results. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because management believes it provides additional information with respect to the performance of our fundamental business activities and is also frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of comparable companies. We also rely on Adjusted EBITDA as a primary measure to review and assess the operating performance of our company and our management.

    Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that represents GAAP net loss adjusted to exclude (1) interest expense and debt discount and debt issuance costs amortization expense, (2) interest income, (3) depreciation and amortization, (4) stock-based compensation expense (stock options) and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results.

    Please see Table 1 below for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations to net loss – continuing operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

     
     TABLE 1
    Reconciliation of Loss from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA Continuing Operations.
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    Loss from continuing operations $ (4,339,467 )   $ (3,057,577 )
                   
    Addback:              
                   
    Interest expense, net   12,712       13,138  
    Other income   (51,544 )     (108,920 )
    Depreciation and amortization   30,192       43,408  
    Stock compensation   454,339       722,971  
    Adjusted EBITDA continuing operations (Non-GAAP)   (3,893,768 )     (2,386,980 )
     

    Management believes that bARR and ARR, when viewed with our results under GAAP, provide useful information about the direction of future growth trends of the Company’s revenues. We also rely on bARR as one of several primary measures to review and assess the sales performance of our Company and our management team in connection with our executive compensation. The Company defines Booked Annual Recurring Revenue or bARR, as the amount of annual recurring revenue represented by the estimated amounts of annual recurring revenue we believe will be earned under such contracted orders, looking out eighteen months from the date of signing of each customer contract. This estimate is comprised of two components (1) Committed Annual Recurring Revenue (cARR), which represents the minimum amounts that customers are contractually committed to pay each year over the life of the contract and (2) Usage Above Commitments (UAC), which represents our estimate of the rate of annual recurring revenue arising from actual usage of our services above the contractual minimums, that we believe the Customer will achieve after 18 months. The net amount of bARR reflects the deduction of the bARR of contracts previously included in reported bARR, which were subject to attrition, or other downward adjustments during the quarter.

    The company defines Annual Recurring Revenue or ARR, as the amount of recurring revenue recognized during the last three months of the relevant period as determined in accordance with GAAP, multiplied by four.

    bARR may be distinguished from ARR, as bARR does not take specifically into account the time to implement any contract for authID’s services, nor for any ramp in adoption, or seasonality of usage of our biometric products but is based on the assumption that 18 months after signing these matters will have been generally resolved. Furthermore, bARR is based on estimates of future revenues under particular contracts, whereas ARR, whilst also forward-looking, is based on historical revenues recognized in accordance with GAAP during the relevant period. A reconciliation of bARR to a GAAP measure is not provided as there is no comparable GAAP measure and we believe that any attempt at such reconciliation may be confusing to investors. bARR and ARR have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation from, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    • bARR & ARR should not be considered as predictors of future revenues but only as indicators of the direction in which revenues may be trending. Actual revenue results in the future as determined in accordance with GAAP may be significantly different to the amounts indicated as bARR or ARR at any time.
    • bARR and ARR are to be considered “forward-looking statements” and subject to the same risks, as other such statements (see note on “Forward-Looking Statements” above).
     
    authID INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenues, net $ 296,256     $ 157,378  
                   
    Operating Expenses:              
    General and administrative   2,645,700       2,062,361  
    Research and development   1,998,663       1,204,968  
    Depreciation amortization   30,192       43,408  
    Total operating expenses   4,674,555       3,310,737  
                   
    Loss from operations   (4,378,299 )     (3,153,359 )
                   
    Other Income (Expense):              
    Interest expense, net   (12,712 )     (13,138 )
    Other income   51,544       108,920  
    Other income (expense), net   38,832       95,782  
                   
    Net loss before income taxes   (4,339,467 )     (3,057,577 )
    Income tax expense          
    Net Loss $ (4,339,467 )   $ (3,057,577 )
                   
                   
    Net Loss Per Share – Basic and Diluted operations $ (0.40 )   $ (0.32 )
                   
    Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted   10,920,909       9,450,220  
     
    authID INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     
        March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
     
    ASSETS   (Unaudited)          
    Current Assets:              
    Cash $ 2,866,347     $ 8,471,561  
    Accounts receivable, net   1,028,564       97,897  
    Contract assets   487,551       426,859  
    Deferred contract costs   595,359       617,918  
    Other current assets, net   623,475       460,192  
    Total current assets   5,601,296       10,074,427  
                   
    Intangible assets, net   185,226       213,718  
    Goodwill   4,183,232       4,183,232  
    Total assets $ 9,969,754     $ 14,471,377  
                   
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
    Current Liabilities:              
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 811,934     $ 1,715,410  
    Commission liability   191,519       459,657  
    Severance liability   325,000       325,000  
    Convertible debt, net         240,884  
    Deferred revenue   1,011,448       215,237  
    Total current liabilities   2,339,901       2,956,188  
                   
    Total liabilities $ 2,339,901     $ 2,956,188  
                   
    Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)              
                   
    Stockholders’ Equity:              
    Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024; 10,920,909 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   1,092       1,092  
    Additional paid-in capital   185,766,847       185,312,508  
    Accumulated deficit   (178,147,996 )     (173,808,529 )
    Accumulated comprehensive income   9,910       10,118  
    Total stockholders’ equity   7,629,853       11,515,189  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 9,969,754     $ 14,471,377  
     
    authID INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:              
                   
    Net loss $ (4,339,467 )   $ (3,057,577 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss with cash flows from operations:              
    Stock-based compensation   454,339       722,971  
    Depreciation and amortization expense   30,192       43,408  
    Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs   4,116       4,115  
                   
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
    Accounts receivable   (930,667 )     (237,506 )
    Contract assets   (60,692 )     (49,713 )
    Deferred contract cost   22,559       (3,417 )
    Other current assets   (163,283 )     (9,521 )
    Commission liability   (268,138 )     (40,950 )
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   (903,476 )     (495,357 )
    Deferred revenue   796,211       176,019  
    Net cash flows from operating activities   (5,358,306 )     (2,947,528 )
                   
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:              
    Purchase of intangible assets   (1,700 )      
    Net cash flows from investing activities   (1,700 )      
                   
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:              
    Repayment of convertible notes   (245,000 )      
    Net cash flows from financing activities   (245,000 )      
                   
    Effect of Foreign Currencies   (208 )     (3,359 )
                   
    Net Change in Cash   (5,605,214 )     (2,950,887 )
    Cash, Beginning of the Period   8,471,561       10,177,099  
    Cash, End of the Period $ 2,866,347     $ 7,226,212  
                   
    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:              
    Cash paid for interest $ 13,137     $ 9,023  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Press release – MEPs support proposals to simplify EU carbon leakage instrument

    Source: European Parliament

    The proposed changes to the EU carbon border adjustment mechanism (CBAM) are part of simplification efforts to reduce the administrative burden for SMEs and occasional importers.

    Parliament’s Committee on the Environment, Climate Change and Food Safety today endorsed the Commission’s proposal, which is a part of the “Omnibus I” simplification package presented on 26 February 2025. MEPs adopted only technical amendments for clarification purposes and support a new de minimis mass threshold of 50 tonnes, which would exempt the vast majority (90%) of importers − mainly small and medium-sized enterprises and individuals − who import only small quantities of CBAM goods. The CBAM’s environment goal is maintained, as 99% of total CO2 emissions from imports of iron, steel, aluminium, cement and fertilisers would still be covered by the rules.

    For the imports covered, the changes also simplify authorisation of declarants (parties wishing to import goods subject to the CBAM), the calculation of emissions and the management of CBAM financial liability, while strengthening anti-abuse provisions.

    Quote

    After the vote, rapporteur Antonio Decaro (S&D, IT) said: “A majority in the committee agreed to limit amendments to the specific proposals by the Commission and to not reopen other provisions of the CBAM legislation, which is so crucial to prevent carbon leakage. This approach enables us to simplify matters for companies without dismantling or weakening the CBAM. We will continue to work as fast as possible to bring legal clarity and certainty to all CBAM stakeholders.”

    Next steps

    MEPs adopted the text by 85 votes in favour, 1 against and with 1 abstention. On 22 May 2025, Parliament as a whole is scheduled to adopt its mandate for negotiations with Council on the final shape of the legislation.

    Background

    The EU’s carbon border adjustment mechanism is the EU’s tool to equalise the price of carbon paid for EU products operating under the EU emissions trading system (ETS) with that of imported goods, and to encourage higher climate ambition in non-EU countries.

    In early 2026, the Commission will assess whether to extend the scope of the CBAM to other ETS sectors at risk of carbon leakage.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – Commission, executive agencies and European Development Funds – P10_TA(2025)0077 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section III – Commission,

    –  having regard to its decisions on discharge in respect of the implementation of the budgets of the executive agencies for the financial year 2023,

    –  having regard to Rule 101 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinions of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Development, the Committee on Employment and Social Affairs, the Committee on the Environment, the Committee on Transport and Tourism, the Committee on Regional Development, the Committee on Culture and Education, the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs, the Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality,

    –  having regard to the letter from the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0074/2025),

    A.  whereas the eleventh EDF has reached its final stage as its sunset clause came into effect on 31 December 2020; whereas, however, specific contracts for existing financing agreements were signed until 31 December 2023, and the implementation of the ongoing projects funded by the EDF will continue until their final completion;

    B.  whereas the ninth, tenth and eleventh(1) EDFs were not incorporated into the Union general budget and continue to be implemented and reported on separately until their closure;

    C.  whereas, for the 2021-2027 MFF, development cooperation aid to ACP countries is integrated in the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (‘NDICI-Global Europe’) as part of the EU general budget, and development cooperation aid to OCTs, including Greenland, has been incorporated into the Decision on the Overseas Association;

    D.  whereas the EDFs are managed almost entirely by the Commission’s DG INTPA with a small proportion (7 %) of the 2023 EDF expenditure being managed by DG NEAR;

    Political priorities

    1.  Underlines its strong commitment to the Union’s fundamental values and principles which are enshrined in the Treaty on the European Union (TEU) and the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU); in the framework of the discharge process, stresses especially the principles of sound financial management as set out in Article 317 TFEU and the combatting of fraud and protection of the financial interests of the Union as set out in Article 325 TFEU;

    2.  Underlines the importance of the principle of separation of powers in the Union and recalls that according to the Treaty, the institutions shall practice mutual sincere cooperation; believes that under no circumstances the actions of one Union institution should affect the independence of another institution; urges all other institutions to respect the role of the Parliament as the sole Union institution directly elected by the citizens and to refrain from any undue, direct or indirect interference in its legislative processes, thereby ensuring that Parliament’s decision making-process remains free and independent from other Union institutions or any other entities;

    3.  Highlights the importance of the Union budget for achieving the Union’s political priorities, as well as its role in assisting Member States in unforeseen situations such as international conflicts or crises and their consequences; points out in this regard the continuing relevance of investments and support from the Union budget for reducing disparities between Member States and regions, for promoting economic growth and employment, for combating poverty and social exclusion, and thus for improving the daily life of European citizens;

    4.  Notes that the Court of Auditors (the Court) for the financial year 2023 has issued a clean opinion concerning the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of revenue; at the same time, regrets that the Court has had to issue for the 5th consecutive year an adverse opinion on the legality and regularity of Union budget expenditure and a qualified opinion on the legality and regularity of expenditure under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF);

    5.  Expresses its deep concerns that the overall error rate estimated by the Court has been on a rising trend since the financial year 2020 and has reached 5,6 % for the financial year 2023; notes that there are significant differences in the error rates between headings which range from spending areas with error rates below the materiality threshold of 2 % up to an error rate of 9,3 % in the case of cohesion policy; further notes that discharge is a political process where all issues related to a specific financial year may be taken into consideration and that the decision on whether to grant or refuse discharge should remain factual and anchored in the Union acquis, and that it is taken for the budget as a whole; urges the Commission, finally, to take into account the Court’s recommendations and to reduce the overall error rate over the coming years; further asks the Commission to present an Action Plan within the four months on reducing the error rate;

    6.  Is concerned that the Commission and the Court have different interpretations of what the “error rate” represents, thus generating confusion; expresses its support for a common audit approach and methodology and strongly calls on both institutions to find a solution to the divergent approaches before the 2024 discharge; is concerned that the Commission is systematically underestimating the existing error level and that this could lead to an ineffective protection of the financial interests of the Union;

    7.  Expresses again its deep its concern that the accumulated outstanding commitments (RAL – reste à liquider) have reached a record level of EUR 543 billion, equivalent to 3,2 % of the total GDP of the Union at the end of 2023 and representing more than double the Union annual budget for 2023; underlines that such a record high level of outstanding commitments risks creating challenges for the future smooth implementation of extraordinary high levels of payments and/or leading to significant decommitments to the detriment of the implementation of Union policy objectives;

    8.  Further expresses its concern that the outstanding debt from borrowing has reached EUR 458,5 billion, equivalent to 2,7 % of the total GDP of the Union at the end of 2023; notes that the increase in outstanding debt during 2023, equivalent to EUR 110,5 billion, has made the Union one of the largest debt issuers in Europe; further notes that the amount of outstanding debt is projected to increase further during the coming years, especially due to increased borrowing linked to the RRF and financial assistance to a number of countries including Ukraine which is the victim of a war of aggression by Russia; reiterates its deep concerns that the increase in debt makes the Union budget more vulnerable to increases in interest rates since a part of the debt will have to be serviced and repaid by the Union budget;

    9.  Recalls the importance of a strict application of the financial rules of the Union in all programmes and on all beneficiaries, in order to avoid all forms of fraud, conflicts of interest, corruption, double funding and money laundering;

    10.  Underlines the importance of the rule of law as one of the fundamental values of the Union and stresses that the Rule of Law Conditionality Mechanism is crucial in order to ensure that Member States continue to respect the principles of the rule of law; reiterates its deep concerns about the deteriorating rule of law situation in certain Member States including attacks or restrictions to the activities of civil society organisations, which not only poses a significant threat to democratic values but also leads to an increased risk of financial losses for the Union budget; calls for the provision of adequate support to civil society organisations active in the field; acknowledges the emergence of new forms of rule of law violations by national governments and calls on the Commission to address these evolving challenges; calls on the Commission to ensure strict and fast implementation of all elements of the mechanism when Member States breach the principles of the rule of law where such breaches affect, or risk affecting, the financial interests of the Union; at the same time, underlines the need for complete and timely information on decisions related to the implementation of the Rule of Law Conditionality Mechanism; encourages the Commission to explicitly assess when shortcomings in the rule of law are of a systemic nature; calls for a stronger emphasis on the implementation of country-specific recommendations, coupled with effective follow-up mechanisms and measurable benchmarks; proposes the establishment of a comprehensive rule of law monitoring framework involving all Union institutions, Member States, and candidate countries, aimed at ensuring coherence and uniformity across the Union, while at the same time ensuring a fair and impartial application; calls on the Commission to propose measures to ensure the protection of final beneficiaries in cases of breaches of the rule of law by national governments without undermining the application and effectiveness of the regulation;

    11.  Takes note of the innovative nature of the RRF and its contribution to supporting Member States in recovering from the economic and social consequences of the pandemic and creating a more resilient European economy; is of the opinion that any shift to a performance-based approach based on the RRF as a model requires addressing the many issues identified in its implementation, as well as assessing data on its full impact, before using such a model; recalls the many problems identified in the implementation of the RRF which would need to be addressed, including, but not limited to: the lack of adequate consultation of the regional and local authorities and other relevant stakeholders, such as social partners and civil society organisations and the lack of their involvement in the implementation; the weak cross border dimension, which may hint to a reduced EU added value in that respect; the lack of a clear definition of the milestones and targets and their satisfactorily fulfilment; the insufficient flexibility; the common debt with long-term debt payment as a consequence; the serious transparency, audit and control problems of the program which make it impossible for the citizens to be informed about the final beneficiaries of actions funded by the Union and pushes Member States to use RRF funds to cover projects very similar to those financed by Cohesion funds but with a much more limited capacity of control; reiterates the concern about the interpretation of the Commission and Member States on what a “final recipient” of RRF funding represents, which is not in line with the agreement of the REPowerEU negotiations and maintains that ministries, public authorities or other contracting authorities cannot be listed as final recipients of RRF funding; further expresses concern about the findings of the Court in relation to the risk of double funding and financing of recurring budgetary expenditure which are not in line with the RRF legal basis;

    12.  Notes that the set-up of the NGEU mechanism implies that the repayment of NGEU loans must start before the end of 2027 and be completed by 2058 at the latest; is concerned that the increase in interest rates over the last years has increased the borrowing costs under the NGEU significantly compared with original estimates; reiterates the need to fully respect the timeline of the legally binding roadmap for the introduction of new own resources and underlines that swift progress on new own resources is essential to repay NGEU and safeguard the current and future MFFs;

    13.  Stresses the urgent need for significant de-bureaucratisation, streamlining and simplification of all Union policies and their funding in line with the recommendations in the Draghi report(2) in order to ease the burdens for European businesses and increase European competitiveness, while ensuring the protection of the financial interests of the Union; underlines that simplification will also have a positive effect on error rates in the implementation of policies because many errors happen because of overcomplicated rules which are difficult to navigate, especially for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), new applicants, spin-offs and start-ups;

    14.  Reiterates the need to balance the further simplification of rules and procedures with much more systematic use of digitalised reporting, better and more robust controls and adequate ex post checks on the most repeated areas of irregular spending that do not add excessive bureaucratic complexity for beneficiaries, develop training sessions and practical information for applicants, in particular new applicants, and improve the assistance and guidelines for SMEs, spin-offs, start-ups, administration and payment agencies and all other relevant stakeholders; reminds that a robust control system under the responsibility of the Commission is particularly needed for the RRF;

    15.  Stresses the need and highlights the importance of the NDICI programme for the support to global challenges, the promotion of human rights, freedoms and democracy; underlines the importance of reinforcing the Eastern Neighbourhood line in order to support political, economic and social reforms in this challenged region;

    16.  Underlines that it is imperative for the credibility of the Union that the Commission ensures that no Union funds are allocated to individuals or organisations linked to any kind of terrorist movements or any other movement expressing extremist views, inciting violence and/or hatred, that are directly in opposition to the European Union’s fundamental values, including Islamist anti-Semitic, anti-Christian and anti-Islamic movements; in this context, recalls that there have been allegations that 19 of 13 000 UNRWA employees in Gaza were involved in the despicable terrorist attacks by Hamas against Israel on 7 October; recalls that in 9 cases their employment was formally terminated in the interests of UNRWA; takes note of the results of the investigation launched by the UN Office of Internal Oversight Services (OIOS); underlines that the Commission should also establish better controls ensuring that no such funding happens indirectly through third parties and organise better traceability of Union funds to final beneficiaries;

    17.  Reiterates deep concerns about the increase in the exploitation of Union funds against Union principles and values, especially when the use of funds and transfers to other organisations are not entirely traceable; warns of the danger of Union funds ultimately being used within corrupt circles and being subject to fraud and irregularities, foreign interference or entrism; emphasises the importance of ‘final beneficiary transparency’ for Union funds;

    18.  Emphasises the importance of maintaining institutional integrity and preventing potential foreign interference; condemns any improper attempt to influence the legislative activities of the European Parliament; insists on the responsibility of OLAF to conduct all necessary in-depth investigations; stresses the importance of the work carried out by the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (EPPO) in protecting the European Union’s financial interests; insists to provide to the EPPO adequate financial and human resources; recalls the Agreement establishing an interinstitutional body for ethical standards for members of institutions and advisory bodies referred to in Article 13 of the Treaty on European Union, and insist on its swift implementation in all EU institutions;

    19.  Recalls the crucial role of civil society organisations (CSOs), including NGOs, in upholding democratic values to support a vibrant and lively democratic society, ensuring a sound basis for broad coverage of all relevant views in different debates and highlights that CSOs may receive support from Union funds to exercise these functions, as provided in Article 11 of the Treaty on European Union;

    20.  Notes that there have been allegations from some Members of the Budgetary Control committee that grant agreements, concluded by the Commission included detailed lobbying activities which could be interpreted as potentially interfering with internal decision making in the Union Institutions; notes that the Commission took a series of measures to address the allegations by adopting guidance on funding for activities related to the development, implementation, monitoring and enforcement of Union legislation and policy, stating that while such grant agreements did not breach the EU legal framework, they could potentially entail a reputational risk for the Union; notes that all grant agreements include a disclaimer stating that ‘views of the beneficiary do not in any way represent views of the EU and that granting authority cannot be held responsible for them’; notes that such a disclaimer was further added in the 2024 call for proposals for operation grants;

    21.  Notes that a screening of grant agreements in all portfolios to verify their alignment with the new guidance is ongoing and that, so far, the Commission has not communicated to the Parliament the full results of the screening nor other measures that the Commission might take, if necessary; calls the Commission to keep the discharge authority informed at all times; emphasises that transparency in stakeholder meetings is fundamental to democratic integrity and should apply equally to all entities engaging with Union institutions; stresses that clear documentation and disclosure of such interactions strengthens public trust and democratic accountability;

    22.  Recalls that EU funding requires stringent accountability and transparency standards; in line with the ECA recommendations in the Special Report 05/2024(3) and the recent special Report 11/2025(4), urges the Commission to ensure that the information disclosed in the Financial Transparency System is frequently updated, reliable, comparable and useful; stresses the need to allocate additional resources to the EUTR Secretariat to enable a systematic and thorough monitoring of the Transparency Register; this should include allocating resources towards AI implementation to develop an AI based search mechanism; recalls the need to proactively check that all entities beneficiaries of EU funds respect EU values;

    23.  Welcomes the reply of Commissioner Serafin to the written question(5), once again confirming EU funding was granted and used by NGOs in full respect of EU Treaties and LIFE Regulation(6); takes further note of the recent ECA Special Report on transparency of EU funding granted to NGOs(7), which, while stating that the use of EU funding for NGO advocacy is legal, also confirms it is in line with EU’s legal transparency requirements as laid down in the EU Financial Regulation; at the same time ECA SR 11/2025 points to the fact that more should be done to improve transparency of EU funding received by all beneficiaries; calls in this regard on the Commission to implement ECA recommendations regarding screening of self-declarations in the EU’s Financial Transparency System, as well as proactive monitoring of the respect to EU fundamental values and principles by the beneficiaries;

    24.  Welcomes the entry into force of the recast of the Financial Regulation; welcomes, in particular, the enhancements related to tracking Union funds through digital tools and interoperability that will bolster the protection of the Union Financial Interests, the targeted extension of the Early Detection and Exclusion System (EDES) to shared management following MFF 2027, the reference to the Rule of Law conditionality mechanism and the introduction of a conditionality based on Union values as enshrined in Article 2 TEU, as well as the opportunity to streamline SMEs and individual applicants with the introduction of very low-value grants;

    CHAPTER 1 – Multi-annual Financial Framework (MFF)

    The European Court of Auditors’ statement of assurance and budgetary and financial management

    Reliability of the accounts

    25.  Welcomes the Court’s conclusion in its annual report on the implementation of the budget for the financial year 2023(8), that the consolidated accounts of the European Union for that year are reliable; notes that the Court has issued a clean opinion on the reliability of the accounts every year since 2007;

    26.  Notes that on 31 December 2023, total liabilities amounted to EUR 679,9 billion, and total assets amounted to EUR 467,7 billion; notes that the difference of EUR 212,2 billion represents the negative net assets, comprising debt and the portion of expenses already incurred by the Union up to 31 December 2023 that must be funded by future budgets;

    27.  Notes that at the end of 2023, the estimated value of incurred but not yet claimed eligible expenses due to beneficiaries, recorded as accrued expenses, was EUR 155,2 billion (2021: EUR 148,7 billion), of which EUR 7,4 billion is related to accrued RRF expenditure;

    28.  Welcomes the Court’s conclusion that the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, including those related to NextGenerationEU (NGEU), the estimate related to the UK’s withdrawal process, and the impact of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, are presented fairly in the consolidated annual accounts;

    Legality and regularity of Union revenue

    29.  Notes the Court’s conclusion that the Union’s revenue is free from material error and that the managing systems examined by the Court were generally effective;

    Legality and regularity of Union expenditure

    30.  Strongly regrets the adverse opinion on the legality and regularity of the Union budget expenditure issued by the Court for the fifth year in a row; considers this increasingly problematic, as the Commission seems unable, or unwilling, to identify the cause and address the underlying issues; regrets the Commission is not accepting some recommendations of the Court of Auditors; notes in particular the importance of reinforcement of financial management of the Commission and Member States, that is considered as not reliable by the Court and therefore compromises the reliability of the Annual Management and Performance Report; calls on the Commission to present a clear action plan on reducing the error rate within the following four months; stresses that Parliament shall duly scrutinise such an action plan;

    31.  Is seriously concerned by the Court’s estimation of the error level of 5,6 % in 2023 expenditure; notes that this is an accelerated deterioration compared to the previous two years (4,2 % in 2022 and 3.0 % in 2021); notes with concern that the Court continues to detect substantial issues in reimbursement-based expenditure where the estimated level of error is 7,9 %; notes that the effect of the errors found by the Court is estimated to be both material and pervasive; calls for the Commission’s financial management to be tightened up, in accordance with the recommendations made by the Court in its Annual Reports and Special Reports, in order to resolutely tackle the high error rate over the next few years; underlines the Court’s warning that the increasing European debt is placing growing pressure on the Union budget;

    32.  Notes that the Commission in its Annual Management and Performance Report categorises the expenditure into higher, medium and lower risk categories, in order to focus action on high-risk areas; while the Court uses only two risk categories in order to produce an opinion on the legality and regularity of the expenditures; is worried that the Court’s work revealed limitations in the Commission’s ex-post work, which, taken together, affect the robustness of the Commission’s risk assessment; notes with concern that one of the areas most impacted was ‘Cohesion, resilience and values’, where the Court assessed the majority of the spending to be high risk, while the Commission classified only a minority in this way;

    33.  Reiterates the concerns about the Court observation that the Commission’s risk assessment is likely to underestimate the level of risk in several areas; is also worried by recurrent weaknesses identified by the Court in Member States’ management and control systems, which are still not still preventing or detecting irregularities in heading 2, thus limiting the reliance that can be placed on their work, while the Commission’s error rates do still rely on these national systems, which do not work effectively;

    34.  Notes that the increase is primarily caused by the estimated level of error under MFF heading 2 – cohesion, resilience and values, where the Court found 9,3 % of expenditure to be in breach of Union rules and regulations; recalls the underlying issues that are reported by the Court and that have been known for several years;

    35.  Underlines that the estimated level of error in the Union’s expenditure, as presented in the Court’s statement of assurance, is an estimate of the money that should not have been paid out because it was not used in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations; considers that, though not an indicator of fraud or corruption, the estimated level of error represents expenditure where corrective actions are necessary, and thus shows a wasteful use of resources; regrets that, while being a problem in itself, this will also give a negative impression to citizens, and may even call into question the Commission’s ability to effectively protect the Union’s financial interests;

    36.  Notes with concern that the Commission´s own estimate of the risk at payment is only 1,9 % for 2023 and has been at that level since 2020; notes that the Commission estimates its capacity to correct and recover irregular expenditure during implementation of the associated programmes at 1,0 %, resulting in a risk at closure of 0,9 %; is concerned that again for this year the Commission’s risk at payment is not only below the Court estimated level of error of 5,6 % but also below the Court range, which is between 4,4 % and 6,8 %; highlights that the divergence between the Court’s overall error rate and the Commission’s risk at payment is also evident in some of the specific spending areas, in particular in heading 2, even more than in the past; welcomes the Court’s estimate of the level of error as an important indicator for the existing risks;

    37.  Notes the multi-annual perspective of the Commission’s risk at closure, as corrections and recoveries after year-end are not reflected in the Court’s estimate of the level of error; regrets, however, the confusion caused by the Commission’s presentation of the risk at payment;

    38.  Recalls the positions expressed in the 2022 discharge resolution and the exchanges of views in the discharge hearings for the financial year 2023 on the diverging methodologies and estimates between the Court and the Commission of errors made in Union expenditure; notes in particular that the Court’s error rate is based on a statistical sample, whereas the Commission’s risk at payment is to a large extent compiled from the error rates reported by national auditing authorities in Member States and calculated only after corrections and repayments; reminds that the Court’s error rate includes the errors that remained undetected by the Member States and the Commission, which demonstrates that the Commission’s error rates are an underestimation; notes with concern an even wider gap between the Court’s and Commission’s estimates; further notes that the Commission and the Court are organising joint workshops on this issue; notes that the Court recently aligned its methodology on procurement in the decentralised agencies with the methodology of the Commission; reiterates its support for the independent audit approach and methodology of the Court and invites the Commission to cooperate with the Court with a view to increasing harmonisation and providing for more comparable estimates of the level of error;

    39.  Recalls that the discharge authority needs a statement of assurance, provided by the Court, on the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions at year-end for its decision on discharge for that year; notes that Union spending programmes are multiannual and that their management and control systems cover multiple years, allowing for corrections and recoveries after year-end;

    40.  Recalls that the Commission is responsible for preventing and detecting fraud; notes that the Court, in the exercise of its mandate, is obliged to report any cases of irregularity; notes that the Court forwards to the EPPO suspicions of criminal offences falling under its competences and to OLAF suspicions of fraud, corruption or other illegal activity affecting the Union’s financial interests; notes that, in 2023, the Court reported 20 cases of suspected fraud to OLAF, and in parallel reported 12 of these cases to the EPPO, resulting so far in four OLAF investigations and nine EPPO investigations; commends the Court for its reporting of cases of irregularity to OLAF and the EPPO, as information resulting from audit engagements usually has a high degree of reliability; reminds in this framework of the key role played by the whole Union’s anti-fraud architecture and expresses some concerns about the refusal of some Member States to cooperate with one of its elements, the EPPO;

    Budgetary and financial management

    41.  Notes that in 2023, 98,9 % of the available commitment appropriations were used (EUR 184,4 billion out of EUR 186,5 billion); notes that the available appropriations were higher than the MFF ceiling of EUR 182,7 billion due to the use of special instruments for new or unforeseen events; notes that 90,0 % of payment appropriations were used (EUR 162,0 billion of EUR 165,2 billion available);

    42.  Notes with concern that the total outstanding commitments, which represent future debts if not decommitted, reached an all-time high of EUR 543 billion (2022: EUR 450 billion); notes that the Commission foresees a decrease from 2025 to 2029 when committed amounts for both NGEU and the 2021-2027 programming period should be paid out; notes however that the actual amounts for 2023 (EUR 543 billion) are much higher than the forecasted amount (EUR 490 billion), calling the Commission’s estimates into question;

    43.  Recalls that the time available for implementing shared management funds under the 2021-2027 MFF is shorter than under previous MFFs because of the n+2 for the last year, which, coupled with the high RAL, will raise the risk of decommitments; notes the Court’s observation that the Commission has increased its forecasted amount of decommitments from EUR 7,6 billion for 2023-2027, to EUR 8,1 billion for 2024-2027 to EUR 8,8 billion for 2025-2027, a 15 % increase in 2 years; underlines with concern that the Commission has underestimated its projections for the RAL in the last two years, and that the Commission therefore likely underestimates the amount of decommitments that will be made until 2027; notes the introduction of the “cascade mechanism” following the mid-term review of the MFF 2021-2027 and the incentive to use decommitted amounts to cover increased interest costs for amounts borrowed by the Commission for NGEU;

    44.   Notes that the latest long-term payment forecast produced by the Commission foresees substantial decommitments as of 2027 unless Member States undertake additional efforts and implement at a much faster pace than in the period 2014-2020; notes that for the CF, ERDF, and ESF+ cohesion policy funds, the Commission forecast total decommitments for 2024-2027 at EUR 2,2 billion, more than five times its 2022 forecast of EUR 0,4 billion; warns that for the Just Transition Fund (JTF), the low implementation in 2023 puts important amounts at risk from 2025 onwards; calls on the Commission and on the Member States to use all of the available possibilities to avoid decommitments;

    45.  Notes with concern that Union debt increased from EUR 344,3 billion in 2022 to EUR 458,5 billion in 2023, 60 % of which is related to NGEU; notes that only for the debt issued for NGEU, associated interest costs need to be paid directly from the Union Budget and that, due to increased interest rates, these costs for the current MFF (until the end of 2027) are estimated to be between EUR 17 billion and EUR 27 billion higher than the initially forecasted EUR 14,9 billion;

    46.  Notes with concern that the total exposure of the Union budget because of guarantees and contingent liabilities for loans rose to EUR 298,0 billion; notes that assumptions on capital-market interest should be made conservatively, both for existing debt and new debt and that for both categories a viable plan for its repayment is necessary; notes that the Court received information from the Commission that indicates that the exposure will steadily increase in the coming years, putting additional pressure on the headroom of the budget and further reducing the flexibility of the Union budget; supports the Court recommendations to the Commission to act more proactively to ensure that its mitigating tools (such as the Common Provisioning Fund) have sufficient capacity as well as to provide more transparent reporting on total annual budget exposure, making its estimate public;

    47.  Notes with concern that the Court in its Special Report 07/2024(9) observed that a significant share of recovery orders issued between 2014 and 2022 were still outstanding at the time of their audit; further notes that the Commission, in its replies to the Parliament’s Committee on Budgetary Control’s (CONT Committee) written questions for the 2023 discharge, mentioned that there are 1 357 overdue recovery orders for a total outstanding amount of approximately EUR 335 million for the period 2014-2023; calls on the Commission to prioritise collecting monies under overdue recovery orders and to keep the Committee on Budgetary Control informed about progress made;

    48.  Highlights that equality is a founding value of the Union and is enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union; recalls the commitment of the Union to gender mainstreaming in its policy-making and implementation of Union funds, including gender budgeting; encourages the Commission to continue the efforts made in gender budgeting and in tracking the impact of the Union budget to foster gender equality; recalls the obligation of the Commission to accompany all legislative proposals with an impact assessment when they are projected to have a significant economic, social, and environmental impact in order to guarantee, among other things, fair distribution of funds;

    49.  Notes that the review of the Interinstitutional Agreement on the Transparency Register is due by July 2025; calls on the Commission to ensure that the process is as open as possible, to align financial reporting requirements across all categories of registrants (including funding sources and lobbying budgets), addressing also the risk identified in the Court’s Special Report on the EU Transparency Register (SR 05/2024) regarding self-declarations on the category of interest representation; believes that, in order to address the recommendations of the Court, the resources of the secretariat of the Transparency Register should be increased;

    50.  Recalls the following findings of the Court of Auditors’ Special Report 11/2025: (i) that the identification and registration of entities as NGOs are not always consistent and reliable; (ii) that despite a more streamlined granting process, issues with the completeness and accuracy of data remain; (iii) that the lack of a reliable overview of Union spending on NGOs hampers useful analysis; (iv) that the calls for proposals in the Court’s sample were transparent; (v) that respect for Union values is not pro-actively verified; and (vi) that transparency practices vary widely in the Court’s sample, with larger NGOs performing better. calls on the Commission to fully implement the recommendations in the Court’s Special Report;

    Recommendations

    51.  Strongly supports the recommendations of the Court in its annual report on the implementation of the budget for the financial year 2023 (annual report for the 2023 financial year)(10) as well as in related special reports; calls on the Commission to implement them without delay and to keep the discharge authority informed on the progress of the implementation;

    52.  Calls on the Court to look for ways, together with the Commission, to align their methodologies for the general budget, as in the case of procurement for the decentralised agencies, while respecting the different roles;

    53.  Calls on the Commission, in particular, to:

       (i) continue to engage with the Court in order to increase understanding, convergence and comparability of the two approaches to the diverging estimates of errors in Union expenditure;
       (ii) qualify the impact of corrective measures on the overall level of error;
       (iii) look for ways, together with the Court, to align their methodologies as regards the evaluation of procurement errors, and the estimation of the level of error for the general budget, as in the case of procurement for the decentralised agencies, while respecting the different roles;
       (iv) present the discharge authority with a strategy to strengthen the use of funds for their intended purpose, increase absorption and prevent decommitments in order to maximise the EU-added value of the Union Budget;
       (v) increase the reliability of the forecast of the outstanding commitments with a more realistic estimate of the absorption of Union funds to give the discharge authority a better forecast of the development of the RAL over the years and better protect the Union budget;
       (vi) report on, and provide sufficient measures to, protecting the Union budget from the different risks identified beyond the RAL, such as decommitments in cohesion policy, the increasing debt, increased budget exposure and the impact of increasing inflation;
       (vii) provide more transparent reporting on total annual budget exposure by presenting, in the Annual Management and Performance Report, a multi-annual outlook on the exposure of the Union Budget to budgetary guarantees;
       (viii) substantially simplify rules and procedures and improve the assistance to, and ensure consistent and user-friendly guidelines for SMEs, new applicants, spin-offs, start-ups, administration and payment agencies, CSOs and all other relevant stakeholders, without compromising the quality of the controls;
       (ix) make sure that the mitigation tools in place have sufficient capacity to effectively face the exposure risks of the Union budget;
       (x) boost efforts to improve transparency in the use of funds, including as regards information on final beneficiaries, including on the funds that are allocated for the preparation of policy and legislative proposals;
       (xi) put in place all necessary means for ensuring that all interest representatives that approach Union institutions are registered in the Transparency Register; further asks the Commission to set up an effective mechanism to ensure that entities funded by the Union in the Transparency Register are aligned with Union values and demand full transparency on their financing, providing a deeper insight into the financing of all entities registered and which should be the condition to approach all Union institutions, bodies and agencies;
       (xii) together with Parliament and Council, guarantee adequate resources for the secretariat of the Transparency Register in order to ensure that the entries on the lobbying activities of all interest representatives can be checked for accuracy and that lobbying become more transparent as requested in the Court in Special Report 05/2024 on the EU Transparency Register; calls on the Commission to allocate adequate resources to identify irregularities to guarantee a wide range of search capabilities;
       (xiii) require interest representatives in the Transparency Register to list their financial supporters by self-declaring that they are only representing their interests or the collective interests of their members and to propose an amendment to Annex II to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 20 May 2021 to require them to list their financial supporters in the EU Transparency Register, even if they state in that register that they are only representing the interests of their own members; urges entities already registered that have not listed their financial resources by self-declaration to declare them voluntarily before the interinstitutional agreement is amended;
       (xiv) continue to support Member States in improving both the quality and the quantity of checks and to share best practices in the fight against fraud and corruption;
       (xv) address the situation regarding late recovery orders and to take all necessary measures to recover the majority of the amount outstanding for the period 2014-2023, including implementation of corporate escalation mechanisms, and keep the discharge authority informed on the progress made in recovering the sums;
       (xvi) reinforce the capacity of the Anti-fraud Architecture of the Union, including the provision of sufficient financial and human resources, and facilitate the cooperation between them;

    Revenue

    54.  Welcomes that for 2023, the Court is also able to issue a clean opinion on the legality and regularity of revenue; at the same time, stresses that the problems with customs duties not being declared or being incorrectly declared (a customs gap) leading to a shortfall in collected import duties has been a persistent problem for many years and could potentially entail a loss of traditional own resources for the Union and for the Member States;

    55.  Notes with serious concern that the Court has examined the implementation of the Commission’s Customs Action Plan, which has the potential to lead to a significant reduction of the customs gap, and has again identified insufficient progress in the implementation of some actions from this plan; notes that the Commission, as part of this plan, proposed a customs reform in May 2023(11), including the establishment of the EU Customs Authority and EU Customs Data Hub;

    56.  Recalls that the Court has highlighted the risks to the EU’s financial interests from inadequate or ineffective customs controls of imported goods; commends the efforts made by OLAF on the fight against Fraud linked to customs duties and VAT; underlines the rise of the ecommerce and the online platforms risks due to potential security and safety threats and risk of non-compliance with EU taxation and customs rules, product standards, intellectual property rights, prohibitions and restrictions;

    57.  Notes with concern that the Court revealed that the Commission did not charge late interest payments for six cases related to late corrections to GNI data by Member States where the Commission has expressed reservations; agrees with the Court that the Commission, as a matter of principle, ought to charge late interest payments in such cases in order to create an incentive for Member States to address the reservations within the deadlines;

    58.  Notes with satisfaction that the new own resource based on non-recycled plastic packaging waste generated by Member States in 2023 amounted to EUR 7,2 billion, equivalent to 4,0 % of the EU’s total revenue; further notes that the Court identified(12) some problems related to the reliability and comparability of data; stresses that it provides an excellent example of a new own resource, as it creates positive incentives for Member States to reduce the volume of non-recycled plastic packaging while at the same time generating a new revenue stream for the Union;

    59.  Stresses that the Commission’s proposals concerning new own resources from 2021 comprising three elements, the first based on revenues from emissions trading (ETS), the second drawing on the resources generated by the Union’s carbon border adjustment mechanism, and the third based on the share of residual profits from multinationals that will be re-allocated to Member States under the OECD/G20 agreement on a re-allocation of taxing rights (“Pillar One”) are obvious candidates for such new resources; at the same time, points out that other sources might also be considered if they should prove to be easier for Member States to approve; welcomes other initiatives that may lead to new own resources for the Union budget;

    60.  Calls on the Commission, in particular, to:

       (i) increase focus and pressure on the implementation of the Customs Action Plan and not least the proposal for a significant customs reform from May 2023, including the establishment of the EU Customs Authority and EU Customs Data Hub; ensure that Member States implement effective, proportionate and dissuasive penalties for non-compliance with reporting obligations; initiate infringement proceedings in those cases where there is sufficient evidence that Member States are implementing a manifestly inadequate penalty system for breaches of the Directive on Administrative Cooperation 6(13) (DAC 6);
       (ii) insist on the importance of intensifying and diversifying the International customs cooperation with trade partners and stresses the need to strengthen the fight against cross-border tax and customs fraud in the context of the expansion of e-commerce;
       (iii) create incentives for Member States to address reservations related to corrections of GNI data by Member States within the deadlines by charging late interest payments;
       (iv) continue work towards the introduction of additional new own resources;

    Single market, Innovation and Digital

    61.  Notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 1 ‘Single Market, Innovation and Digital’ was EUR 25,3 billion (13,2 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: EUR 15,3 billion (60,5 %) for Research, EUR 4,1 billion (16,1 %) for Transport, Energy and Digital, EUR 2,3 billion (9,1 %) for the InvestEU Programme, EUR 2,2 billion (8,7 %) for Space, and EUR 1,4 billion (5,6 %) for other areas;

    62.  Notes that the Court has examined 127 transactions covering the full range of spending under this MFF heading, notably the Horizon 2020 programme (90 transactions), Horizon Europe (7 transactions), the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF), space programmes and financial instruments, and also that it has reviewed the European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency’s (CINEA) ex ante control system for CEF grants in the transport and energy sectors and the regularity information given in the annual activity reports of the Directorate-General for Research and Innovation (DG RTD) and the European Health and Digital Executive Agency (HaDEA);

    63.  Notes that the Court estimates that the level of error in spending on ‘Single Market, Innovation and Digital’ in 2023 was material at 3,3 %; notes the Court’s observation that research and innovation expenditure is most affected by error, particularly in the area of personnel costs; further notes that the Commission estimates the risk at payment as 1,4 % for this heading, which is in the lower half of the range of the Court’s estimate; is concerned by the Court’s conclusion that the Commission’s risk at payment for this heading remains an underestimate, because of weaknesses identified by the Court in the Commission’s ex post audits in this area since the financial year 2019(14);

    64.  Notes with concern that 39 (31 %) of the 127 transactions that the Court examined contained errors; is deeply concerned that for seven cases of quantifiable errors made by beneficiaries, the Commission (or the auditors contracted by the beneficiaries) had sufficient information to prevent, or to detect and correct the error before accepting the expenditure, and thus, had the Commission made proper use of all the information at their disposal, the estimated level of error for this chapter would have been 1,4 percentage points lower; highlights that this points to weaknesses in the Commission’s controls;

    Research and innovation

    65.  Highlights the importance of Union research and innovation (R&I) funding programmes for the scientific, societal, economic and technological development of the Union, reducing inequalities, achieving the green and digital transitions and decreasing the Union’s energy dependency on Russia; recalls that Horizon Europe is the most significant research and innovation programme in Europe, with a total budget of EUR 95,5 billion for 2021-2027, including EUR 5,4 billion from the NGEU instrument; notes that the RRF has allocated around EUR 48 billion in investments to R&I; underlines that in order to enhance the Union’s competitiveness and close the innovation gap, additional funding for R&I is needed, taking into account the Draghi report’s pertinent recommendations; highlights, in particular, the need to increase defence-related R&I spending due to the current geopolitical conditions, which could serve as an important component of the innovation policy strategy;

    66.  Notes that its predecessor, Horizon 2020, with a budget of EUR 75,6 billion funded more than 35 000 projects between 2014 and 2020 and its calls attracted over a million individual applications from 177 countries; further notes that in her hearing for the 2023 discharge, Commissioner Ivanova underlined the EU added value of EU R&I funding programmes, explaining that the final evaluation of Horizon 2020 estimated that, for each euro of costs linked to the programme five euros worth of benefits would be generated for society by 2040; deeply regrets that 74 % of proposals assessed as high quality by independent experts could not be funded due to budget constraints; notes that an additional EUR 159 billion would have been needed to fund all high-quality proposals; stresses the importance of ensuring sufficient funding for Union research and innovation, not the least to increase the Union’s competitiveness and prosperity, in line with the Union’s strategic agenda for 2024-2029;

    67.  Notes the late adoption of the Horizon Europe legal bases in 2021 and welcomes that the Commission managed to reach close to 100 % budget implementation in 2023; notes that the number of grant agreements signed by the end of 2023 was 10 674 and a further two framework agreements were signed;

    68.  Notes with concern that the Court found errors relating to ineligible costs in 30 of the 97 research and innovation transactions in its sample, and that these errors represent 71 % of the Court’s estimated level of error for this heading in 2023; reiterates its concern that after 9 years of implementation of the Horizon 2020 programme, the calculation of personnel costs remains a major source of errors, as 22 of the 30 research transactions with quantifiable errors in the Court’s sample (around 73 %) are affected by the incorrect application of the methodology for calculating personnel costs; acknowledges both the Commission’s and the Court’s continued efforts to remedy this situation; welcomes that the Commission has accepted the Court’s recommendations to enhance beneficiaries’ compliance with the daily-rate rules and to ensure clarity concerning daily-rate rules in Horizon Europe documents;

    69.  Underlines the importance of simplifying the rules and procedures governing Union R&I funding; notes that in 2023 the Commission has continued the roll out of simplified cost options such as lump sums and unit costs in Horizon Europe; further notes the remarks made by the Director-General for Research and Innovation in the exchange of views with the CONT Committee that the Commission intends to increase the disbursement of Horizon Europe funds through lump sums to 50 % by 2027; welcomes that the Commission, taking the Court’s recommendations issued in its annual reports for 2022 into account, will further specify the requirements defining the proper implementation of lump sum grants, including the elements of each work package triggering payment, and will also provide detailed guidance to those involved in assessing the implementation of projects; further notes that, as described in the Commission’s assessment of Lump Sum Funding in Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe 2018-2024, beneficiaries would welcome more clarity on how lump sum grants would be audited; is concerned that the ex post audit strategy for Horizon Europe is not yet developed;

    70.  Stresses the crucial role of the private sector in addressing the innovation gap in the Union and improving the Union’s competitiveness and prosperity; believes, in particular, that it is imperative to continue to promote and facilitate as much as possible the participation of SMEs in Union R&I funding programmes; notes the Court’s conclusion that SMEs and newcomers are more prone to making errors than other beneficiaries since they lack the experience and resources to administer the funds; welcomes the efforts made by the Commission to support SMEs specifically, for example through information campaigns, contacts with the system of National Contact Points and the dedicated helpdesk of the Research Enquiry Service; considers that the simplification of rules and procedures is the major driver for increased participation of SMEs;

    Energy, Transport and Digital

    71.  Highlights the importance of Union investments in the development of high performing, sustainable and efficiently interconnected trans-European networks in the fields of transport, energy and digital services and notes that the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF), with EUR 4,1 billion of expenditure in 2023, is a key Union instrument in delivering these objectives;

    72.  Draws attention to the need to simplify the application procedures under the Connecting Europe Facility for Transport (CEF-T) in order to enable greater participation of smaller entities and local initiatives in the development of European transport infrastructure; regrets that the CEF-T budget does not cover all the needs for sustainable transport investments and that most of the CEF-T budget has already been allocated, leaving a funding gap until 2027;

    73.  Recalls that the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine and the resulting sanctions imposed on Russia continued to adversely impact the Union’s transport sector in 2023, leading to traffic shortages, supply chain bottlenecks, and the necessity to bypass traditional routes, thereby extending journey times and increasing costs; points out that the Eastern border regions, especially in the Baltic states, Finland, Poland, and Romania, have been particularly affected by economic losses and a halt of cross-border mobility as a consequence of the Russian aggression; calls on the Commission to introduce targeted measures, including in the next MFF, to facilitate recovery of the affected regions;

    74.  Calls on the Commission to conduct a comprehensive review of the funding allocated to the cross-border and multi-country infrastructure projects, facing significant implementation challenges, financial difficulties, or delays, such as Rail Baltica; points out that this review should address inefficiencies in planning and management as well as escalating construction costs that threaten project timelines and objectives; reiterates that greater transparency in the management of public funds increases citizens’ trust in the Union institutions;

    75.  Notes with concern that the Court found two errors in CEF projects in its 2023 sample, and that one of these relates to a serious breach of the Union’s public procurement rules, and has led to the contract being awarded to a consortium that did not fulfil the selection criteria and that this error contributed 28 % to the estimated error rate for heading 1;

    76.  Is deeply concerned by the Court’s findings in relation to the European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency’s (CINEA)ex ante control system for CEF grants in the transport and energy sectors, in particular the Court’s conclusion that while the strategies for both CEF1 (2014-2020) and CEF2 (2021-2027) are based on a sound analysis of risks and past irregularities, the guidelines for ex-ante checks on procurement were not detailed enough; fully supports the Court’s recommendation that the Commission should further develop these guidelines;

    Recommendations

    77.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) secure the provision of adequate resources to support high-quality research and innovation project proposals with an EU added value in the short-term through the 2026 draft budget and in the medium-term through the Commission’s proposal for the next Multiannual Financial Framework;
       (ii) continue to simplify rules and procedures in line with the new financial regulation, to support training sessions and user-friendly, consistent and practical information for applicants in Member States, in particular for SMEs, new applicants, spin-offs, start-ups, CSOs or local action groups and to encourage applications from beneficiaries in Member States with more limited participation, as well as from smaller entities;
       (iii) continue to apply simplified rules and procedures, digitalisation measures and simplified cost options (SCOs) while addressing, in particular, the risk of irregularities and fraud and the costs of controls, and finalising the ex post audit strategy for Horizon Europe as soon as possible;
       (iv) further specify the requirements for defining proper implementation of lump sum grants, taking into account the Court’s pertinent recommendations from its 2022 Annual Report, and verify the actual implementation of projects using lump sums;
       (v) undertake a thorough analysis of procurement errors found and further develop the guidelines describing the extent of the checks to be performed for ex ante controls on procurement for CEF projects, as recommended by the Court;

    Cohesion, Resilience and Values

    78.  Stresses the importance of Union cohesion policy for economic and territorial convergence and development in the regions of the Union, as well as for supporting the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights; notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 2 ‘Cohesion, resilience and values’ was EUR 73,3 billion (38,4 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: 47,8 % for the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and other regional operations, 18,9 % for the European Social Fund (ESF), 9,8 % for the Cohesion Fund (CF), 3,8 % for Erasmus+, 2,1 % for CEF Transport, and 3,8 % for other areas;

    79.  Notes that the Court has examined a sample of 238 transactions covering the full range of spending under MFF Heading 2; notes with concern that the Court’s estimated overall level of error in expenditure under this heading in 2023 increased to 9,3 %, which is significantly above the materiality threshold; draws attention to the marked increase in the overall level of error estimated by the Court in 2023 compared to previous years (6,4 % in 2022, 3,6 % in 2021);

    80.  Is concerned about the Court’s observation that the significant additional resources made available under the Recovery Assistance for Cohesion and the Territories of Europe (REACT-EU), the approaching end of the eligibility period for 2014-2020 programmes (31 December 2023), and parallel implementation of the NGEU programme have put additional pressure on Member State’s administrations, increasing the risk of errors; is in particular concerned by the practice of reducing Member States’ co-funding, as is the case under REACT-EU, the Coronavirus Investment Initiative (CRII) and CRII+, which reduces the ownership and associated incentives for properly overseeing expenditure; notes from the Commission replies the acknowledgement that some authorities may have carried out less effective controls and verifications due to the heavy overload and increasing pressure of parallel implementation of 2014-2020 programmes and of additional funding under NGEU;

    81.  Notes the Court’s analysis of transactions with additional funding through REACT-EU and flexibility through CRII+ and Cohesion’s Action for Refugees (CARE) and their contribution to the estimated levels of error; notes in particular the conclusion that errors found in 100 % EU-funded priorities contributed 5,0 % to the total estimated level of error of 9,3 %; is concerned that increasing flexibilities, without either decreasing requirements or increasing preventive checks and controls at the same time, contributed to the high error rate;

    82.  Notes the Court’s Review 03/2024 “An overview of the assurance framework and the key factors contributing to errors in 2014-2020 cohesion spending” that provides a multi-annual overview covering six years of audit results, including an assessment of management and control issues, aiming to strengthen the assurance model; is concerned by the Court’s conclusion that, although the assurance framework for cohesion policy has helped to reduce the level of error, it has not been effective in bringing the overall level of error below the materiality threshold of 2 %; is worried that the Commission can rely only to a limited degree on the work of the national audit authorities, because of the systematic weaknesses; supports the Court’s recommendation to the Commission to strengthen the implementation of the assurance framework for the 2021-2027 cohesion spending; reminds the Commission of the discharge authority’s call to work closely with the Member States to improve the management and control system for Union expenditure to reduce the high error rate to below the 2 % materiality threshold;

    83.  Notes the Court’s observation in its review on the reliability of the work of key actors in the control system for cohesion policy; is concerned by the Court’s finding that during a 6-year period managing authorities, the first line of defence for detection and prevention of errors, are not sufficiently effective in mitigating the inherent high risk of error in cohesion policy; considers it even more worrying that the Court found that the second line of defence, the Member States’ audit authorities, are not able to determine the correct error rate for the packages of expenditure they audit and provide assurance on, since the Court detected additional errors in at least 39 % of these packages; notes that these errors have been detected and reported by the Court annually for more than 6 years and that there is therefore a systemic issue;

    84.  Notes the Court’s categorisation of errors found in cohesion expenditure, with ineligible projects accounting for 29 %, ineligible costs for 26 % and serious non-compliance in public procurement procedures accounting for 21 % of errors and ERDF and CF related expenditure accounting for the largest share of errors (80 %); notes that expenditure under the ESF+, YEI and FEAD are proportionally less affected by error, as they together account for 16 % of errors, while they together account for around 20 % of the budget under this heading;

    85.  Notes the study commissioned by the Committee on Budgetary Control on ‘Lessons learned from the implementation of crisis response tools’ that shows that absorption of uncommitted cohesion resources was supported by the flexibilities introduced under CRII and CRII+; is concerned by the finding of the researchers that quality of fast-tracked projects might not have reached the same level as investments before the pandemic; is further concerned by the researchers’ observation that the risk of low-quality projects is entirely borne by the Union Budget, because of 100 % EU-funding in CRII, CRII+ and REACT-EU; considers that 100 % EU-funding might help absorption, but that absorption is not a goal in itself;

    86.  Stresses that, in its most recent discharge opinions, the Committee on Regional Development called for additional advisory support from the Commission to national, local and regional authorities to avoid a situation of administrative overload; recognises the Commission’s efforts but, observes that, regrettably, these have not been sufficient to mitigate the risk of error; warns that a similar administrative overload might occur at the end of the RRF eligibility period and the final years of the MFF; underlines the need to address the insufficient administrative capacity of national, local and regional authorities as a matter of urgency; calls on the Commission, in this regard, to provide them with clear guidance, and to increase its support for administrative capacity building, including through staff training, best practice sharing, peer-to-peer reviews and technical assistance to ensure effective fund management;

    87.  Notes the public discussions on the post-2027 multiannual financial framework that may indicate a shift towards a performance-based model, coupling investments and reforms, and a desire to simplify rules and procedures; calls on the Commission to prioritise the financial responses to the current threats resulting from the geopolitical situation; warns that any decision on the future design of spending programmes must not be to the detriment of oversight and control of Union expenditure in terms of transparency and information at Union level about non-compliance with rules and regulations; considers that the errors identified by the Court and the way the Commission handles those errors are also an indication of a properly functioning management and control system and notes that both institutions stated their commitment to improve the system and bring down the error rate;

    88.  Notes, as in previous years, the Court’s observation that the Commission’s desk reviews, to review and assess the work of audit authorities, are aimed at checking only consistency of regularity information, and that they are therefore too limited to confirm the residual error rate reported by the national authorities in their assurance packages; notes the Commission’s reply that it complements its desk review with on-the-spot audit work covering the programmes and assurance packages, which enables it to establish a reasonable and fair estimate of the error rates for each programme; considers that the Court’s observation is about the scope of the desk reviews and the fact that they are only aimed at consistency and therefore too limited to provide the Commission with information that is sufficiently reliable;

    89.  Is concerned about the persistent shortcomings observed by the Court in the work of national audit authorities as visible in the weaknesses identified in the assurance packages, with a residual error rate above the materiality threshold for more than 60 % of the value of assurance packages audited in 2023; stresses with concern that managing authorities consistently do not effectively succeed in preventing or detecting irregularities in expenditure declared by beneficiaries and that this reduces the extent to which the Commission can rely on their work;

    90.  Reminds that in shared management, it is the Commission’s responsibility to make sure that Member States set up management and control systems that function effectively during the implementation of programmes; is worried that both the Commission and the Court have identified that not all Member States’ management and control systems function effectively, thus negatively effecting the reliability of the Commission error rates, as they rely on these national systems, which do not work effectively; calls into question the possibility for the Commission to continue to rely on national systems;

    91.  Considers that for the single audit approach to work well, and in order to achieve reduced administrative burden for beneficiaries and managing authorities, adherence to audit standards at all levels of control and audit is of essential importance; is therefore worried by the Court’s finding in its annual report that essential supporting documents about compliance with eligibility conditions were not presented by programme authorities and beneficiaries, and also by the finding by the Court presented in its review that insufficient documentation of audit work from audit authorities limits the reliance that can be placed on audit work of national audit authorities;

    92.  Recalls that following Article 15 of Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council(15) (CPR) for the programming period 2021-2027, Member States need to comply with horizontal and thematic enabling conditions, which need to remain fulfilled and respected throughout the implementation period of the funds; recalls that when enabling conditions are not fulfilled at the time of submission of a payment application to the Commission for the specific objective concerned, the related expenditure will not be reimbursed from the Union budget until the Commission is satisfied that the enabling condition has been fulfilled; recalls the strong regrets of the discharge authority in relation to the Commission decision of 13 December 2023(16) considering that Hungary fulfilled the horizontal enabling condition related to judicial independence that enabled the Hungarian authorities to submit reimbursement claims of up to EUR 10,2 billion; notes with concern that since the release of these funds, the Hungarian government has not taken steps to reinstate the independence of the judiciary but on the contrary; reiterates its worries about the lack of adequate control mechanisms or unreliable public procurement procedures to guarantee sound financial management and the protection of the Union budget; believes that this decision politically contradicts the prolongation of the measures adopted under Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092(17) (the ‘Conditionality Regulation’);

    93.  Expresses deep concern over the findings in the 2023 Rule of Law Report regarding the rule of law situation in Hungary, particularly the persistent and systemic challenges in the judiciary and the media sectors; notes with alarm the increasing pressure on judicial independence, including concerns over the selection and promotion of judges, and recent reports of intimidation and interference in judicial decisions, as exemplified by the resignations of judges in protest against political influence; notes with concern in the same vein that the head of the Hungarian Integrity Authority, a key institution established as a condition set by the Commission for the release of Union funds under the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation, is facing increasing pressure from the Hungarian government; calls on the Commission to ensure a coordinated and holistic approach across all relevant Union funds and legislative tools, emphasizing that Union funds must not be allocated to activities undermining democracy or reinforcing authoritarianism;

    94.  Recalls that the Conditionality Regulation establishes a mechanism and measures to protect the Union Budget from breaches of the rule of law when other procedures set out in Union legislation would not protect the budget more efficiently; recalls that this mechanism was activated on 15 December 2022 in the case of Hungary over concerns related to its system of public procurement, resulting in a temporary suspension of 55 % of budgetary commitments for three cohesion policy programmes; recalls that the same regulation, in line with Article 6 of Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093(18) (the ‘MFF Regulation’), stipulates that suspended commitments of 2022 (year n), may not be re-entered into the budget beyond 2024 (year n+2) and that therefore 55 % of commitments from 2022, around EUR 1 billion, were decommitted in December 2024; notes that no other procedures under the Conditionality Regulation are ongoing;

    95.  Notes that the Commission allocated an equivalent of five full-time staff members to the implementation of the Conditionality Regulation and reiterates the European Court of Auditor’s concerns raised in its Special Report 03/2024 that current staff numbers appear to be insufficient to ensure a strict and coherent application of the Regulation;

    96.  Reiterates the need to treat as a single, integral package all the measures required for the release of Union funding under the Conditionality Regulation, the CPR and Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council(19) (the ‘RRF Regulation’); stresses the importance of the protection of the Union financial interests also for disbursement of pre-financing;

    97.  Notes that some investments which would have been eligible for financing under cohesion are included in the National Recovery and Resilience Plans; recalls that the general objective of the RRF enshrined in Article 4 of the RRF Regulation is to promote the Union’s economic, social and territorial cohesion, and that one of its six pillars is specifically dedicated to this purpose; acknowledges that the wide scope of the RRF results in limited overlap with other Union funding programmes, as intended by the co-legislators when establishing the Article 9 of the RRF Regulation, which establishes additionality and complementarity funding as key principles; draws attention, however, to the risks of double funding emerging from such situations;

    98.  Expresses its preoccupation about the visible delays in implementation of cohesion policy in Member States and the lack of capacity of national administrations to deal in parallel with different spending programmes (e.g. cohesion programmes and RRF programmes) covering complementary or even similar objectives; calls on the Commission to ensure that sufficient technical assistance is provided to Member States facing difficulties in order to address existing delays in the implementation of cohesion programmes;

    99.  Recognises the disproportionate impact of the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine on eastern regions of the Union bordering Russia and Belarus; draws attention to the costs borne by these regions and Member States as a result of their shared border with hostile neighbouring countries, notably their need to increasingly direct public funding into security, defence and preparedness, while facing dramatically reduced resources due to a disruption in economic activities, cross-border trade and other exchanges, and in cohesion programmes, particularly Interreg programmes; notes the measures taken by the European Commission to support these regions, notably through flexibilities provided under cohesion policy; welcomes that providing support to eastern border regions most affected by Russia’s aggression is included in the mission letter of the Executive Vice President for Cohesion and Reforms; calls on the Commission to ensure the provision of adequate support for eastern regions of the Union bordering Russia and Belarus to cope with the disproportionate consequences of the Russian war of aggression, both in the short-term through the 2026 draft budget and in the medium-term through the Commission’s proposal for the next MFF;

    100.  Stresses the importance of ESF+ which aims to achieve high employment, fair social protection, a skilled and resilient workforce, and inclusive/cohesive societies as key in eradicating poverty; expresses the need to provide it with the continued financial and political support of the Union, national and regional institutions in the delivery of its objectives and targets in the years to come; underlines the importance of closely involving regional actors, in particular civil society organisations and social partners working on the ground in the implementation of ESF+ funded activities;

    101.  Welcomes the frontloading of EUR 100 million from the 2027 budget of Erasmus+ to the 2023 budget of Erasmus+, which enabled continued support to pupils, students, teachers and qualified staff fleeing from Ukraine, and the extra EUR 20 million awarded to Erasmus+ in 2023 as a result of Parliament’s insistence; stresses that frontloading must remain an exception to rapid response to unforeseen acute crisis situations; underlines that any frontloading of Erasmus+ cannot result in cuts for the programme at the end of current MFF; emphasises that every effort must be made to respond to such situations preferentially with additional funding;

    102.  Emphasises the need for strict oversight of the allocation of funds to prevent misuse within the Erasmus programme; asks the Commission to gather evidence to investigate any case of fraudulent or suspicious recipients, in accordance with its duties outlined in the Financial Regulation and Erasmus+ grant agreements; calls for adequate safeguarding of the programme from abuse by organizations whose activities are not aligned with the fundamental values of the Union (human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, rule of law, human rights); recalls that the Commission is legally bound to ensure that programme beneficiaries commit to and ensure the respect of these values and do not commit professional misconduct;

    103.  Notes that in 2023, the budget of the EU4Health programme, the main financial instrument to support Union health initiatives, was EUR 735 million, mainly managed by Directorate-General for Health and Food Safety and the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) and implemented through the European Health and Digital Executive Agency; acknowledges the progress of initiatives funded under this programme, notably in the areas of health emergency preparedness, the Beating Cancer Plan, the Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe and in the implementation of Union health legislation;

    Recommendations

    104.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) re-consider the practice of 100 % Union funding in Union crisis response instruments, where increasing pre-financing might provide faster availability of funds, while maintaining a shared financial budgetary control responsibility in implementation of the funds by maintaining financial involvement from both national and Union level;
       (ii) ensure selection of qualitatively good projects with cohesion policy funds by favouring long-term investments, and duly justifying 100 % Union funding while limiting its application;
       (iii) address the systemic issue of non-detection of errors at Member State level in cohesion policy spending with an action plan, aimed at reporting an accurate error rate in assurance packages, and detection of errors at the first lines of defence by making available more, and/or better targeting existing resources and increase detection capacity at Member State and Commission level;
       (iv) calculate and report to the discharge authority the cost of control for all expenditure handled by national authorities concerning cohesion policy funds, and NGEU, and compare these figures with the cost of control when only Cohesion policy funds were handled by the same authorities;
       (v) address the recurrent issue of insufficient documentation at beneficiary, programme authority and audit authority level, not only through checks, awareness raising and information on requirements, but also through increased digitalisation and where possible, through financial incentives to penalise non-respect of the requirements for sound financial management;
       (vi) expand the scope of its desk review of assurance packages to review more quality criteria in addition to consistency to make a reliable estimate of the residual error rate for the assurance package under review, as well as of the risk at payment as a whole;
       (vii) step up its monitoring of the horizontal and thematic enabling conditions in all Member States to identify potential threats for the protection of the Union Budget and ensure enhanced transparency and stakeholder participation in the application of this tool;
       (viii) closely align the rule of law report with the Conditionality Regulation and report in more detail on the breaches of the principles of the rule of law that can be used as input to trigger the Conditionality Regulation;
       (ix) continuously monitor the implementation by the Hungarian Government of measures foreseen in Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022; assess to what extent the situation has improved or worsened, including in relation to the challenges faced by the Hungarian Integrity Authority, and take all necessary actions in accordance with the Conditionality Regulation;
       (x) provide Member States with increased technical assistance in order to address delays in the implementation of national programmes in order to increase the absorption rate;
       (xi) closely monitor and mitigate the increasing risk of double funding between Cohesion programmes and RRF funding and address any such occurrences without delay;
       (xii) further enhance simplification in the implementation of cohesion programmes and work closely with Member States to identify best practices regarding the digitalisation of practices and procedures;
       (xiii) take all necessary measures to bring down the error rate in close cooperation with the Court of Auditors;
       (xiv) ensure the provision of adequate support for eastern regions of the Union bordering Russia and Belarus to cope with the disproportionate consequences of the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine, both in the short-term and in the medium-term;

    Natural resources

    105.  Notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 3 ‘Natural resources’ was EUR 59,5 billion (31,1 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: 65,0 % for direct payments under the European Agricultural Guarantee fund (EAGF), 27,6 % for the Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD), 4,2 % for market-related expenditure under the European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF), 1,9 % for Maritime and Fisheries, 0,9 % for Environment and Climate (LIFE), and 0,4 % for other areas;

    106.  Notes that the Court has examined a sample of 218 transactions covering the full range of spending under this MFF heading; notes that the Court also examined the regularity information given in the annual activity reports of the Directorate-General for Agriculture and Rural Development (DG AGRI) and the Directorate-General for Climate Action (DG CLIMA), as well as selected systems in 20 Member States and the United Kingdom; notes that the Court estimates the level of error for ‘Natural Resources’ to be 2,2 % (2,2 % in 2022) and that the majority of the errors found affected rural development transactions;

    107.  Points out, however, that this is partly due to the complexity of environmental schemes in rural development programmes and the recognized negative issue of “gold plating” at national level;

    108.  Notes, in this context, the lower-than-expected implementation rate of EAFRD funding for the period 2023-2027, with an absorption rate of only 1 % at the end of 2023, with payments amounting to EUR 0,7 billion, and expects the absorption rate to increase significantly in the course of the next reporting period;

    109.  Notes that the Court found 16 quantifiable errors in rural development, 15 in direct payments, three in expenditure related to market measures, and three in non-CAP expenditure; is reassured by the Commission’s assessment that most errors concern clerical mistakes and by the actions taken by the Commission to prevent errors in the future;

    110.  Notes the categorisation of errors by the Court, with ineligible claims accounting for 35 % of the errors, and administrative errors and inaccurate information on areas or animals for 21 % and 20 % respectively; notes with concern, that as in previous years, that the Court found in several cases that the Member State authorities and the Commission had sufficient information to prevent, or to detect and correct the error before accepting the expenditure and that, had the Member State authorities and the Commission made proper use of all the information at their disposal, the estimated level of error for this chapter would have been 1.0 percentage point lower;

    111.  Notes that 2023 was the first year of the CAP 2023-2027 new delivery model, which integrates performance elements, agreed with the Member States in Strategic Plans, as basis for payments; notes that 2023 was a modest start of the new delivery model, EUR 63,65 million declared on the basis of generated outputs and therefore subject to a ‘performance clearance’ by DG AGRI out of EUR 215,52 million declared under the CAP Strategic plans under sectoral interventions and rural development; notes that in 2024 payments under the new delivery model will have increased substantially; notes the Court’s observations as regards processing performance data for the Annual Performance Reports where Member States are in the process of setting-up systems and procedures and at times manually aggregate data, with associated risks for the reliability of data;

    112.  Recalls the farmers’ protests across Europe towards the end of 2023 and early 2024 and the Commission’s response aimed at simplification, in particular for small farmers, and increasing discretionary powers for Member States; stresses that simplification should go hand in hand with sound financial management and take into account the Union’s climate commitments; welcomes the Commission’s targeted approach, especially concerning the distinction between farm size in terms of agricultural land and number of farms; cautions that discretion given to Member States should also be accompanied by thorough oversight by the Commission;

    113.  Recalls that both the Commission and Member States are responsible for addressing fraud in CAP spending; welcomes in that regard the work done in terms of anti-fraud risk assessments and the update of its anti-fraud strategy by DG AGRI;

    114.  Notes the Court’s Special Report 07/2024 on the Commission’s systems for recovering irregular expenditure, and the Commission’s reply; notes the Court’s observation that recoveries concerning agricultural expenditure have been relatively successful, attributed in part to the so-called 50-50 rule that incentivised Member States to recover funds; notes that this rule has not been retained in the 2023-2027 CAP and the Court’s warning that this might lead to a deterioration of the rate of recovery for agricultural expenditure;

    115.  Notes the Court’s Special Report 20/2024 on Common Agriculture Policy Plans and the Commission’s reply; stresses the importance of ensuring that all key elements for assessing performance are provided; considers that plans need to account for specific situations in specific Member States and that therefore a certain level of divergence is even desirable, is however worried that divergence in ambitions may mean that there is no level playing field for farmers across Member States; is further disappointed by the Court’s finding that although the new monitoring framework has been simplified, the CAP objectives lack clarity and indicators focus on outputs rather than results, and that important result indicators are missing; notes that the Court recommends the Commission to promote exchange of best practices in the plans and strengthening the future CAP monitoring framework;

    116.  Notes the Court’s Special Report 19/2024 on Organic farming in the EU, and the Commission’s reply; is once more worried by the Court’s finding that a weak strategic framework and data constraints prevent the measurement of the impact of the policy; considers that the increased focus on performance and definition of targets and indicators, and the related monitoring of results across Union policies needs to be supported by an equal increase of the Commission’s capacity to define performance frameworks and monitor performance;

    117.  Welcomes the increased competitiveness achieved through market measures in the wine sector and encourages the Commission and Member States to persevere in their efforts to replicate this success in other sectors;

    118.  Recalls that democracy and pluralism are fundamental values of the Union enshrined in Article 2 TEU; further recalls that, in line with Article 11 TEU, Union institutions shall give citizens and representative associations the opportunity to make known and publicly exchange their views in all areas of Union action in order to maintain an open, transparent and regular dialogue; underlines that separation of powers between the institutions as laid down in Article 13 TEU must always be respected and that Union institutions shall practice mutual sincere cooperation;

    119.  Recognises the importance of the LIFE programme; recalls the provisions of the LIFE+ Regulation, including those related to operating grants, the eligibility conditions, the award criteria, the overall allocation for 2021-2027 and the distribution of funds within the programme;

    120.  Notes that some members of the Budgetary Control committee requested access to a series of grant agreements under the LIFE programme, as well as other Union funding programmes, and after scrutinising them expressed concerns on the content of several of the programmes in February 2024; notes that the Commission, including the Internal Audit Service (IAS), was initially not aware of any issue, but adopted a series of measures with the aim of addressing the concerns; recalls the discharge written questions and hearings with the Secretary-General of the Commission on 5 November 2024, the responsible Commissioners for MFF Heading 3 on 12 November, and the Commissioner responsible for Budget and administration on 9 December 2024 where the concerns and the Commission’s response were discussed;

    121.  Notes the concerns expressed by some members of the Budgetary Control Committee that certain grant agreements between the European Union Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (CINEA) and beneficiaries, such as CSOs and private companies, under the LIFE Programme include ‘work plans’ containing detailed advocacy actions towards Union institutions or their representatives, as well as other actions directed towards certain trade agreements which the Union was negotiating, or litigation measures to be pursued by the respective entities; acknowledges that this could be potentially interpreted as interfering with internal decision making in Union institutions; notes that the Commission has performed a legal analysis of the grant agreements that raised concerns of some Members of the CONT Committee, which concluded that there was no evidence that the entities concerned had breached their contractual or code of conduct obligations, yet the Commission asked some beneficiaries to make amendments to the grant agreements that contained the specific provisions that potentially entailed a reputational risk; further notes that all grant agreements include a disclaimer stating that ‘views of the beneficiary do not in any way represent views of the EU and that granting authority cannot be held responsible for them’;

    122.  Underlines that Union financing should not contribute to undermining the rule of law, nor the values on which the Union is founded; recalls the provisions of Article 163 of the Financial Regulation; considers it crucial that there should be no funding without traceability of funds;

    123.  Notes the actions taken by the Commission to address the allegations which included the issuance of guidance for Commission services on funding activities related to the development, implementation, monitoring and enforcement of Union legislation and policy and screening of their contract portfolios to determine which agreements were not in line with the guidance; takes note of the measures adopted so far by the Commission while awaiting the results of the screening of the grant agreements with all the beneficiaries, which was requested by the Commission’s Corporate Management Board;

    124.  Notes the decision-making structure, including the evaluation board within CINEA, for deciding on contracts between the Commission and beneficiaries; urges the Commission to ensure that the decision-making structure of CINEA for deciding on contracts to be awarded features clear accountability, clear responsibilities and a practical structure;

    125.  Notes that the executive agency conducts annual bottom-up risk management exercises and that these bottom-up risk management exercises did not identify any critical risks; notes that irrespective of the financing programme, evaluation procedures should be constantly reviewed and adapted if needed;

    126.  Notes reports in the media that the President of the Commission hired a paid special adviser to deliver a report on the “Strategic Dialogue on the Future of EU Agriculture” who received a salary equal to a Director-General in the Commission; is concerned by the remuneration of all the special advisers and the discretion the Commission has in deciding their remuneration, which creates arbitrary inequalities;

    Recommendations

    127.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) closely monitor the Member States’ progress as regards the processing of performance data and the aggregation of data for the annual performance report and keep the discharge authority informed about issues with reliability of performance data, in particular where it concerns manually aggregated data;
       (ii) inform the discharge authority why the Court concludes that for several years several errors could have been prevented, had the Commission and Member States used all information at their disposal and why the Commission and Member States do not manage to address this issue appropriately;
       (iii) apply the lessons learned as regards the reduction of the administrative burden from its response to the farmers’ protests in future policy initiatives, while taking due account of the risk of abuse of funds where control measures are reduced, or risk of too much divergence between Member States when discretionary powers are used without proper oversight;
       (iv) keep the discharge authority informed about the recovery rates of agricultural expenditure, in particular if the rate deteriorates in comparison to the recovery rate under the previous CAP and swiftly mitigate the causes for the deterioration, including considering the introduction of new incentives for Member State authorities to recover funds;
       (v) assess the differences in ambition of strategic plans and inform the discharge authority whether there is divergence between Member States, threatening the level-playing field for farmers, and assess how the Commission addresses those differences;
       (vi) make better use of its capacity for setting-up performance frameworks, for defining objectives and indicators and holding those contributing to the achievements, be they Member States or beneficiaries, accountable for their contributions;
       (vii) update the Commission’s anti-fraud strategy to devote attention to advocating for and upholding a clear separation of executive and legislative power in the Union;
       (viii) have a clear and comprehensive strategy at Commission level as to how to better protect the financial interests of the Union and ensure that Union funds are spent for their intended purposes and diligently apply the Financial Regulation provisions, including by ensuring that grant agreements can be suspended or terminated when beneficiaries violate the Union’s legislation;
       (ix) ensure a fair distribution of Union funds to CSOs to contribute to a pluralistic and vibrant society;
       (x) ensure that the Commission’s guidance adopted in 2024 is applied by all authorising officers and, if necessary, further develop guidance to fully align grant agreements with Treaty provisions and existing legislation;
       (xi) make the results of the screening of grant agreements available to the discharge authority in order to allow an assessment of the extent to which the Commission may be exposed to a reputational risk;
       (xii) adequately address issues such as revolving doors, transparency in financing and donations, the fight against money laundering, limiting foreign interference, independence from political and economic influence, whistleblowing and transparent governance structures, in respect of all entities receiving Union funds;
       (xiii) review the template for MoUs between the Commission and executive agencies to ensure clearer division of responsibilities;
       (xiv) instruct the audit structure to review contracts with beneficiaries and to flag in case they identify contracts that are not in line with applicable financial rules;
       (xv) have the IAS review contracts between the Commission and grantees, specifically to search for content that is not in line with applicable financial rules within work packages;
       (xvi) evaluate the decision-making structure in the areas of the awarding of contracts and instruct Commission services and executive agencies to perform better checks on the content of contracts at all stages, including by ensuring that work packages and key performance indicators as listed by applicants align with the objectives of respective funding programmes;
       (xvii) adopt more precise categorisation of entities listed in the Financial Transparency System;
       (xviii) review its rules for special advisers to remove the arbitrary selection and remuneration;
       (xix) further enhance simplification in the implementation of programmes and work closely with Member States to identify best practices regarding the digitalisation of practices and procedures;
       (xx) improve the quality of dialogue with farmers from all Member States;
       (xxi) react more quickly when serious concerns of the discharge authority are flagged to the Commission;
       (xxii) perform adequate checks of entities listed in the Transparency Register, in order to ensure that they comprehensively list their activities in the Register;
       (xxiii) draw clearer lines of responsibility when implementing collaborative platforms;
       (xxiv) instruct the Corporate Management Board to submit consolidated information on the list of critical risks to the internal audit service and ensure executive agencies address potential risks and ensure a transparent selection of independent evaluators to prevent conflict of interest and guarantee their independence;
       (xxv) instruct all DGs and executive agencies to review the distribution of funds dedicated to auditing in order to ensure sufficient resources;
       (xxvi) ensure that proposals for Multiannual Work Programmes of any Union funding instrument have clear guidelines on the activities eligible for funding, clearer rules on screening of applications and on admissible content as well as clearer requirements for transparency and traceability of the use of Union funds, including in relation to the disclosure requirements under the EU Transparency Register;
       (xxvii) ensure that all grant agreements respect the necessary requirements related to transparency, traceability and visibility of funds;

    Migration and Border management

    128.  Notes that in 2023 the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 4 ‘Migration and Border Management’ was EUR 2,7 billion (1,4 % of the Union budget spending) distributed as follows: 1,2 billion (46,5 %) for three decentralised agencies, the European Boarder Coast Agency (FRONTEX), the European Union Agency for Asylum (EUAA) and the European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (EU- LISA); 1 billion (38,6 %) for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF), and 0,4 billion (14,9 %) for the Integrated Border Management Fund (IBMF);

    129.  Notes that in 2023 a significant portion of the spending under MFF heading 4 still concerned the completion of projects remaining from the 2014-2020 MFF; notes that 18 % of AMIF national programmes for 2014-2020 remained undeclared at the end of 2023 and that the last annual accounts and the request for payment of the final balance for these funds will be provided by the Member States as part of the closure package by 31 December 2024 at the latest;

    130.  Notes that the Court examined a sample of 23 transactions, which is not large enough to be representative of the spending under MFF headings 4 and 5 and, thus, it cannot provide a separate estimate of the error rate for these headings; further notes that the Court’s audit results show that the expenditure under MFF headings 4 and 5 is affected by eligibility and procurement issues and that it is a high-risk area (7 out of 23 transactions audited, i.e. 30,4 %, were affected by errors); is concerned that the Court detected four quantifiable errors which had a financial impact on the amounts charged to the Union budget and that it also found further ten cases of non-compliance with legal and financial provisions (which had no direct financial impact on the Union budget); therefore, invites the Court to provide a clear estimate of the error rate for heading 4; notes that the Commission concludes that the risk at payment in 2023 is 1,1 % for the expenditure on migration and border management;

    131.  Notes that the Commission has accepted the Court’s recommendation made in its annual report for 2023 to provide further guidance on applicable rules to the Member State authorities responsible for implementing DG HOME funding via shared management; regrets that the Commission has not yet fully implemented the Court’s previous recommendations that were due to be addressed by the end of 2023; notes that DG HOME is undertaking a reassessment of its ex-ante methodology to ensure the respect of the rules applicable to post-2021 generation of grants, and that this reassessment will also address the Court’s relevant recommendations and those of the IAS audit on the preparedness for closing actions and programmes funded under the Internal Security Fund (ISF) and the AMIF 2014-2020 through direct and shared management;

    132.  Notes with concern that two reservations on the declaration of assurance were issued in DG HOME’s Annual Activity Report for 2023 and that one reservation concerns the implementation of AMIF and ISF 2014-2020 in several Member States and the other reservation concerns the implementation of Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI) 2021-2027 in one Member State; welcomes the Commission’s commitment to take remedial measures for the underlying issues that necessitated the reservations;

    133.  Welcomes the progress identified by the Court in its review of the preparatory work done by five member state audit authorities in managing the transition of the AMIF, BMVI and ISF funds to the CPR of the 2021-2027 MFF; observes that these audit authorities reported to the Court that the support and guidance DG HOME provided to them was satisfactory; notes with concern that at the time of the Court’s audit four out of five Member State audit authorities had not finalised their audit strategies;

    134.  Takes note of the adoption of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum; welcomes that the mid-term revision of the MFF 2021-2027 allocated an additional EUR 2 billion to migration and border management for 2024-2027 to address the growing challenges in migration and border management resulting from the current geopolitical context; notes, however, that additional funds might be needed with a view to ensuring the full implementation of the Pact; calls for the quick implementation of the Pact in the Member States;

    135.  Stresses that securing the Union’s external borders is a pillar of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum; notes with concern that the Commission reported that the number of irregular border crossings in the Union increased in 2023 to 380 000, compared to 330 000 in 2022; observes that the BMVI can support frontline Member States to ensure they have the resources for infrastructure, facilities and installations necessary to secure the external borders of the Union, including electronic border security enhancements and other tools for border surveillance as provided for in annex III of the BMVI regulation; notes the European Council conclusions of 9 February 2023 that the Union will step up its action to prevent irregular departures and loss of life, to reduce pressure on the borders of the Union and on reception capacities, to fight against smugglers and to increase returns; underlines the need to better protect vulnerable people from smuggling and trafficking networks and address the negative effects of the instrumentalisation of migrants as part of hybrid attacks, notably by pro-Russian forces, as well as by the Belarusian regime;

    136.  Recalls that, according to Regulation (EU) 2021/1060, Member States and the Commission must ensure respect for fundamental rights and compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union in the implementation of Union funds;

    137.  Notes the Court’s conclusion that the AMIF 2014-2020 was performing below expectations in terms of facilitating returns of migrants: also takes note of the fact that the Court and the Commission agree that progress in this area was particularly affected by COVID-19-related travel restrictions; further notes that in 2023 return measures were supported with EUR 29,8 million from the AMIF; considers that the Commission must provide stronger efforts to assist Member States in addressing irregular border crossing and in successfully implementing returns of third-country nationals, as well as the integration of legal migrants; looks forward to receiving consolidated information in 2025 on progress in this regard through the ex-post evaluation AMIF 2014-2020; highlights that the Commission should continue to take action on migration and asylum within the framework of external action, including the ‘Team Europe’ approach while also increasing the transparency of the programming and implementation of the Union home affairs funds in third countries and safeguarding the role of the Parliament;

    Recommendations

    138.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) address the Court’s recommendations in a thorough and timely manner and share DG HOME’s revised ex-ante methodology, once completed, with the discharge authority;
       (ii) continue to support the Member State managing and audit authorities in the timely finalisation of their audit strategies for MFF 2021-2027 funds, paying particular attention to eligibility and procurement issues, as well as all other recurrent findings of the Court;
       (iii) take action to improve the performance of actions funded by the Union in terms of effective returns and combatting irregular migration, while ensuring the full respect of Union legislation and the fundamental values of the Union;
       (iv) take action to increase the efficiency of Union spending on the protection and management of the European Union’s external borders;
       (v) monitor, assist in and scrutinise the timely progress of the administrative, operational and legal steps required by Member States and Union agencies for the full implementation of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum by 2026;
       (vi) increase the transparency of the programming and implementation of the Union home affairs funds in third countries, while safeguarding the role of Parliament in ensuring the democratic scrutiny of Union spending;
       (vii) continuously assess, in the implementation of the Union Budget, compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and the Union values enshrined in Article 2 TEU, in accordance with Article 6 of the Financial Regulation;

    Security and Defence

    139.  Notes that in 2023 the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 5 ‘Security and Defence’ was EUR 1,4 billion (0,7 % of the Union budget spending) distributed as follows: 500 million (38,4 %) for the European Defence Fund (EDF), 300 million (19 %) for military mobility, 200 million (17,1 %) for decentralised agencies, namely the European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA), Europol and European Union Agency for Law Enforcement Training (CEPOL), 200 million (13,1 %) for the ISF, and 200 million (12,4 %) for nuclear safety, decommissioning and other areas;

    140.  Notes that in 2023 a significant portion of the spending under MFF heading 5 still concerned the completion of projects remaining from the 2014-2020 MFF; notes that 25 % of ISF national programmes for 2014-2020 remained undeclared at the end of 2023 and that the last annual accounts and the request for payment of the final balance for these funds will be provided by the Member States as part of the closure package by 31 December 2024 at the latest;

    141.  Notes with concern that, for the reasons explained in the section on migration and border management, the Court cannot provide a separate estimate of the error rate for MFF heading 5 ‘Security and Defence’ and that, based on its audit results, the Court considers expenditure from this heading to be high-risk; therefore, invites the Court to provide an estimate of the error rate for this heading as well; notes that the Commission concludes that in 2023 the risk at payment was 0,5 % for the expenditure on security and defence;

    142.  Observes that the Commission has not accepted the Court’s recommendation to carefully check and document the technical aspects of military mobility grant applications to the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) during the grant award procedure and that the Commission considers that its current processes already ensure a check on whether dual-use infrastructure projects meet the eligibility conditions;

    143.  Recalls the highly unstable geopolitical situation in the Union’s neighbourhood giving rise to greater security and defence challenges, including hybrid threats, and thereby to greater investment needs in security, defence and preparedness, since the beginning of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine; draws attention to the fact that MFF heading 5, dedicated to security and defence, is the smallest of all MFF headings and regrets that the Union’s current budget for ensuring the security and defence of its citizens is not equal to the challenges to be met either in the short or the long term; notes that in 2023 Union funding in support of the defence industry came exclusively from the EDF; recalls the role played by the EDF in supporting European technological expertise in emerging and disruptive technologies; welcomes that submissions to the 2023 EDF calls increased by 72 % compared to the previous year, demonstrating the strong and constantly growing interest of European defence industry actors and research organisations in the EDF and the high demand for funding in this sector; notes that under the 2023 calls, the Union committed EUR 1,15 billion for 61 defence R&D projects, benefiting 581 legal entities from 26 Member States and Norway; notes that on average 17 entities from eight different Member States and Norway participate in each project; underlines the importance of a level playing field in supporting cross-border defence R&D cooperation;

    144.  Welcomes the Commission’s actions to enhance support for SMEs in the defence sector, in particular appreciates that the EU Defence Innovation Scheme (EUDIS), which provides a diverse range of instruments tailored to support SMEs within the defence ecosystem, became fully operational in 2023, with EUR 224 million allocated to it from the EDF budget; appreciates, further, the role of the SME bonus under the EDF in facilitating the access of smaller actors and innovators in defence supply chains; notes that in the 2023 EDF calls, 42 % of the entities selected for funding were SMEs, an increased share compared to 2022 (38,2 %), and that 18 % of the total funding available through the EDF calls is allocated to SMEs;

    145.  Recalls that the Preparatory Action on Defence Research (PADR) was a precursor programme of the EDF with a budget of EUR 90 million that funded 18 research projects selected following calls for proposals in the years 2017 to 2019; further recalls that the Court, in its Special Report 10/2023 ‘The Preparatory action on defence research’, has observed that the Union still lacked a long-term strategy for the projects under the EDF, particularly in terms of impact, additional research, development, manufacturing and procurement; welcomes that the Commission has accepted all of the Court’s recommendations and has confirmed that their implementation is ongoing; welcomes, in this regard, the Commission’s adoption of a European Defence Industrial Strategy (EDIS) and legislative proposal establishing the European Defence Industry Programme (EDIP) as well as its commitment to build up the EDF; nevertheless, in view of the geopolitical realities the Union faces, is concerned that the full implementation of the Court’s recommendations is expected only in 2026;

    146.  Recalls the Court’s observations in its Special Report 10/2023 regarding the limited availability of human resources at the Commission and the subsequent risk for the EDF; notes that the growing number of proposals to evaluate and projects to manage puts considerable pressure on human resources; further notes the large share of seconded national experts (17 %) among DG DEFIS staff in 2023 and DG DEFIS’s intention to reinforce staff by the selection of officials through specialised EPSO competitions in the field of space and defence, for which the reserve lists were finalised in November 2023;

    147.  Notes that the implementation of ‘Action Plan on Military Mobility 2.0’ is ongoing, with EUR 1,74 billion allocated for dual-use transport infrastructure projects under the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) between 2021-2027; notes that so far the Union has co-funded 95 military mobility projects in 21 Member States and that 94 of these projects are still ongoing and most of them are expected to be finalised between 2026 and 2027; notes with concern that following three calls for proposals organised in 2021, 2022 and 2023, the entirety of the military mobility envelope under the CEF for the current programming period has thereby already been exhausted; considers that although making the budget quickly available by frontloading amounts into the 2022 and 2023 calls responded to the need to take into account the evolution of the security situation in Europe following Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, it simultaneously led to Union funding being unstable and unpredictable by leaving a gap of more than four years with no more Union funds available for military mobility calls to finance dual-use infrastructure projects until the post-2027 MFF; recalls the Court’s conclusions in its Special Report 04/2025 that the Action Plan was not built on sufficiently solid foundations and that progress towards its objective, namely ensuring swift and seamless movement of personnel, materiel and assets at short notice and on a large scale, has been variable due to design weaknesses and remaining obstacles to implementation; notes that the Commission considers that more action is needed to strengthen dual-use transport infrastructure corridors, including on regulatory issues such as cross-border movement permission procedures; notes the Court’s observation that the Commission had not carried out a robust assessment of the overall funding required to make its objectives and targets achievable; regrets that only EUR 300 million was spent on military mobility in 2023 and is concerned that calls for proposals under the military mobility envelope faced a four-time oversubscription rate, demonstrating the increased interest among Member States and project beneficiaries;

    148.  Expresses deep concern over the Commission’s decision to proceed with the adoption of the “Rearm EU” initiative without prior consultation of the European Parliament; regrets that such a decision bypasses the principle of institutional balance and undermines Parliament’s role as co-legislator in shaping strategic and budgetary priorities; urges the Commission to refrain from initiating substantial policy instruments that impact the Union’s financial and strategic architecture without ensuring full respect for the prerogatives of the Parliament;

    149.  Notes that the European Parliament has called on the Union and its Member States to put in place a legal framework enabling Russia to be classified as a State sponsor of terrorism;

    Recommendations

    150.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) develop a longer-term strategy for the EDF, building on the experience with Preparatory Action on Defence Research (PADR) and the Court’s recommendations, as soon as possible;
       (ii) secure the provision of adequate resources to enhance Union defence cooperation, in the short-term through the 2026 draft budget and the timely recruitment of expert staff, and in the medium-term through the Commission’s proposal for the next MFF;
       (iii) further strengthen military mobility in the Union by substantially increasing the funding available to improve dual-use transport infrastructure corridors and by taking action to eliminate administrative, procedural and regulatory barriers to cross-border military movements, while prioritising Union funding to projects that best respond to the current European threat landscape; taking into account the Court’s findings and recommendations in special report 04/2025;
       (iv) take action to ensure due diligence in relation to project criteria for dual-use military mobility infrastructure projects, in line with the Court’s recommendation;

    Neighbourhood and the world

    151.  Notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 6 ‘Neighbourhood and the world’ was EUR 15,2 billion (7,4 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: 63,4 % for the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI-Global Europe), 16,4 % for Humanitarian Aid (HUMA), 16 % for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA III) and 4.2 % for other actions and programmes; notes that in total, payments for ‘Neighbourhood and the world’ reached 15,2 billion in 2023, representing approximatively 8 % of the overall Union expenditure excluding RRF;

    152.  Notes that the Court examined a sample of 72 transactions, which is not adequately representative of the spending under this MFF heading and, therefore, cannot provide an estimate of the error rate; considering that the Court’s audit results show that this is a high-risk area (of 37 out of 72 transactions audited, i.e. 51.4 %, were affected by errors), invites the Court to provide a clear estimate of the error rate for this chapter; notes that the Court found 31 errors that had a financial impact on the Union budget, relating to ineligible beneficiaries, ineligible costs, expenditure not incurred, and breaches of public procurement rules, areas that could point to risks of unreliable functioning of control mechanisms;

    153.  Notes, additionally, that the Court detected 19 cases of non-compliance with legal and financial provisions, none of which had direct financial impact on the Union budget, and which included issues such as ambiguous cost allocations, non-compliance with visibility rules, and inadequate documentation;

    154.  Is concerned that the Court found a significant non-compliance with visibility rules in an EU-funded project under indirect management by DG NEAR, which concerned a contribution agreement worth EUR 21,2 million signed with an international organisation in a project where the aim was to support Eastern partnership countries in tackling COVID-19; notes that the Court found that most donation certificates it checked did not contain any acknowledgment that the medical equipment donated was funded by the Union; recalls that beneficiaries of Union funds are required to clearly publicise the fact that the Union has financed or co-financed the action they are implementing; notes the Commission’s replies that it is discussing new communication and visibility guidelines with the United Nations to reduce the risks of errors on compliance with visibility rules;

    155.  Expresses concern that the Court, in its IT audit on the information system OPSYS’ component for managing user access and rights, found three shortcomings including (i) that the Directorate-General for International Partnerships (DG INTPA) had not formalised a procedure for granting and removing access rights for system administrators and to standard users; (ii) four cases in which standard users had more access rights than they needed for their jobs, which is not in line with the Commission’s IT standards; and that (iii) DG INTPA did not manage all administrator accounts belonging to staff of other directorates-general; is concerned that these weaknesses increase the risks of both inappropriate access to the system and non-compliance with the rules and procedures for implementing external action projects, and also undermine the integrity of system processes and data;

    156.  Notes that the Commission intensified communication with international organisations in order to raise awareness of the need to ensure that the Court’s auditors obtain full access to documents when auditing projects funded by the Union, and that the Commission has supported initiatives to find permanent solutions to the issues of access to and retention of documents; notes, however, the Commission’s acknowledgment that despite efforts, some constraints regarding access to documents persist due to the existing legal frameworks of the implementing partners, which are not expected to change in the near future;

    157.  Urges the Commission to enhance the rule of law conditionality-based approach of the Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA) III funding in order for the instrument to serve its purpose of effectively preparing accession countries to fulfil the conditions of becoming Member States of the Union; reiterates its calls on the Commission to implement the recommendations of the Court’s Special Report 01/2022 in order to ensure an effective impact of Union financial assistance in support for the rule of law in the Western Balkans, in particular by developing guidelines on the application of the provisions on modulation and conditionality under IPA III;

    158.  Stresses that Union aid should under no circumstances – directly or indirectly – be financing terrorism, hence it should not support any entity connected to Hamas or any other terrorist or extremist organisation; notes to this end, it is legitimate and necessary to be able to clearly know and identify all the final beneficiaries of European aid in third countries; emphasises the need for strict control over the distribution and use of aid to ensure no misuse of funds;

    159.  Notes with regret that the European Commission financed the Gaziantep Islamic Science and Technology University, which has proven ties to terrorist organisation of Hamas; calls on the Commission to cancel all ties to this university and other universities with ties to terrorist organisations;

    160.  Urges the Commission, in the context of delivering enhanced support and humanitarian aid to the Palestinian population, to also make full use of trusted partners, such as the WHO, WFP UNICEF or different Red Crescent organisations; recalls the importance for the Commission to guarantee independent controls of UNRWA by external experts, the Court and experienced international partners;

    161.  Notes that the Commission has been working in the last months with UNRWA, to enhance the neutrality processes and control systems in the Agency, in line with findings of the investigations by the UN OIOS on the allegations of involvement of 19 of its staff in the 7th October 2023 attack, and to monitor the application of the action plan presented by UNRWA on the implementation of the recommendations of the Independent Review Group led by former French Minister of Foreign Affairs Colonna to strengthen control and oversight; notes that the Commission has reassessed the Union’s 2024 funding decision for UNRWA and that, through an exchange of letters between Commissioner Várhelyi and UNRWA Commissioner General Lazzarini in April 2024, the Union reached an agreement about the Union’s conditional assistance for UNRWA, linked to a number of milestones in relation to three work streams, including the screening of UNRWA staff, an audit by the Union, as well as the reinforcement of the Department of Internal Investigations and Ethics office; notes that Union assistance was resumed;

    162.  Recalls the necessity for the Palestinian Authority to remove all educational materials and content that fail to adhere to UNESCO standards by the next school year, in particular those that contain antisemitism as defined by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance classification endorsed by the Union, incitement to violence, hate speech, and glorification of terrorism; recalls the provisions of previous discharge resolutions; stresses that financial support from the Union for the Palestinian Authority in the area of education should be provided on the condition that textbook content is aligned with UNESCO standards, that all anti-Semitic references are deleted, and that examples which incite to hatred and violence are removed, as repeatedly requested in the resolutions accompanying the discharge decisions; recalls the findings of the Georg Eckert Institute’s report funded by the Union, which revealed a complex picture on the textbooks; notes that the Union does not fund the Palestinian textbooks, and that neither are they the responsibility of UNRWA, which nevertheless reviews all issued textbooks to address any problematic content;); notes that the Commission will carry out close scrutiny to ensure that no Union funds are allocated, directly or indirectly, to the drafting, teaching, or exposure of such educational materials to Palestinian children, including those provided by UN organisations;

    163.  Notes DG NEAR’s acknowledgement in its AAR 2023 that projects in Kyiv received regular visits but security constraints limited on-site monitoring and project visits in other Ukrainian regions; further notes that the constraints on adequately monitoring projects in Ukraine led to a renewed reservation in the 2023 AAR of DG NEAR and that corrective actions are being implemented, such as monitoring progress on project implementation through desk reviews, remote solutions and using a service provider;

    164.  Welcomes that OLAF provides targeted anti-fraud assistance to authorities and supports the accession of Ukraine to the Union Anti-Fraud Programme; notes that the Framework Agreement for the Ukraine Facility, which entered into force in June 2024, provides for legally binding arrangements for the management, control, supervision, monitoring, evaluation, reporting and audit of funds under the Facility, as well as measures to prevent, investigate and correct irregularities, fraud, corruption and conflicts of interest, and provisions on the roles of OLAF and EPPO; welcomes, in addition, that, pursuant to article 36 of the Ukraine Facility Regulation, the Commission established in June 2024 an Audit Board, with the mission of assisting the Commission in assessing the effectiveness of Ukraine’s management and control systems regarding the funds provided under the Facility and in fighting mismanagement of Union funding under the Ukraine Facility; calls on the Commission to keep the European Parliament regularly informed about the activities and findings of the Audit Board in order to ensure proper parliamentary oversight;

    165.  Notes with concern the recent reports on the findings of a draft audit report paid for by the Commission on the Organisation of African, Caribbean and Pacific States (OACPS) Secretariat which allege to suspected fraud, unpaid salaries and further liabilities; notes that as reported the Commission has contributed EUR 3,7 million to the Secretariat in 2023 and is trying to recover EUR 3,6 million as of March 2024; asks the Commission to ensure full transparency and accountability, grant access to the audit report and inform the members of Parliament on the concrete steps taken;

    166.  Calls on the Commission in line with the Court’s recommendations in its opinion 03/2024 to integrate into the new MFF legislative proposal the recommendations of the External Action Guarantee complementing the Commission’s evaluation, including increased use of blending (grants) in LDCs, fragile or conflict-affected countries and engaged coordination with stakeholders such as civil society;

    167.  Is concerned about the allocation of EFSD+ under the new flexible ‘Support to Investments’ envelope in favour of benefiting countries where the Global Gateway investments are easier to implement at the expense of prioritising LDCs, and fragile and conflict-affected countries; calls for reporting on the volume of EFSD+ amounts allocated and contractualised in these countries and for transparency on how the quota of allocations to LDCs within country MIPs is respected within allocations of the regional MIPs;

    168.  While recognising the Global Gateway strategy as a concerted Union response to global challenges, reiterates that actions bringing together public and private investment must always be guided by the legal framework as provided by the NDICI Regulation, the Agenda 2030, and the needs of partner countries, as communicated by way of an honest dialogue at eye level; is concerned about inconsistencies surrounding Global Gateway programmes; calls, therefore, for improved transparency, democratic accountability, robust monitoring and evaluation mechanisms in Global Gateway and Team Europe initiatives; calls for a centralised, publicly accessible platform, regularly updated, to detail Global Gateway projects, including their objectives, funding sources, implementing partners, and expected outcomes;

    European Development Fund (EDF)

    169.  Notes that to audit the regularity of transactions, the Court examined a sample of 140 transactions, representing the full range of spending from the EDFs; notes, furthermore, that this comprised 31 transactions related to the European Union Emergency Trust Fund for Africa, 87 transactions authorised by 14 EU delegations(20) and 19 payments approved by Commission headquarters;

    170.  Notes with concern that, out of the 140 transactions examined, 62 (44,3 %) contained errors, compared to 57 (40,7 %) in 2022 for the same number of transactions; stresses, moreover, that the Court quantified 52 errors (48 in 2022), on the basis of which it estimated the level of error for the financial year 2023 to be 8,9 % (7,1 % in 2022);

    171.  Highlights with concern that the three most common types of errors in the financial year 2023 related to expenditure not incurred at 45 % (51 % in 2022), to absence of essential supporting documents at 31 % (7 % in 2022) and to ineligible expenditure at 23 % (24 % in 2022);

    172.  Notes the Commission’s replies to written questions to Commissioners Jutta Urpilainen and Oliver Varhelyi that in 2023 approximately 45 % of the total errors are due to excess clearing, a practice where expenditure not incurred is included in the accounts as expenditure incurred, and that therefore such errors are temporary, since they will no longer exist after the final clearings; notes furthermore that, to reduce these temporary errors, the Commission has requested its partners to review their reporting templates to allow for easier identification of incurred expenditure, and that DG INTPA launched a special working group to screen the compliance of relevant organisations through a risk management framework; also notes that DG INTPA is currently reviewing its control strategy, which aims also to identify how ex-ante controls can be strengthened and to improve the reporting of the pillar-assessed organisations to the Commission; calls on the Commission to report to the discharge authority on the effects of these actions;

    173.  Notes that the expected outcomes of DG INTPA’s ongoing review of its control strategy include the reinforcement of guidance on financial reporting and also on enhanced ex-ante controls so as to prevent errors including on excess clearing; calls on the Commission to report to the discharge authority on the remedial measures taken upon finalisation of this review;

    174.  Is concerned that, as in previous years, some international organisations provided only limited access to documents (e.g., in read-only format), which hindered the planning, execution and quality control of the Court’s audit and led to delays; notes that audit and control issues were discussed with UN entities on several occasions, including in the context of joint technical reference group meetings and the relevant EU-UN Financial and Administrative Framework Agreement (FAFA) working group; notes furthermore that the Commission is working with the International Organisations concerned and has intensified communication with them on the Court’s access to documents; encourages, as in previous years, the Commission to increase these efforts;

    175.  Stresses that, according to Court’s assessment, the Residual Error Rate (RER) study does not constitute an assurance engagement or an audit and is based on the RER methodology and manual provided by DG INTPA; notes that DG INTPA clarifies that the RER study is meant to be a key indicator for the estimated financial impact of residual errors, i.e., it measures the proper functioning of the internal control system and thus, demonstrates the Commission’s corrective capacity; stresses that, as in previous years, the Court has found limitations in the study; notes, furthermore, the Court’s opinion, as in previous years, that the RER methodology allows the contractor to rely entirely on the results of DG INTPA´s controls, and that relying on the work of other auditors is contrary to the purpose of an RER study; highlights the Court’s finding that in cases where these previous checks were carried out under the FAFA between the European Commission and the United Nations, the contractor is not always able to carry out additional substantive testing as the FAFA limits the Commission’s verification rights; highlights the Commission’s reply which recognised the limitations in terms of controls set in the FAFA; urges the Commission to look for workable solutions to resolve this issue;

    176.  Recalls that two EUTFs were created under the EDFs; recalls that EUTF for Africa has mobilised over EUR 5 billion, with 88 % of contributions (EUR 4,4 billion) coming from the EDF and the Union budget; deplores that, despite several requests from Parliament, the process of managing and allocating these funds still lacks transparency; is concerned by the Court’s findings in its Special report 17/2024 “The EU trust fund for Africa Despite new approaches, support remained unfocused; notes that, despite an innovative approach to identifying human rights risks in a difficult environment, these risks were not comprehensively addressed and that the Court found that the assessment of potential risks to human rights was not comprehensive; recalls that the Commission is unable to identify and report on the most efficient and effective approaches to reducing irregular migration and forced displacements in Africa according to the Court; regrets that the new monitoring system aggregates information from all EUTF projects, but suffers from issues of data accuracy; notes that the Union’s Africa trust fund is set to be phased out in 2025;

    Recommendations

    177.  Calls on the Commission to act on the Court’s recommendations:

       (i) as regards the OPSYS application system, formalise and enhance the procedure for granting and removing access rights for system administrators and to standard users, enhance the quality of the new software, and allocate resources needed to enhance its maturity and robustness;
       (ii) strengthen guidance and controls to ensure that organisations implementing contracts under indirect management, including international organisations, international financial institutions and state agencies, comply with visibility rules;
       (iii) continue to intensify its communication with international organisations in order to provide the Court with complete, unlimited and timely access to documents necessary to carry out its task in accordance with the TFEU, and not just in read-only format;
       (iv) put in place adequate ex ante and ex post control measures in unstable or conflict zones to ensure the proper control of spending of Union funds and ways to recover the Union funds;
       (v) take measures to improve controls systems for the clearing of pre-financing paid to international organisations;
       (vi) strengthen ex ante controls before accepting expenditure;

    178.  Furthermore, calls on the Commission to:

       (i) strictly monitor through all available mechanisms and work with UNRWA to ensure the implementation of all agreed actions to guarantee that UNRWA works in full compliance with humanitarian principles and neutrality, including in the forthcoming EU-UNRWA joint declaration and the upcoming financing decisions for conditional Union assistance;
       (ii) ensure that all contracts involving Union funds fully respect applicable Union legislation, including accountability, transparency, and sound financial management, and that this includes verifying that there are no subcontractors, natural persons, participants in workshops and/or trainings or recipients of financial support made to third parties subject to Union restrictive measures or involved in the financing of terrorism or acts of terrorism as well as other acts of hatred and incitement to hatred;
       (iii) increase evidence-based targeting of geographical areas and beneficiaries, and improve the accuracy of reported achievements of future development action, including through the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe;

    European public Administration

    179.  Notes that the Commission is directly responsible for the implementation of 59,1 % of the overall administrative budget of the Union, equivalent to EUR 7,2 billion; further notes that 70 % of the administrative expenditure relates to human resources including pensions while the remaining primarily covers expenditure related to buildings, equipment, energy, communications and IT; notes with satisfaction that also for 2023 the Court concludes that the spending area is low risk;

    180.  Notes that during 2023, 2152 civil servants left the Commission primarily due to retirement, resignation or the end of their contracts; notes that this represents a relatively high turnover, which should give the Commission ample possibilities to address persistent imbalances in geographical representation throughout the services;

    181.  Encourages the Commission together with EPSO to ensure that necessary technical systems are put in place as quickly as possible and that processes are accelerated in order for the Commission and other Union institutions to be able to rely on EPSO for the selection of highly qualified and motivated candidates for all types of jobs in the institutions;

    182.  Appreciates that female representation in management positions increased from 46,1 % in December 2022 to 47,8 % in December 2023; encourages the Commission to continue to focus on ensuring and maintaining gender balance on all levels of management;

    183.  Notes with satisfaction that the Commission has implemented policies to enhance work-life balance and staff well-being, including the right to disconnect; at the same time commends that a new decision on the prevention and fight against harassment was adopted which establishes the position of a Chief Confidential Counsellor as key figure in the fight against harassment; stresses the need to provide this position with the appropriate resources to effectively carry out multiple challenging tasks;

    184.  Acknowledges the progress of the Commission with regard to the internalisation of crèche staff;

    185.  Notes with satisfaction that the Commission issued updated versions of the guidelines on ethical standards for participation of the Members of the European Commission in the election campaign to the European Parliament and guidelines for the participation of Members of the Commission in election campaigns at Member State level; further commends that in March 2023, the Commission adopted much needed strengthened rules on missions and costs paid by third parties;

    186.  Stresses the need to ensure that all the Union Institutions in Luxembourg can attract staff to all types of jobs and careers; notes that especially for servants in lower pay grades Luxembourg can be a less attractive option due to the costs of living; notes that with the agreement on the budget for 2025 the first step has been taken by establishing a special housing allowance for staff in lower grades working in Union institutions in Luxembourg;

    187.  Notes that the Commission has an ambitious goal of reducing the overall office space of the Commission by 25 % and the number of buildings by 50 % by 2030 compared to 2020; notes that the total reduction in overall space reached a little over 83 000 m2 in 2023, equal to a reduction of 11 %; welcomes that this goal is an important element in the Commission achieving carbon neutrality and reducing administrative costs; stresses that it is important that the reduction in the number of building and office space and the resulting roll-out of collaborative work spaces and other significant administrative changes happens in close cooperation with staff;

    188.  Is concerned about the severe delays, including delays of up to 6 months, faced by civil servants across the institutions when receiving the reimbursements of healthcare costs under the institutions’ sickness insurance scheme; is also concerned about the inadequate treatment of civil servants and MEPs with autoimmune diseases, neurological disorders, COPD (obstructive pulmonary disease), long COVID, undiagnosed and rare diseases by the sickness insurance scheme of the institutions; notes that patients with these symptoms are often not reimbursed for their diagnostic tests;

    189.  Notes that, in 2023, the Ombudsman launched 398 inquiries concerning the Commission; further notes that during 2023 the Commission received 187 closing decisions without remarks and 17 decisions of maladministration; notes with concern that the Ombudsman receives many citizens’ complaints about extreme delays in gaining access to requested documents from the Commission and encourages the Commission to strive to speed up the processing of such requests and further reduce the number of decisions of maladministration and establish clear rules concerning access to all types of written texts whether on paper, email, text messages or any other form of communication, which is part of an administrative process related to Commission policies or decisions; notes that out of the nine investigations related to the Commission concluded by OLAF in 2023, seven were closed with recommendations; calls on the Commission to ensure transparency and accountability in the follow-up to these cases;

    190.  Expresses deep concern that there has been allegations of corruption linked to the Commission; at the same time deplores that there has been allegations about officials from the Commission that allegedly accepted gifts from a country that the Union was negotiating an agreement with; stresses the need for a clear and systematic approach to ensure that all OLAF cases involving relevant potential criminal offences are promptly referred to the EPPO and the competent national authorities; calls on the Commission to reinforce relevant rules and procedures in order to ensure that all cases are handled in a strict, correct and efficient way;

    191.  Notes that only very few cases of psychological and sexual harassment have been recognised as such in the past years and expresses concern that this may point to institutional blind spots in the Commission, given the significant number of employees of the institution;

    192.  Expresses deep concern regarding reports of an ongoing investigation involving the former Commissioner for Justice, who is alleged to have been engaged, during his time in office, in money laundering activities involving funds of unknown origin; calls on the Commission to fully cooperate with the Belgian authorities and to urgently clarify whether these activities were in any way connected to his official duties within the Commission;

    193.  Calls on the Commission to prioritise permanent staff over external consultants and contractual staff, in order to guarantee high quality working conditions and to prevent knowledge and experience from being lost; calls for flexibility for DGs with a high proportion of seconded national experts (SNE) in the establishment plan to convert SNE posts into temporary agent posts with the aim of ensuring better expertise retention, operational functionality and business continuity; further insists on avoiding the externalisation of tasks to consultancies when available know-how can be found in-house;

    194.  Notes that, in recent years, the Commission has increasingly outsourced impact assessments to external companies, raising concerns about potential conflicts of interest; calls on the Commission to strengthen provisions to prevent possible conflicts of interest and to provide better guidance to staff handling public procurement procedures for policy-related service contracts;

    195.  Regrets the alleged espionage organised by the Hungarian Government against OLAF staff during an investigative mission; calls for the swift establishment of robust protection measures to safeguard Union institutional staff on mission in Member States and to prevent any violations;

    196.  Welcomes the entry into force of Regulation (EU) 2023/2841(21); takes note of cybersecurity investments, including EUR 30 million allocated to enhancing digital security in the Commission; calls on the Commission to spare no effort in further developing a cybersecurity culture, promoting training and awareness within the Union institution; stresses the importance of continued adequate investments in cybersecurity towards the longer term indicative target in the order of at least 10 % of total IT spending;

    197.  Reiterates its concern that the significant risks to the security and protection of the registry and operating mechanism of the Union system for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading against cyberattacks have still not been adequately addressed; points out that this issue has been highlighted in the Annual Activity Reports (AARs) since 2010, with reservations raised in each report; notes that this concern is once again emphasised in the Directorate-General for Climate Action’s 2023 AAR, further underscoring the persistent failure to prioritise the security of the system;

    European Schools

    198.  Notes that the European Schools’ overall budget for 2023 was EUR 417,5 million primarily funded by the Commission, other Union institutions, Member States and fees from parents; further notes that almost 80 % of the budget was spent on staff costs;

    199.  Notes with satisfaction that the Court is able to conclude that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the consolidated accounts for 2023 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the International Public Sector Accounting Standards;

    200.  Observes that the Court found some systematic or recurrent weaknesses in payments and related human resources (HR) and procurement procedures including insufficient verification of supporting evidence affecting the regularity of some HR procedures and payments;

    201.  Calls on the Commission, in particular, to:

       (i) ensure that Union Institutions can rely on EPSO to efficiently organise and complete selection procedures and other staff related procedures in order to provide Union Institutions with sufficient highly qualified and motivated candidates for open positions;
       (ii) explore all possibilities to correct significant geographical and gender imbalances in different categories of the staff;
       (iii) continue work on measures that will ensure that Union Institutions based in Luxembourg can continue to attract highly qualified staff for all types of job profiles;
       (iv) ensure that the roll-out of collaborative work spaces and other significant administrative changes happens in close cooperation with staff;
       (v) make more staff available for processing of reimbursement requests for the sickness insurance scheme, to improve staff training and to have better IT software available to process requests more quickly;
       (vi) act as a role model, particularly for diseases that do not fall into classical fields and rare diseases; urges the Commission to expand their technical knowledge and handling of these cases; urges the Commission to expand the catalogue of tests eligible for reimbursement to include a wider bandwidth for laboratory tests and other diagnostic procedures and exams as well as treatments; urges the Commission to do this promptly;
       (vii) ensure the rapid introduction of strong protective mechanisms for Union institutional staff on mission in Member States and third countries, safeguarding their rights;
       (viii) support the European Schools in their implementation, as soon as possible, of recommendations by the Court from previous years and the recommendation from the report concerning the financial year 2023 which asks the schools to perform systematic checks of supporting evidence on allowances paid to seconded staff;
       (ix) prepare a report analysing the reasons why the vast majority of harassment complaints (requests for assistance) in the Commission are dismissed, most of them without even opening an administrative inquiry, and recommending how such dysfunctionality of the formal procedure can be addressed;
       (x) ensure that as of 2025, requests for assistance in harassment cases are followed up with a proper administrative inquiry by the Investigation and Disciplinary Office (IDOC) or OLAF so as to ensure that harassers are held accountable and sanctioned proportionately to their wrongdoing;

    CHAPTER II – Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF)

    General remarks

    202.  Notes that in 2023, 27 recovery and resilience plans (RRPs) were revised, and that these revisions had an impact on the pace of implementation of the existing plans, causing delays; notes at the same time that the political priorities in Member States can change; notes that increased energy prices, high inflation and supply chain disruptions caused by Russia’s unprovoked war of aggression against Ukraine, and, in some cases, natural disasters, contributed to the revision of the RRPs; underlines that the delays caused by the revisions of the RRPs came in addition to existing ones, as shown by the significant differences between the foreseen calendar of payments requests and the actual transmission of these requests by the Member States to the Commission; remains concerned by the risk of under-implementation and of failure to reach the milestones and targets (M&Ts) as agreed in the RRPs; emphasises the need for enhanced monitoring mechanisms to ensure that delays do not disproportionately impact key projects;

    203.  Notes that there should be a clear thematic link between reforms and investments and that there may be, in certain cases, a long delay between the creation of the national recovery plans and the completion of milestones and targets; regrets that the RRF design does not allow for sufficient flexibility to respond to emerging crises in a prompt manner;

    204.  Draws attention with utmost concern to the statement of the President of the Court, arguing that approximately half of the RRF disbursements had not reached the real economy, and questions if the other half may have been used either to substitute recurring budgetary expenditure or generate profit to Member States from the increased interest rates;

    205.  Recalls that the RRF is a temporary recovery instrument based on performance, i.e. that payments are linked to the satisfactory fulfilment of M&Ts related to reforms and investments included in the national RRPs; stresses that the effectiveness of the RRF must be assessed, not only in terms of disbursement, but also in terms of its ability to generate tangible, long-term improvements of the consequences of the pandemic; recalls that there is no definition in the RRF Regulation of the “satisfactory fulfilment of M&Ts”; recalls that each national plan should effectively address all or a significant subset of challenges identified in the European Semester, particularly the country- specific recommendations (CSRs) adopted by the Council; notes the fact that, thanks to the RRF, the percentage of CSRs with progress has increased by 17 % between 2021 and 2023;

    206.  Notes that in 2023, the Commission disbursed a total of EUR 75 billion, and additional pre-financing payments of EUR 7,1 billion, which brought the total disbursements by the end of 2023 to EUR 220,8 billion, divided into EUR 141,6 billion in grants (40 % of the total EUR 357 billion for grants under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) envelope) and EUR 79,2 billion in loans (27 % of the total EUR 291 billion for loans under the RRF envelope); mandates detailed reporting requirements on how Member States allocate funds, preventing substitution of recurring budgetary expenditures, and ensuring funds reach intended beneficiaries;

    Court’s observations

    207.  Notes that the Court issued a qualified opinion on the legality and regularity of the RRF expenditure in 2023; is concerned that the Court concluded that seven out of 23 RRF payments made in 2023 were affected by quantitative findings and that six of these payments were affected by material error; notes that in the Court’s opinion, except for those matters, the RRF expenditure accepted in the accounts for the year 2023 is legal and regular in all material respects; notes that the nature of the RRF spending model relies on the assessments of milestones and targets (M&Ts) to be made by the Commission; notes that in 2023, the Court checked 452 M&Ts included in 23 grant payments and that it does not provide an error rate due to the nature of the RRF’s spending model but estimates the minimum financial impact of its findings to be above the materiality threshold; is convinced that Member States should also bear responsibility for errors detected in post-disbursement;

    208.  Expresses deep concern that the Court was unable to verify the actual financial impact of erroneous or ineligible RRF payments due to the inherent limitations of the milestone and target-based assessment model; calls on the Commission to develop a more transparent error-tracking methodology to prevent misallocation and inefficiency;

    209.  Notes that the Court audited 325 out of 542 milestones and 127 out of 135 targets included in 2023 payment requests for grants; regrets that the Court considers that 16 of them were affected by regularity issues (2.4 % of the total); is concerned by the fact that the Court considers that the requirements had not been satisfactorily fulfilled for seven M&Ts in six payments and that the Commission had still made the corresponding payments; notes that the Court’s conclusions are based on extensive audit work and regrets that the Commission contests some of the Court’s conclusions; notes that all of the RRF payments must be assessed against the framework communicated and applied by the Commission, which must take into consideration for each payment the opinion of the Economic and Financial Committee and the scrutiny by Member State experts under the comitology procedure; requests the Commission to ensure that all disputed payments related to unsatisfactorily fulfilled M&Ts undergo independent external review to strengthen public trust in the process; recommends an introduction of real-time tracking systems for disbursements and expenditures to prevent misallocations under the RRF and the MFF;

    210.  Notes with particular concern that the Court has identified nine potential cases of ineligible M&Ts linked to the continuation of a pre-existing project that either started before the eligibility period, or that were a substitution of recurring national budgetary expenditure; regrets the lack of clarity in the RRF Regulation, and does not share the Commission’s interpretation that the eligibility period concerns only the date of start of works on a specific project rather than the beginning of the preparatory or projection phase; regrets that such a view led to measures which were planned before the RRF eligibility period being included in the RRPs, and acknowledges that any measure must respect the scope, objectives and eligibility conditions set by the RRF Regulation; calls on the Commission to implement stricter verification mechanisms to prevent the inclusion of pre-existing projects that do not provide added value under the RRF framework;

    211.  Recalls that RRF funds shall not be used to replace recurring budgetary expenditure, unless in duly justified case; and is preoccupied by the Court’s findings that some M&Ts that were a substitution of recurring national budgetary expenditure were not adequately justified in the RRPs;

    212.  Notes with concern the Court’s finding that NGEU borrowing may more than double by 2026 while the bulk of repayment is deferred to future MFFs; recalls that the repayment of NGEU borrowing must start before the end of 2027, if unused appropriations remain available in the budget line to cover NGEU financing costs, and be completed by 2058 at the latest; notes that the Union budget exposure at the end of 2023 is expected to rise in 2024 and 2025, mainly due to RRF loans; is concerned that potential changes in market conditions might result in higher borrowing costs which, for the NGEU debt relating to grants, will have to be borne by the Union budget; is concerned that there is to date still no repayment plan for the NGEU common debt, and that the Union’s debt continues to rise, with a large share of this increase attributed to the temporary recovery instrument, NGEU; is concerned that the increased debt and the associated higher interest costs will have long-term consequences for the Union’s fiscal stability, potentially leading to greater financial strain and a reduced capacity to respond to future challenges or invest in key strategic areas;

    213.  Notes the Court’s finding that payments from RRF were lower than expected in 2023; emphasises that the Court has criticised the slow disbursement and absorption of RRF funds; is concerned by the Court’s findings in Special Report 13/2024 that absorption of RRF funds has progressed with some delays, that Member States may not be able to complete all measures at the end of the RRF’s implementation period for which a significant proportion of funds have already been paid out, and that the second half of the RRF’s implementation period is more challenging with an increase in number of M&Ts, a shift from reforms to investments and more advanced stage of implementation, and a high proportion of measures to be completed in the last year;

    214.  Notes, conversely, that according to the Commission the achievement of M&Ts is broadly on track, as by 31 August 2024, over 40 % of the available RRF funds had been disbursed to Member States, with the disbursement of grants reaching 48 % and loans slightly exceeding 30 %; notes that the pace of payment requests has also accelerated since the second half of 2023 with the revision of the RRPs linked to the introduction of the REPowerEU chapters was finalised in 2023;

    215.  Notes the Court’s findings in Special Report 13/2024 that additional reasons for slow absorption included measures not being suited to the RRF’s timeframe and underestimation of the time needed to implement them (due to public procurement and state aid rules); as well as uncertainties on implementing rules and how they should be applied including lacking guidance on the ‘do no significant harm’ principle (DNSH) and how to ascribe to it;

    216.  Expresses strong concerns about the Court’s observation that point to persistent weaknesses in the implementation of Member States control systems as this poses a risk to the availability of complete and accurate data underlying payment requests, access to those requests for control purposes, and the effective functioning of Member State control systems to protect the Union’s financial interests; recalls that, according to the RRF Regulation, Member State control systems have a key role to play in ensuring that the financial interests of the Union are protected effectively; urges the Commission to take decisive and swift action whenever necessary, including imposing financial corrections, and to make full use of the provisions of the RRF Regulation if deficiencies persist in the control systems of Member States;

    217.  Expresses concern about the Court’s findings in Special Report N°22/2024 on ‘Double funding from the EU budget: Control systems lack essential elements to mitigate the increased risk resulting from the RRF model of financing not linked to cost’; highlights that Member States can propose so-called ‘zero cost measures’, i.e. measures estimated to have no costs to be financed by the RRF, and for which there is no check at all for double-funding, as the Commission considers that measures which receive no RRF funds are free of risk from that perspective; also notes with concern the Court’s findings that from Member States’ perspective, the many layers of governance involved including national, regional or municipality level, make coordination and oversight very challenging; is concerned that when checks are performed, (i) they suffer from a very complicated environment with different IT tools used often not interoperable and data recorded in an often non-standardised way, leaving manual cross-checks across databases as the only possible tool to check for double funding, and (ii) Member States’ control systems rely to a large extent on self-declarations by recipients of Union funds; notes, however, that the Court did not find any case of double funding;

    218.  Notes the Commission’s observation that, according to the RRF Regulation, double funding is explicitly linked to budgetary costs and thus, there can be no double funding if the Member State has not submitted any cost estimate linked to a specific measure as part of its national plan; notes that the Commission underlines that no-cost reforms do not increase the financial envelope but are nevertheless essential criteria for the Commission’s positive assessment of RRPs, as well as their full implementation for the relevant payments; points out that the Commission, shortly after the Court audit field work, acknowledged it had identified the first two potential cases of double funding;

    219.  Recalls that Article 9 of the RRF Regulation establishes additionality and complementarity between Union programmes and instruments funding as key principles; believes that, to respect these principles but avoid the risk of double financing, the same measures already included in other national plans benefiting from Union funding (e.g. cohesion, agriculture, etc.) should either not be included in RRPs or more thoroughly described, even if they do not incur any costs, in order to avoid double funding; underlines that due to the different model of implementation, double funding between RRF and other Union financing instruments might be more difficult to identify, and urges the Commission to remain vigilant and pro-active in identifying any potential situation of double funding;

    220.  Regrets the lack of adequate safeguards to prevent double funding of projects under both the RRF and other Union financial instruments; calls for an automated cross-checking system between RRF and cohesion Funds, the Common Agricultural Policy, and other Union funding programmes to detect and eliminate duplicate claims;

    221.  Expresses concern about the Court’s finding in its Review 01/2023: ‘EU financing through cohesion policy and the RRF: A comparative analysis’ that reporting of fraud involving RRF expenditure still lacks a standardised approach with strong coordination and cooperation between Member States, which are obliged to report on cases of suspected fraud not in an integrated IT system, but in the management declaration accompanying every payment request, although Member States have also reported cases outside of the management declarations; regrets that there are no clear guidelines about exactly when a case of suspected fraud should be reported, whether there is a reporting threshold, and what standard information should be reported for each case and about the remedial measures taken; furthermore supports the request made by the Court to the Commission in the same review 01/2023 to obtain sufficient assurance from the Member States on the effectiveness of national systems to prevent, detect and correct fraud, corruption and conflicts of interest;

    222.  Expresses concerns that in 2023 the Commission had to introduce 10 additional control milestones for seven Members States to address the weaknesses identified in their control systems; reminds and supports the Court’s evaluation that the fact control milestones were introduced, which means that Member states systems were not fully functional when the plans started to be implemented, posing a serious risk to the regularity of the of the RRF expenditure and to the protection of financial interests;

    223.  Regrets the findings of the Court’s Special Report No 26/2023 that several policy areas in the RRF’s pillar containing health policies lack a corresponding common indicator to measure progress; is concerned that this impedes the proper monitoring and understanding of progress made towards achieving milestones and targets linked to health policies;

    224.  Welcomes that, in 2023, the Commission made progress in eliminating any possibility of misinterpretation of figures of the Recovery and Resilience Scoreboard and that the Scoreboard further addressed the related recommendation of the Court to improve the presentation of data displayed on the Scoreboard and to improve explanations with regard to its limitations, in particular by better explaining the underlying methodologies and explicitly stating, where applicable, that the data is estimated;

    Audit and control

    225.  Welcomes that, based on the Court’s recommendations and the experience gained, the Commission, in 2023, published three methodological notes to clarify the application of the RRF Regulation, including its framework for (i) assessing the satisfactory fulfilment of M&Ts, upon conducting an assessment, and (ii) the application of the provisions related to the reversal of M&Ts, as well as a methodology to determine the amount to be suspended if a milestone or target is not satisfactorily fulfilled; takes note of the updated Guidance on RRPs, adopted on 19 July 2024, which provides additional guidance to ensure the continued adequacy of controls to identify and avoid any risk of double funding as well as the methodology for reductions and recoveries under the RRF in accordance with Article 24(8) of the RRF Regulation;

    226.  Calls on the Commission to increase the number of ex-post audits and on-the-ground inspections for RRF-funded projects, particularly in high-risk sectors such as digital infrastructure, energy where previous Union funding programmes have identified significant irregularities;

    227.  Warns that the inclusion of pre-existing projects and the substitution of recurring budgetary expenditures within the RRF framework undermines the additionality principle, effectively converting the instrument into a backdoor financing mechanism for Member States’ regular budgets, rather than fostering genuine post-crisis recovery and resilience; calls for an urgent review to prevent further dilution of the RRF’s purpose;

    228.  Advocates more decisiveness on the part of both the Commission and Member States in order to detect irregularities in the spending of RRF funds and to recover undue payments;

    229.  Is concerned with the Court’s counter-reply to the Commission’s replies on the existence of an assurance gap at Union level regarding compliance with Union and national rules on public procurement and State aid; notes that the Commission argues that the assurance provided by DG ECFIN covers the effectiveness of Member States’ controls on compliance with public procurement and state aid rules. however, stresses that while DG ECFIN’s AAR refers to Commission assessments of the existence and effectiveness of Member States’ controls, there is no conclusion regarding their effectiveness; expresses concern that, according to the Court, this represents an important limitation of the scope of the Commission’s declaration of assurance, meaning that the Commission still does not provide full assurance as to whether RRF expenditure – which the Commission manages directly – complies with the rules;

    230.  Stresses that delays in disbursement and absorption of RRF funds not only slow down economic recovery but also create substantial risks of last-minute, low-quality spending towards the end of the RRF period; calls on the Commission to introduce stricter interim evaluations to prevent a ‘use-it-or-lose-it’ rush that could lead to waste and misallocation;

    231.  Notes with serious concern that Member States may strategically forego their final payment requests to avoid fulfilling politically sensitive milestones and targets, thereby evading necessary but unpopular reforms; calls on the Commission to introduce financial penalties for incomplete RRF implementation to prevent manipulation of the payment structure;

    232.  Notes that the Commission’s replies that it extended the scope of its audit work beyond that required by the RRF Regulation to verify that the control procedures put in place in the Member States give the necessary assurance that Member States regularly and effectively verify compliance with public procurement and State aid rules and eligibility for RRF measures, but disagrees with the Commission’s opinion that the conclusions of DG ECFIN’s Annual activity report cover this;

    233.  Notes with concern that, as stated by the Commission in its mid-term evaluation of the RRF of 21 February 2024, a majority of Member States consider that the payment suspension methodology remains unclear when it comes to reforms because of the discretion given to the Commission in applying the methodology; urges the Commission to revise this methodology in order to avoid any double standards in its application;

    234.  Notes that the Commission’s IAS, in its audit on ex-ante controls of the RRF payment requests carried out in 2023, identified a very important issue according to which DG ECFIN, in cooperation with the Recovery and Resilience Task Force, should further develop and formalise the existing guidance for the cases where DG ECFIN requests that Member States make additional commitments concerning action stemming from audit and control milestones, in particular that the guidance should define (i) how DG ECFIN should follow up the fulfilment of the formal confirmation on the Member State’s commitment, (ii) the criteria for determining the deadlines for the Member States to fulfil the commitments, and (iii) the relations between the ‘commitment framework’, the ‘framework for assessing M&Ts under the RRF Regulation’ and the ‘Reversal of M&Ts under the Facility’;

    235.  Notes that the Commission checks during its “Protection of the Financial Interest of the Union” audits that Member States have a clear and codified process for transmitting cases of fraud, corruption, conflict of interest and double funding to all competent authorities, including the EPPO where relevant;

    236.  Is concerned by the Court reporting in its annual reports that by the end of 2023, the EPPO had 206 active investigations related to funds used to implement RRF measures and estimated potential damages of over EUR 1,8 billion (concerning both national and Union funding); notes that the 206 open investigations concern ten Member States, with around 75 % of these cases coming from one country; is worried that at the end of 2023 the Member States’ management declarations had not reported a single case of detected suspected fraud, meaning that none of the EPPO open cases were reported by Member States themselves, casting doubts on Member States’ ability to detect and fight frauds; stresses that, while no investigation has yet been completed, the figures presented by the EPPO confirm that the risk of fraud is present in the RRF, and that they call into question the reliability of Member State management declarations in terms of reporting detected fraud and the remedial measures taken; calls for urgent reinforcement of fraud detection mechanisms, including a mandatory fraud risk assessment for all large-scale RRF projects; calls on the Commission to ensure that the EPPO has adequate resources to investigate cases of fraud related to RRF expenditure, given the increasing number of investigations and high estimated damages;

    237.  Warns that Member States’ self-reported fraud cases under RRF remain significantly underreported, creating a misleading picture of financial integrity;

    238.  Strongly regrets the lack of transparency in reporting fraud linked to RRF funds and insists that all Member States comply with standardised reporting obligations and use the Irregularity Management System (IMS);

    239.  Recalls that the Financial Regulation recast in force since 30 September 2024 (‘FR recast’) provides for the extension of its scope of the Early Detection and Exclusion System (EDES) to shared management and direct management in cases where the budget is implemented with Member States, for programmes adopted or financed as from 1 January 2028; calls on the Commission to act on the most serious grounds for exclusion in order to better protect the financial interests of the Union;

    240.  Notes that, with a view to reducing the margin between the Commission and the Court, for different interpretations of M&Ts, the Commission has published its approach to the concepts of the start date of a measure and the concept of ‘substitution of recurring national budgetary expenditure’ as Annex II and Annex III of its 2024 Annual Report on the implementation of the RRF; re-iterate its calls on the Commission to keep working with the Court in order to bring the interpretation of M&Ts as close together as possible;

    Implementation and impact

    241.  Urges the Commission to minimise risks that Member States might chose not to receive parts or the entire amounts of the last payment request, thus avoiding the fulfilment of the last M&Ts and jeopardising the overall implementation of the RRPs; is extremely concerned about the additional risks of measures being reversed after the RRF lifetime, and urges the Commission, when making the final payments, to ensure that such situations will not occur;

    242.  Emphasises that, according to the Commission’s mid-term evaluation of the RRF of 21 February 2024, Member States highlighted the need to mobilise more resources than initially planned to revise the RRPs, and that the efficiency of the performance-based approach is reduced by the ‘excessively complex procedures’ for the plan modifications, which do not distinguish between major or minor amendments and require Council approval for any modification;

    243.  Stresses that for control and audits in the RRF, Member States should put in place arrangements to prevent, detect and correct corruption, fraud and conflicts of interests, and that the Commission performs ex-post and system audits on M&Ts; stresses that some confusion persists with respect to the role of the Court, which has developed a strategy (2021-2025 Strategy) for carrying out its responsibilities for the NGEU programme and the RRF, which some Member States perceive as an unnecessary overlap and administrative burden; is concerned that the Commission, both in its mid-term evaluation of the RRF of 21 February 2024 and its RRF Annual Report of 10 October 2024, acknowledged that Member States’ authorities at all levels found the audit and control procedures to be too complex, and that Member States complained about overlapping audits by national authorities, the Commission and the Court; fully supports the Court work on the RRF; welcomes that the Commission has admitted and accepted that the Court has a full audit mandate on RRF, which is one of the foundation for the Parliament discharge on the RRF funds; recommends to the Member States to cooperate with the European Court of Auditors;

    244.  Is concerned that the Commission Annual Report of 10 October 2024 on the RRF implementation highlighted the entry costs for Member States’ administrations, with room for further simplification; notes, according to this Commission’s Annual Report, that concerning the design of the instrument, in the mid-term evaluation Member States referred to the combined obligations linked to (i) the evidence needed to prove fulfilment of M&Ts, (ii) demanding reporting requirements, for example the common indicators and the bi-annual data; and (iii) the audit and control framework; recalls that Member States see room for simplifying control and audit procedures, ensuring better coordination among the actors involved and avoiding multiple checks; also notes, again according to the Commission RRF Annual Report 2024, that some national authorities also pointed to inflexibility in the Commission’s assessment of milestones and targets and the rigid and resource-intensive procedures to revise RRPs;

    245.  Notes that one of the objectives of the RRF is to help Member States to implement ambitious reforms and investments that make their economies and societies more sustainable, resilient and prepared for the green and digital transitions; highlights with concerns the finding of the Court in its Special Report 15/2024 underlining the lack of relevance, quality and comparability of data submitted by the Member States, with data insufficient to evaluate progress on climate adaptation in the Member States, and thus paving the way for possible greenwashing; expresses concern that the RRF could become a financial vehicle for superficial rebranding of conventional expenditures as ‘green’; encourages the Commission to introduce a mechanism within the RRF framework to track the environmental impact of investments and ensure alignment with the Union’s climate objectives;

    246.  Highlights the RRF impact on the Union business and SMEs; notes that RRF has provided EUR 78 billion in direct support to SMEs, representing 12 % of total RRF expenditure, and that broader measures benefiting businesses amount to EUR 152 billion (23 % of total RRF spending); notes that EUR 2,75 million SMEs, approximately 11 % of all active SMEs in the Union, have received support through the RRF; underlines that nearly 600 000 businesses have benefited from digitalisation initiatives, while EUR 5,2 billion have been allocated to green transition projects, including renewable energy and hydrogen;

    247.  Highlights with concern that the facilitation of cross-border projects has not worked out; deplores that, despite the inclusion in the RRPs of several measures linked to Important Projects of Common Interest (‘IPCEIs’) and cross-border measures in the REPowerEU chapters, the national governance of the Facility has not sufficiently promoted cross-border cooperation; strongly insists that Union financing should be better linked with the achievement of common Union objectives and should generate EU added value;

    248.  Emphasises that the Commission Annual Report of 10 October 2024 on the RRF implementation acknowledged the insufficient involvement of Member States of regional and local authorities, civil society organisations, social partners, and other relevant stakeholders in the preparation and the implementation of the national RRPs; calls for their close involvement in the implementation of the national RRPs on the ground;

    249.  Urges the Commission not to approve any revision of RRPs, which may lead to a re-packaging of planned reforms or investments into the RRPs if they don’t respect the conditions of the RRF Regulation; notes that any revision should always aim to create added value and increase synergies;

    Transparency

    250.  Recalls that, while Member States are not required to publish all data on final recipients, Regulation (EU) 2023/435 of the European Parliament and of the Council(22) amending the RRF Regulation requires Member States to publish information on the 100 final recipients receiving the highest amount of funding under the RRF; welcomes that on 10 October 2024, the Commission published, as part of the RRF Annual Report 2024, a dedicated Annex to provide further clarity on the concept of final recipients under the RRF Regulation and the scope of the publication of data on the largest 100 final recipients; expresses deep concern over the interpretation of the Commission of the concept of “final recipient” under the RRF, as often they are listed only at the ministry level, and that the descriptions are vague, with many examples available in almost all lists provided by Member States; reiterates its demand that the list of 100 largest final recipients provides the factual natural person or entity that is the last in a chain of money transfers to be made available in a publicly accessible database to enhance accountability and enable independent oversight, while respecting the legal framework of Union data protection; is concerned that otherwise it will be problematic to measure the impact and guarantee visibility of the RRF funds to the citizens, although also takes into account the RRF Scoreboard and the project map; stresses that, should the Commission continue to refuse to ensure full transparency, Parliament must consider all available measures to enforce compliance, to prevent a similar interpretation from being applied to the transparency provisions in other financial regulations;

    251.  Reminds the Commission that the letter and spirit of the RRF Regulation must be strictly followed, and that the adoption of guidelines or other internal documents must be fully in line with the results of the negotiations between the co-legislators; is convinced that this has not been the case when the Commission adopted the provisions related to the interpretation of what a “final recipient” is in its Guidance on RRPs in the context of REPowerEU;

    252.  Notes that not being able to ascertain final recipients of RRF funding poses a severe risk to the transparency and traceability of Union funds and thus to the protection of the financial interests of the Union;

    253.  Recalls that a robust IT infrastructure is essential for data collection, programme monitoring and evaluation, and that managing authorities and beneficiaries are critical of the level of information required and duplication with other domestic systems; notes that, in contrast to the Cohesion Policy, the Court under the RRF pointed to the different structures and approaches used by national monitoring authorities, which could be perceived as less reliable by providing non-homogeneous information and leaving room for a potentially high number of errors; stresses that, in this respect, centralised interoperable systems facilitate efficient data collection and reporting, while fragmented systems underscore the need for streamlined approaches;

    254.  Welcomes that the ‘FR recast’ establishes horizontal measures for a centralised website (Financial Transparency System) at Union level, covering all recipients of Union funding, and notes that this website is due to overcome the current fragmentation, enhance transparency, and facilitate public scrutiny of recipients; notes that the Commission, as from the next MFF (i.e. post 2027) will be required to use the relevant data stored in the data mining and risk-scoring tool, Arachne, to feed the centralised website for transparency purposes, and that, in line with data protection rules, the website will include only public data, e.g. relevant data on recipients, contractors, subcontractors, and beneficiaries; further stresses that all Member States will have an obligation to provide the Commission with access to this data, to be fed into Arachne by automated means; regrets that the use of Arachne by Member States is not compulsory;

    255.  Notes that the final M&T of the national RRPs must be completed by 31 August 2026 according to Articles 18(4) and 20(5) of the Regulation; recalls the need for the Commission to work closely with every Member State to speed up implementation on the ground including through providing regular guidance and, upon request, technical assistance to help the implementation of the plans; re-iterates its concerns about the possibility of the reversal of M&Ts after the lifetime of the RRF, and urges the Commission to prevent such situations;

    256.  Calls on the Commission to reject any request of revision of RRPs which would lower the overall ambition of the plan or would eliminate important structural reforms from the RRPs, and to prioritise the completion of measures related to CSRs in RRPs; further calls on the Commission to step up its technical assistance to Member States lagging behind in the RRF implementation;

    Recommendations

    257.  Calls on the Commission to act on the Court’s recommendations from its Annual Report as well as those of its related special reports, and welcomes that the Commission accepts the vast majority of them; calls on the Commission to implement them and to keep the discharge authority informed on the progress of the implementation;

    258.  Calls on the Commission to grant full access to the Court to the new reporting tool on the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), FENIX as soon as possible;

    259.  Furthermore, calls on the Commission to:

       (i) carefully balance auditing and control requirements with the administrative burden imposed on Member States and beneficiaries of future performance-based instruments, while maintaining a sufficient level of control and audit that would grant a solid protection of the Union financial interests;
       (ii) closely monitor the continued fulfilment of M&Ts, in particular those related to audit, monitoring and control and ensure an adequate monitoring of any potential reversal of previously completed M&Ts;
       (iii) use the results of its checks on Member States control systems to express a clear conclusion on their effectiveness and take all appropriate measures;
       (iv) establish one single contact point for Member States on the Statement of Assurance at the Commission to which the Court can have access without further burdening Member States with requests for additional proofs;
       (v) record and monitor systematically all irregularities and all frauds affecting RRF funds;
       (vi) consistently and accurately apply the provisions related to the “final recipients”, of the RRF Regulation, by revising its Guidance on RRPs in the context of REPowerEU, and to communicate with Member States on the correct application of the definition of “final recipients”; calls on the Commission to come forward with proposals requiring Member States to publish details of all final recipients;
       (vii) streamline its control on the M&Ts through the implementation of a Single Audit approach, which would allow reduction of the administrative burden, the consolidation of audit responsibilities between the Commission and the Court, the coordination of audit timelines and requirements to avoid duplication and overlapping controls and audits, but at the same time ensuring the full protection of the Union financial interests;
       (viii) support Member States in making IT systems truly interoperable, so as to facilitate efficient data collection, reporting and exchange between various government departments and agencies to allow the minimisation of the risks of double funding, actively cross-check between relevant databases, and communicate with Member States about their administrative capacities to ensure double funding does not occur; notes in this regard, the positive examples provided at the Court Conference on Transparency and Traceability of EU Recovery and Resilience Funding in October 2024;
       (ix) work closely with Member States to ensure that M&Ts, in particular those of a structural nature or linked with CSRs, are fully and diligently implemented, and that no revision of RRPs will be approved in cases where ambition has been lowered or important measures have been weakened; avoid, to the extent possible, the revision of plans that would represent a “re-packaging” of planned measures into the RRPs if they don’t respect the conditions of the RRF Regulation;
       (x) strictly apply the provisions of the RRF Regulation, including those regarding suspension of payments or recoveries of amounts, in particular if the protection of the financial interests of the Union is not ensured;
       (xi) apply very strictly the methodology on partial payments, including as regards structural measures and measures linked to the implementation of CSRs;
       (xii) develop a methodology based on quality and comparability of data to evaluate progress on green and digital transitions, as well as the tangible benefits, in the Member States;
       (xiii) ensure that Member States diligently apply the visibility provisions of the RRF, making sure that measures implemented through the Facility are adequately flagged as funded by the Union;
       (xiv) provide technical assistance, administrative support and advice to Member States to strengthen their administrative capacity, including through the organisation of regular meetings of the Informal Expert Group on the implementation of the RRF to discuss technical aspects and encourage the exchange of good practices amongst national authorities;
       (xv) perform, whenever a revision of the RRPs is proposed, a comprehensive analysis of new and existing measures and whether they would substitute recurring budgetary expenditure or would be in breach of other eligibility conditions of the RRPs;
       (xvi) provide training and support to Member States to increase administrative capacities including training on specialised skills, knowledge and providing examples of best practices;
       (xvii) keep working with the Court in order to bring the interpretation of M&Ts as close together as possible;
       (xviii) use the recommendations of the Court from its work on the RRF and the experience gained in the implementation for the design of the next multiannual financial framework architecture including the implementation of future Union performance-based instruments;
       (xix) strengthen the design of future performance-based instruments by ensuring a closer link between disbursements and progress in implementation;
       (xx) ensure that any future revision, as well as the overall implementation, of RRPs is done in close cooperation with and consultation of local and regional authorities, and other relevant stakeholders in order to maximise the RRP’s impact;
       (xxi) analyse the weaknesses present in performance-based instruments, and address these weaknesses when designing new programmes in the future;
       (xxii) build, in the next MFF, on a high-level of interoperability and data exchange between various government departments and agencies to facilitate efficient data sharing and real-time updates across multiple platforms in order to allow to track overlapping projects, minimising the risks of double counting and double funding.
    (1) The 11th EDF covers the 2021-2027 MFF.
    (2) ‘The future of European competitiveness’, 9 September 2024.
    (3) Special report 05/2024: EU Transparency Register – provides useful but limited information on lobbying activities.
    (4) Special Report 11/2025 Transparency of EU funding granted to NGOs – despite progress, the overview is still not reliable.
    (5) https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/P-10-2025-000595-ASW_EN.pdf.
    (6) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32021R0783.
    (7) https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/P-10-2025-000595-ASW_EN.pdf.
    (8) OJ C, C/2024/5882, 9.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5882/oj.
    (9) ECA Special Report 07/2024: The Commission’s systems for recovering irregular EU expenditure – Potential to recover more and faster.
    (10) OJ C, C/2024/5882, 9.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5882/oj.
    (11) COM(2023) 258.
    (12) ECA Special Report 16/2024: EU revenue based on non‑recycled plastic packaging waste – A challenging start hindered by data that is not sufficiently comparable or reliable.
    (13) Council Directive (EU) 2018/822 of 25 May 2018 amending Directive 2011/16/EU as regards mandatory automatic exchange of information in the field of taxation in relation to reportable cross-border arrangements (OJ L 139, 5.6.2018, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2018/822/oj).
    (14) ECA 2023 Annual Report para 1.35.
    (15) Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy (OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 159; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1060/oj).
    (16) Commission Decision of 13.12.2023 on the reassessment, on the Commission’s initiative, of the fulfilment of the conditions under Article 4 of Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 following Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 regarding Hungary, C(2023)8999.
    (17) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj).
    (18) Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 of 17 December 2020 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027 (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 11; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2093/oj).
    (19) Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility (OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 17; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/241/oj).
    (20) Angola, Benin, Côte d’Ivoire, Fiji, Ghana, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Madagascar, Malawi, Mauritius, Mozambique, The Gambia, Togo and Uganda.
    (21) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2023/2841 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2023 laying down measures for a high common level of cybersecurity at the institutions, bodies, offices and agencies of the Union (OJ L, 2023/2841, 18.12.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/2841/oj).
    (22) Regulation (EU) 2023/435 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2023 amending Regulation (EU) 2021/241 as regards REPowerEU chapters in recovery and resilience plans and amending Regulations (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) 2021/1060 and (EU) 2021/1755, and Directive 2003/87/EC (OJ L 63, 28.2.2023, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/435/oj).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Booker, Schiff Reintroduce Bicameral Legislation to Boost Teacher Compensation

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Jersey Cory Booker
    WASHINGTON, D.C. — During Teacher Appreciation Week, U.S. Senators Cory Booker (D-N.J.) and Adam Schiff (D-CA) reintroduced the bicameral Respect, Advancement, and Increasing Support for Educators (RAISE) Act, legislation that would boost teacher compensation by putting tax money back in their pockets and help diversify the teaching workforce. The bill would provide educators with a minimum of $1000 in refundable tax credits and as much as $15,000.
    Teachers play a critical role in shaping young lives throughout our nation. Currently, public elementary and secondary teachers earn about 27 percent less than similarly educated professions. Based on a worldwide comparison, the average salary gap between teachers and others with comparable educational backgrounds is greater in the U.S. than in any other OECD country with available data.
    There were over 41,000 unfilled teacher positions that same year. Teacher shortages across the U.S. leave instruction in high-need subjects like science, math, special education, and English language development understaffed. Furthermore, according to a recent analysis of state-reported teacher shortage data, 49 states plus the District of Columbia employed over 365,000 teachers who were not fully certified for their teaching assignment in 2024. Additionally, high poverty districts also experience higher rates of teacher turnover, leaving students from families with low incomes at greater risk of experiencing a shortage. Low wages are often cited as a source of high turnover and teacher vacancies.
    Through refundable tax credits, the RAISE Act will help boost the compensation of early childhood, elementary, and secondary school teachers. Depending on the level of poverty in the schools educators serve, public school teachers would be eligible for a tax credit up to $15,000. The bill would also double the educator tax deduction, which teachers can use to offset the cost of school supplies and expand eligibility to early childhood educators.
    “Teachers are the backbone of our education system, and tasked every day with the responsibility to help shape and develop the minds of our nation’s children,” said Senator Booker. “It’s unacceptable that despite the invaluable role they play in our society, teachers are still underpaid and undervalued. This legislation aims to provide up to $15,000 in tax credits for public school teachers so we can close the wage gap and finally give our educators a much needed raise.”
    “Public education is the foundation of upward mobility in our society and the chance for a better life, and our teachers play the most vital role. If we want to attract and retain the best teachers amidst all of the challenges of staffing shortages, large classrooms and aging facilities, they need our support. We must provide teachers with the long-overdue wage increases they deserve for shaping the next generation of citizens and leaders,” said Senator Schiff.
    “The Trump agenda of gutting the Department of Education while slashing taxes for the ultra-wealthy will ultimately take money out of the pockets of hard-working New Jersey educators and families,” said NJEA President Sean Spiller. “Trump’s cuts to education funding and his billionaire tax giveaways will mean fewer resources for children, especially students with special needs, and less money to support New Jersey’s educators and our best-in-the-nation public schools. We applaud Senator Booker for the RAISE Act of 2025, which provides tax breaks where they belong: to working class educators and to parents.”
    “The RAISE Act introduced by Senator Booker recognizes the commitment and dedication of our early childhood, elementary and secondary school teachers. While giving tax credits doesn’t solve the underpaying of teachers, it will help with a school district’s recruiting and retention efforts. The bill also rewards districts that maintain or increase salaries with additional grants that can be used for more recruiting and retention efforts especially in our neediest districts. AFTNJ thanks Senator Booker for introducing and continuing to advocate for this important and necessary legislation,” said Jennifer S. Higgins, President, American Federation of Teachers New Jersey (AFTNJ).
    The RAISE Act would improve financial compensation for elementary, secondary, and early childhood teachers to help address the teacher shortage and wage disparity. Specifically, the legislation would:
    Create Refundable Tax Credits for Educators: 
    A sliding scale tax credit of up to $15,000 for public school teachers, with the highest credits for educators in high-poverty schools.
    Up to $15,000 for early childhood educators with a bachelor’s degree and up to $10,000 for those with an associate degree or CDA credential. 
    $1,000 refundable tax credit for all eligible early childhood and K–12 educators.

    Increase the educator tax deduction to $500 to offset teacher’s purchases of school supplies. 
    Increase, by nearly $3 billion, annual mandatory funding for the Elementary and Secondary Education Act’s Title II, which supports educator recruitment, retention, professional development, and class size reduction. 
    Create and fund a federal grant program to incentivize local educational agencies to increase teacher salaries and strengthen, retain, and diversify the educator workforce. 
    The RAISE Act is endorsed by the following organizations: National Education Association (NEA), New Jersey Education Association (NJEA), Prepared To Teach, Public Advocacy for Kids (PAK), The Teacher Salary Project, Council for Exceptional Children (CEC), National Writing Project, First Five Years Fund, Education Law Center (ELC), Association for Career and Technical Education (ACTE), Center for Black Educator Development, Educational Testing Service (ETS), National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE), AASA – The School Superintendents Association, National Center for Learning Disabilities (NCLD), Early Edge California, National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), American Federation of Teachers (AFT), The Education Trust (EdTrust), National Association for Music Education (NAfME), First Focus Campaign for Children, Deans for Impact (DFI), National Parents Union, All4Ed, NAACP, Teacher Education Division of the Council for Exceptional Children, Joint National Committee for Languages (JNCL), Center for American Progress (CAP), American Association of School Personnel Administrators (AASPA), Institute for Educational Leadership (IEL), TEACH, Council of Administrators of Special Education (CASE), Education Reform Now, National Women’s Law Center (NWLC), Association of Latino Administrators and Superintendents (ALAS), Leading Educators, Association of Educational Service Agencies (AESA), Thurgood Marshall College Fund, Hispanic Association of Colleges and Universities (HACU), Public Advocates, ZERO TO THREE, National PTA, National Center for Languages and International Studies, Advance CTE, AFL-CIO California Federation of Teachers (CFT), American Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial Organizations (AFL-CIO), UnidosUS, American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education (AACTE), MomsRising, and Educators for Excellence, the Southern Education Foundation.
    The bill is cosponsored by U.S. Senators Alex Padilla (D-CA), Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), Chris Van Hollen (D-MD), Jacky Rosen (D-NV), and Angela Alsobrooks (D-MD).
    To read the full text of the bill, click here.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: JD.com Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BEIJING, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — JD.com, Inc. (NASDAQ: JD and HKEX: 9618 (HKD counter) and 89618 (RMB counter), the “Company” or “JD.com”), a leading supply chain-based technology and service provider, today announced its unaudited financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net revenues were RMB301.1 billion (US$141.5 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of 15.8% from the first quarter of 2024.
    • Income from operations was RMB10.5 billion (US$1.5 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB7.7 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Operating margin was 3.5% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.0% for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP2income from operations was RMB11.7 billion (US$1.6 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB8.9 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP operating margin was 3.9% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.4% for the first quarter of 2024. Operating margin of JD Retail before unallocated items was 4.9% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 4.1% for the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders was RMB10.9 billion (US$1.5 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB7.1 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Net margin attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders was 3.6% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.7% for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders was RMB12.8 billion (US$1.8 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB8.9 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP net margin attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders was 4.2% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.4% for the first quarter of 2024.
    • Diluted net income per ADS was RMB7.19 (US$0.99) for the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB4.53 for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP diluted net income per ADS was RMB8.41 (US$1.16) for the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB5.65 for the first quarter of 2024.

    “We saw a strong start to the year, with solid results on both the top and bottom lines in Q1,” said Sandy Xu, Chief Executive Officer of JD.com. “Our performance was supported by improving consumer sentiment and continued enhancements to JD’s supply chain capabilities and user experience. User growth was particularly strong during the quarter, reflecting the increasing trust and mindshare JD has earned from consumers and further strengthening our ecosystem. We are also seeing encouraging signs from new initiatives, and we believe these emerging opportunities will further position us for long-term, high-quality growth.”

    “In the first quarter, both our product and service revenues achieved double-digit growth year-on-year, further accelerating on a sequential basis, while bottom line also continued to expand steadily,” said Ian Su Shan, Chief Financial Officer of JD.com. “In particular, we maintained and further enhanced robust momentum of our core JD Retail business, while exploring exciting new opportunities for our long-term success. We also remained very committed to shareholder returns. We completed our annual dividend payout in April, and further executed upon our share repurchase program during the first quarter.”

    Updates of Share Repurchase Program

    Pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase program of up to US$5.0 billion adopted in August 2024 and effective through August 2027, the Company repurchased a total of approximately 80.7 million Class A ordinary shares (equivalent to 40.4 million ADSs) for a total of approximately US$1.5 billion from January 1, 2025 to the date of this announcement. The remaining amount under the share repurchase program was US$3.5 billion as of the date of this announcement.

    The total number of shares repurchased by the Company from January 1, 2025 to the date of this announcement amounted to approximately 2.8% of its ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 20243. All of these ordinary shares were repurchased from both Nasdaq and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to the share repurchase program.

    Business Highlights

    • JD Retail:In the first quarter, JD.com deepened its strategic partnerships with leading digital product manufacturers such as Xiaomi. The collaborations focus on product innovation, marketing initiatives, and other key areas, aiming to capture the emerging market opportunities driven by consumption support policies and the rise of AI large language models. Together with its partners, JD.com is committed to providing its users with more intelligent and diverse product offerings, along with enhanced purchasing and service experience.

      In the first quarter, JD.com debuted a range of new products online from renowned fashion brands, such as La Prairie, Crocs, and Massimo Dutti. Leveraging its platform advantages and integrated supply chain capabilities, JD.com is dedicated to offering an enriched selection of fashionable products and superior shopping experience for a wide range of consumers.

      In April, JD.com announced the launch of an export-to-domestic sales program. JD.com aims to procure no less than RMB200 billion worth of export-oriented goods for domestic sales. Through this initiative, JD.com will work with Chinese manufactures to strengthen their presence in the domestic market and provide consumers with more better and cheaper products.

    • New Business:In February 2025, JD.com officially launched its food delivery business. Starting from core retail, JD is expanding into on-demand retail and food delivery, meeting users’ demands in various scenarios. Rooted in the Company’s ecosystem, JD Food Delivery is not a stand-alone business. It operates in a market with big opportunities and demands, such as users’ demand for quality meals, merchants’ need for reasonable commissions, and riders’ desire for better protections. JD has the right strength, culture and advantage to address such opportunities and demands, particularly with its “better and cheaper” user mindshare, the “thirty-five cents” principle that insists on only reasonable profit margins, and its strong logistics operation and management capabilities. JD Food Delivery is set to generate synergetic effects with the Company’s existing businesses, including enriching location-based product supplies, upgrading last mile fulfillment network, and contributing to user growth and engagement. JD Food Delivery has achieved substantial progress in a very brief time, a proof of the great potentials of the food delivery industry and JD’s precise grasp of the industry demands and strong execution capabilities.
    • JD Health:In the first quarter, JD Health further strengthened its position as the first online marketplace for new and specialty medicine launches. It debuted several innovative medicines online during the quarter from pharmaceutical companies including Pfizer, Esteve, Innogen, and others, broadening treatment options for patients. In addition, JD Health also deepened its collaborations with leading healthcare product companies, including By-Health, Yan Palace, and LifeStyles, driving synergies in product innovation, digitalization of supply chain, and precision marketing.

      In the first quarter, JD Health made significant progress in medical AI, continuously promoting the application of AI in healthcare services, specialized diagnosis and treatment, and health management. JD Health Online Hospital has seen over 80% of its medical consultation orders aided with AI services. Its AI nutritionist has also achieved a user satisfaction rate of 91%.

    • JD Logistics:In the first quarter, JD Logistics (“JDL”) continued to expand its global footprint. In January, JDL officially launched an international air cargo route between Shenzhen, China, and Bangkok, Thailand, enabling more efficient cross-border flow of goods. In March, JDL’s second warehouse in Warsaw, Poland commenced operations, offering integrated supply chain and logistics services to support both Chinese enterprises and local European businesses with streamlined and efficient logistics solutions.

      On March 24, 2025, JDL officially launched its operations center in Hong Kong, marking a significant step-up in expanding the coverage of its express delivery network and boosting service efficiency in the region. Since upgrading its services in Hong Kong in October 2023, JDL has been persistently deepening its footprint in the market. It has been providing premium express delivery services to consumers, and at the same time, cultivating a mutually beneficial ecosystem in collaboration with local businesses.

    Environment, Social and Governance

    • Starting from March 1, 2025, JD.com has begun to contribute the social insurances and the housing fund for its full-time food delivery riders, including both portions that are to be contributed by employers and individuals. In addition, JD.com will also provide accident and health insurances for its part-time food delivery riders. JD.com has become the first platform in China to provide such extensive social benefit coverage for full-time food delivery riders.
    • As a testament to JD.com’s unwavering commitment to creating more jobs and making contribution to the society, the total personnel under the JD Ecosystem4 was approximately 700,000 as of March 31, 2025, including the Company’s employees, part-time staff and interns, as well as the personnel of the Company’s affiliates in the JD Ecosystem. The total expenditure for such human resources, together with the expenditure for external personnel who work for the JD Ecosystem, amounted to RMB128.8 billion for the twelve months ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Net Revenues. Net revenues increased to RMB301.1 billion (US$41.5 billion) by 15.8% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB260.0 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Net product revenues increased by 16.2%, while net service revenues increased by 14.0% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased to RMB253.2 billion (US$34.9 billion) by 15.0% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB220.3 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Fulfillment Expenses. Fulfillment expenses, which primarily include procurement, warehousing, delivery, customer service and payment processing expenses, increased to RMB19.7 billion (US$2.7 billion) by 17.4% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB16.8 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Fulfillment expenses as a percentage of net revenues was 6.6% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 6.5% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Marketing Expenses. Marketing expenses increased to RMB10.5 billion (US$1.5 billion) by 13.9% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB9.3 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenues was 3.5% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.6% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased to RMB4.6 billion (US$0.6 billion) by 14.6% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB4.0 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Research and development expenses as a percentage of net revenues was 1.5% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.6% for the first quarter of 2024.

    General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased to RMB2.4 billion (US$0.3 billion) by 22.2% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB2.0 billion for the first quarter of 2024. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues remained stable at 0.8% for the first quarter of 2025 and 2024.

    Income from Operations and Non-GAAP Income from Operations. Income from operations increased to RMB10.5 billion (US$1.5 billion) by 36.8% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB7.7 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Operating margin was 3.5% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.0% for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP income from operations increased to RMB11.7 billion (US$1.6 billion) by 31.4% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB8.9 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP operating margin was 3.9% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.4% for the first quarter of 2024. Operating margin of JD Retail before unallocated items for the first quarter of 2025 was 4.9%, compared to 4.1% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Non-GAAP EBITDA. Non-GAAP EBITDA increased to RMB13.7 billion (US$1.9 billion) by 27.0% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB10.8 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP EBITDA margin was 4.6% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 4.1% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Net Income Attributable to the Companys Ordinary Shareholders and Non-GAAP Net Income Attributable to the Companys Ordinary Shareholders. Net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders increased to RMB10.9 billion (US$1.5 billion) by 52.7% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB7.1 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Net margin attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders was 3.6% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.7% for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders increased to RMB12.8 billion (US$1.8 billion) by 43.4% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB8.9 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP net margin attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders was 4.2% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.4% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Diluted EPS and Non-GAAP Diluted EPS. Diluted net income per ADS increased to RMB7.19 (US$0.99) by 58.7% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB4.53 for the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP diluted net income per ADS increased to RMB8.41 (US$1.16) by 48.8% for the first quarter of 2025 from RMB5.65 for the first quarter of 2024.

    Cash Flow and Working Capital

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments totaled RMB203.4 billion (US$28.0 billion), compared to RMB241.4 billion as of December 31, 2024. For the first quarter of 2025, free cash flow of the Company was as follows:

        For the three months ended
        March 31,
    2024
        March 31,
    2025
        March 31,
    2025
        RMB RMB US$
        (In millions)
         
    Net cash used in operating activities   (11,315 )   (18,262 )   (2,517 )
    Less: Impact from consumer financing receivables included in the operating cash flow   (1,281 )   (1,018 )   (140 )
    Less: Capital expenditures, net of related sales proceeds   (2,880 )   (2,323 )   (320 )
    Capital expenditures for development properties   (1,360 )   (915 )   (126 )
    Other capital expenditures*   (1,520 )   (1,408 )   (194 )
    Free cash flow   (15,476 )   (21,603 )   (2,977 )
                       

    * Including capital expenditures related to the Company’s headquarters in Beijing and all other CAPEX.

    Net cash provided by investing activities was RMB16.2 billion (US$2.2 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, consisting primarily of net cash received from maturity of time deposits and wealth management products and cash received from disposal of equity investments and investment securities, partially offset by cash paid for capital expenditures.

    Net cash used in financing activities was RMB7.3 billion (US$1.0 billion) for the first quarter of 2025, consisting primarily of net cash paid for repayment of borrowings and cash paid for repurchase of ordinary shares.

    For the twelve months ended March 31, 2025, free cash flow of the Company was as follows:

        For the twelve months ended
        March 31,
    2024
        March 31,
    2025
        March 31,
    2025
        RMB RMB US$
        (In millions)
         
    Net cash provided by operating activities   69,813     51,148     7,048  
    (Less)/Add: Impact from consumer financing receivables included in the operating cash flow   (1,191 )   131     18  
    Less: Capital expenditures, net of related sales proceeds   (18,045 )   (13,666 )   (1,883 )
    Capital expenditures for development properties   (11,332 )   (6,841 )   (943 )
    Other capital expenditures   (6,713 )   (6,825 )   (940 )
    Free cash flow   50,577     37,613     5,183  
                       

    Supplemental Information

    The Company reports three reportable segments, JD Retail, JD Logistics, and New businesses. JD Retail, including JD Health and JD Industrials, among other operating segments, mainly engages in online retail, online marketplace and marketing services in China. JD Logistics includes both internal and external logistics businesses. New Businesses mainly include Dada, JD Property, Jingxi and overseas businesses.

      For the three months ended  
      March 31,
    2024 
      March 31,
    2025 
      March 31,
    2025
     
      RMB RMB US$  
      (In millions, except percentage data)  
    Net revenues:        
    JD Retail 226,835     263,845     36,359    
    JD Logistics 42,137     46,967     6,472    
    New Businesses 4,870     5,753     793    
    Inter-segment eliminations* (13,793 )   (15,483 )   (2,134 )  
    Total consolidated net revenues 260,049     301,082     41,490    
    Less: cost of revenues:        
    JD Retail (190,062 )   (219,395 )   (30,234 )  
    JD Logistics (39,052 )   (43,785 )   (6,034 )  
    New Businesses (4,031 )   (4,586 )   (632 )  
    Inter-segment eliminations* 12,892     14,539     2,004    
    Less: operating expenses:        
    JD Retail (27,448 )   (31,604 )   (4,355 )  
    JD Logistics (2,861 )   (3,037 )   (418 )  
    New Businesses (1,509 )   (2,494 )   (344 )  
    Inter-segment eliminations* 901     944     130    
    Income/(loss) from operations:        
    JD Retail 9,325     12,846     1,770    
    JD Logistics 224     145     20    
    New Businesses (670 )   (1,327 )   (183 )  
    Total segment income from operations 8,879     11,664     1,607    
    Unallocated items** (1,179 )   (1,131 )   (156 )  
    Total consolidated income from operations 7,700     10,533     1,451    
    Share of results of equity investees (730 )   1,330     183    
    Interest expense (601 )   (600 )   (82 )  
    Others, net 2,696     2,079     287    
    Total consolidated income before tax 9,065     13,342     1,839    
             
    YoY% change of net revenues:        
    JD Retail 6.8 %   16.3 %      
    JD Logistics 14.7 %   11.5 %      
    New Businesses (19.2 )%   18.1 %      
             
    Operating margin:        
    JD Retail 4.1 %   4.9 %      
    JD Logistics 0.5 %   0.3 %      
    New Businesses (13.8 )%   (23.1 )%      
                     

    * The inter-segment eliminations mainly consist of revenues from supply chain solutions and logistics services provided by JD Logistics to JD Retail, on-demand delivery and retail services provided by Dada to JD Retail and JD Logistics, and property leasing services provided by JD Property to JD Logistics.

    ** Unallocated items include share-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions, effects of business cooperation arrangements, and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, which are not allocated to segments.

    The table below sets forth the revenue information:

      For the three months ended  
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
    YoY%
    Change
      RMB   RMB   US$  
      (In millions, except percentage data)
    Electronics and home appliances revenues 123,212   144,295   19,884 17.1 %
    General merchandise revenues 85,296   98,014   13,507 14.9 %
    Net product revenues 208,508   242,309   33,391 16.2 %
    Marketplace and marketing revenues 19,289   22,320   3,076 15.7 %
    Logistics and other service revenues 32,252   36,453   5,023 13.0 %
    Net service revenues 51,541   58,773   8,099 14.0 %
    Total net revenues 260,049   301,082   41,490 15.8 %
                   


    Conference Call

    JD.com’s management will hold a conference call at 8:00 am, Eastern Time on May 13, 2025, (8:00 pm, Beijing/Hong Kong Time on May 13, 2025) to discuss the first quarter 2025 financial results.

    Please register in advance of the conference using the link provided below and dial in 15 minutes prior to the call, using participant dial-in numbers, the Passcode and unique access PIN which would be provided upon registering. You will be automatically linked to the live call after completion of this process, unless required to provide the conference ID below due to regional restrictions.

    PRE-REGISTER LINK: https://s1.c-conf.com/diamondpass/10046856-37hfgr.html

    CONFERENCE ID: 10046856

    A telephone replay will be available for one week until May 20, 2025. The dial-in details are as follows:

    US: +1-855-883-1031
    International: +61-7-3107-6325
    Hong Kong: 800-930-639
    Chinese Mainland: 400-120-9216
    Passcode: 10046856
       

    Additionally, a live and archived webcast of the conference call will also be available on the JD.com’s investor relations website at http://ir.jd.com.

    About JD.com

    JD.com is a leading supply chain-based technology and service provider. The Company’s cutting-edge retail infrastructure seeks to enable consumers to buy whatever they want, whenever and wherever they want it. The Company has opened its technology and infrastructure to partners, brands and other sectors, as part of its Retail as a Service offering to help drive productivity and innovation across a range of industries.

    Non-GAAP Measures

    In evaluating the business, the Company considers and uses non-GAAP measures, such as non-GAAP income/(loss) from operations, non-GAAP operating margin, non-GAAP net income/(loss) attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders, non-GAAP net margin attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders, free cash flow, non-GAAP EBITDA, non-GAAP EBITDA margin, non-GAAP net income/(loss) per share and non-GAAP net income/(loss) per ADS, as supplemental measures to review and assess operating performance. The presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company defines non-GAAP income/(loss) from operations as income/(loss) from operations excluding share-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions, effects of business cooperation arrangements, gain on sale of development properties and impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets. The Company defines non-GAAP net income/(loss) attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders as net income/(loss) attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders excluding share-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions, effects of business cooperation arrangements and non-compete agreements, gain/(loss) on disposals/deemed disposals of investments and others, reconciling items on the share of equity method investments, loss/(gain) from fair value change of long-term investments, impairment of goodwill, long-lived assets and investments, gain on sale of development properties and tax effects on non-GAAP adjustments. The Company defines free cash flow as operating cash flow adjusting the impact from consumer financing receivables included in the operating cash flow and capital expenditures, net of related sales proceeds. Capital expenditures include purchase of property, equipment and software, cash paid for construction in progress, purchase of intangible assets, land use rights and asset acquisitions. The Company defines non-GAAP EBITDA as non-GAAP income/(loss) from operations plus depreciation and amortization excluding amortization of intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions. Non-GAAP basic net income/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing non-GAAP net income/(loss) attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods. Non-GAAP diluted net income/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing non-GAAP net income/(loss) attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares outstanding during the periods, including the dilutive effects of share-based awards as determined under the treasury stock method and convertible senior notes. Non-GAAP net income/(loss) per ADS is equal to non-GAAP net income/(loss) per share multiplied by two.

    The Company presents these non-GAAP financial measures because they are used by management to evaluate operating performance and formulate business plans. Non-GAAP income/(loss) from operations, non-GAAP net income/(loss) attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders and non-GAAP EBITDA reflect the Company’s ongoing business operations in a manner that allows more meaningful period-to-period comparisons. Free cash flow enables management to assess liquidity and cash flow while taking into account the impact from consumer financing receivables included in the operating cash flow and the demands that the expansion of fulfillment infrastructure and technology platform has placed on financial resources. The Company believes that the use of the non-GAAP financial measures facilitates investors to understand and evaluate the Company’s current operating performance and future prospects in the same manner as management does, if they so choose. The Company also believes that the non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to both management and investors by excluding certain expenses, gain/loss and other items that are not expected to result in future cash payments or that are non-recurring in nature or may not be indicative of the Company’s core operating results and business outlook.

    The non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools. The Company’s non-GAAP financial measures do not reflect all items of income and expense that affect the Company’s operations or not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. Further, these non-GAAP measures may differ from the non-GAAP information used by other companies, including peer companies, and therefore their comparability may be limited. The Company compensates for these limitations by reconciling the non-GAAP financial measures to the nearest U.S. GAAP performance measure, all of which should be considered when evaluating performance. The Company encourages you to review the Company’s financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

    CONTACTS:

    Investor Relations
    Sean Zhang
    +86 (10) 8912-6804
    IR@JD.com

    Media Relations
    +86 (10) 8911-6155
    Press@JD.com

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This announcement contains forward-looking statements. These statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “will,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “confident” and similar statements. Among other things, the business outlook and quotations from management in this announcement, as well as JD.com’s strategic and operational plans, contain forward-looking statements. JD.com may also make written or oral forward-looking statements in its periodic reports to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in announcements made on the website of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, in its annual report to shareholders, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by its officers, directors or employees to third parties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about JD.com’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. A number of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, including but not limited to the following: JD.com’s growth strategies; its future business development, results of operations and financial condition; its ability to attract and retain new customers and to increase revenues generated from repeat customers; its expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of its products and services; trends and competition in China’s e-commerce market; changes in its revenues and certain cost or expense items; the expected growth of the Chinese e-commerce market; laws, regulations and governmental policies relating to the industries in which JD.com or its business partners operate; potential changes in laws, regulations and governmental policies or changes in the interpretation and implementation of laws, regulations and governmental policies that could adversely affect the industries in which JD.com or its business partners operate, including, among others, initiatives to enhance supervision of companies listed on an overseas exchange and tighten scrutiny over data privacy and data security; risks associated with JD.com’s acquisitions, investments and alliances, including fluctuation in the market value of JD.com’s investment portfolio; natural disasters and geopolitical events; change in tax rates and financial risks; intensity of competition; and general market and economic conditions in China and globally. Further information regarding these and other risks is included in JD.com’s filings with the SEC and the announcements on the website of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. All information provided herein is as of the date of this announcement, and JD.com undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, except as required under applicable law.

    JD.com, Inc.
    Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In millions, except otherwise noted)
         
        As of
        December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
    ASSETS            
    Current assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents   108,350   96,778   13,336
    Restricted cash   7,366   9,279   1,279
    Short-term investments   125,645   97,385   13,420
    Accounts receivable, net (including consumer financing receivables of RMB2.0 billion and RMB1.3 billion as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively)(1)   25,596   31,380   4,324
    Advance to suppliers   7,619   6,140   846
    Inventories, net   89,326   95,434   13,151
    Prepayments and other current assets   15,951   15,712   2,165
    Amount due from related parties   4,805   3,344   461
    Assets held for sale   2,040   1,778   245
    Total current assets   386,698   357,230   49,227
    Non-current assets            
    Property, equipment and software, net   82,737   83,054   11,445
    Construction in progress   6,164   7,039   970
    Intangible assets, net   7,793   7,510   1,035
    Land use rights, net   36,833   36,820   5,074
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   24,532   25,621   3,531
    Goodwill   25,709   25,709   3,543
    Investment in equity investees   56,850   52,138   7,185
    Marketable securities and other investments   59,370   71,755   9,888
    Deferred tax assets   2,459   2,430   335
    Other non-current assets   9,089   8,556   1,179
    Total non-current assets   311,536   320,632   44,185
    Total assets   698,234   677,862   93,412
                 
    JD.com, Inc.
    Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In millions, except otherwise noted)
         
        As of
        December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
    LIABILITIES            
    Current liabilities            
    Short-term debts   7,581   4,230   583
    Accounts payable   192,860   176,736   24,355
    Advance from customers   32,437   34,055   4,693
    Deferred revenues   2,097   2,166   299
    Taxes payable   9,487   5,496   757
    Amount due to related parties   1,367   2,954   407
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   45,985   50,626   6,976
    Operating lease liabilities   7,606   7,801   1,075
    Liabilities held for sale   101   65   9
    Total current liabilities   299,521   284,129   39,154
    Non-current liabilities            
    Deferred revenues   502   424   58
    Unsecured senior notes   24,770   24,758   3,412
    Deferred tax liabilities   9,498   8,440   1,163
    Long-term borrowings   31,705   31,492   4,340
    Operating lease liabilities   18,106   19,151   2,639
    Other non-current liabilities   835   797   110
    Total non-current liabilities   85,416   85,062   11,722
    Total liabilities   384,937   369,191   50,876
                 
    MEZZANINE EQUITY   484   263   36
                 
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Total JD.com, Inc. shareholders’ equity (US$0.00002 par value, 100,000 million shares authorized, 2,981 million shares issued and 2,883 million shares outstanding as of March 31, 2025)   239,347   234,322   32,291
    Non-controlling interests   73,466   74,086   10,209
    Total shareholders’ equity   312,813   308,408   42,500
                 
    Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity   698,234   677,862   93,412
                 
    (1)   JD Technology performs credit risk assessment services for consumer financing receivables business and absorbs the credit risk of the underlying consumer financing receivables. Facilitated by JD Technology, the Company periodically securitizes consumer financing receivables through the transfer of those assets to securitization plans and derecognizes the related consumer financing receivables through sales type arrangements.
     
    JD.com, Inc.  
    Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
       
      For the three months ended  
      March 31,
    2024
        March 31,
    2025
        March 31,
    2025
     
      RMB RMB US$  
    Net revenues        
    Net product revenues 208,508     242,309     33,391    
    Net service revenues 51,541     58,773     8,099    
    Total net revenues 260,049     301,082     41,490    
    Cost of revenues (220,279 )   (253,234 )   (34,897 )  
    Fulfillment (16,806 )   (19,737 )   (2,720 )  
    Marketing (9,254 )   (10,543 )   (1,453 )  
    Research and development (4,034 )   (4,621 )   (637 )  
    General and administrative (1,976 )   (2,414 )   (332 )  
    Income from operations(2)(3) 7,700     10,533     1,451    
    Other income/(expenses)        
    Share of results of equity investees (730 )   1,330     183    
    Interest expense (601 )   (600 )   (82 )  
    Others, net(4) 2,696     2,079     287    
    Income before tax 9,065     13,342     1,839    
    Income tax expenses (1,700 )   (2,063 )   (285 )  
    Net income 7,365     11,279     1,554    
    Net income attributable to non-controlling interests shareholders 235     389     53    
    Net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders 7,130     10,890     1,501    
             
    Net income per share:        
    Basic 2.28     3.76     0.52    
    Diluted 2.27     3.59     0.50    
    Net income per ADS:        
    Basic 4.56     7.51     1.04    
    Diluted 4.53     7.19     0.99    
                       
    JD.com, Inc.
    Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (In millions, except per share data)
     
        For the three months ended
        March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
                 
    (2) Includes share-based compensation as follows:
    Cost of revenues     (26 )     (7 )     (1 )
    Fulfillment     (110 )     (71 )     (10 )
    Marketing     (83 )     (62 )     (9 )
    Research and development     (175 )     (217 )     (30 )
    General and administrative     (365 )     (410 )     (56 )
    Total     (759 )     (767 )     (106 )
                             
    (3) Includes amortization of business cooperation arrangement and intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions as follows:  
    Fulfillment     (103 )     (49 )     (7 )
    Marketing     (219 )     (279 )     (38 )
    Research and development     (66 )     (36 )     (5 )
    General and administrative     (32 )            
    Total     (420 )     (364 )     (50 )
                             
    (4) “Others, net” consists of interest income; gains/(losses) related to long-term investments without significant influence, including fair value changes, acquisitions or disposals gains/(losses), and impairments; government incentives; foreign exchange gains/(losses); and other non-operating income/(losses).  
    JD.com, Inc.  
    Unaudited Non-GAAP Net Income Per Share and Per ADS  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
       
      For the three months ended  
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
     
      RMB   RMB   US$  
                 
    Non-GAAP net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders 8,899   12,758   1,758  
                 
    Non-GAAP net income per share:  
    Basic 2.85   4.40   0.61  
    Diluted 2.83   4.21   0.58  
                 
    Non-GAAP net income per ADS:  
    Basic 5.69   8.80   1.21  
    Diluted 5.65   8.41   1.16  
                 
    Weighted average number of shares:            
    Basic 3,126   2,898      
    Diluted 3,144   3,035      
                 
    JD.com, Inc.    
    Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Free Cash Flow    
    (In millions)    
         
      For the three months ended  
      March 31,
    2024
        March 31,
    2025
        March 31,
    2025
     
      RMB RMB US$  
             
    Net cash used in operating activities (11,315 )   (18,262 )   (2,517 )  
    Net cash provided by investing activities 28,414     16,236     2,237    
    Net cash used in financing activities (7,445 )   (7,288 )   (1,004 )  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (130 )   (345 )   (47 )  
    Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 9,524     (9,659 )   (1,331 )  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period, including cash and cash equivalents classified within assets held for sale 79,451     115,716     15,946    
    Less: Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash classified within assets held for sale at beginning of period (53 )   —*     —*    
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 79,398     115,716     15,946    
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period, including cash and cash equivalents classified within assets held for sale 88,922     106,057     14,615    
    Less: Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash classified within assets held for sale at end of period (3 )   —*     —*    
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period 88,919     106,057     14,615    
             
             
    Net cash used in operating activities (11,315 )   (18,262 )   (2,517 )  
    Less: Impact from consumer financing receivables included in the operating cash flow (1,281 )   (1,018 )   (140 )  
    Less: Capital expenditures, net of related sales proceeds (2,880 )   (2,323 )   (320 )  
    Capital expenditures for development properties (1,360 )   (915 )   (126 )  
    Other capital expenditures (1,520 )   (1,408 )   (194 )  
    Free cash flow (15,476 )   (21,603 )   (2,977 )  
                       

    *Absolute value is less than RMB1 million or US$1 million.

    JD.com, Inc.  
    Supplemental Financial Information and Business Metrics
    (In RMB billions, except turnover days data)
     
     
        Q1 2024   Q2 2024   Q3 2024   Q4 2024   Q1 2025
    Cash flow and turnover days                    
    Operating cash flow – trailing twelve months (“TTM”)   69.8   74.0   52.8   58.1   51.1
    Free cash flow – TTM   50.6   55.6   33.6   43.7   37.6
    Inventory turnover days(5) – TTM   29.0   29.8   30.4   31.5   32.8
    Accounts payable turnover days(6) – TTM   51.8   57.0   57.5   58.6   57.6
    Accounts receivable turnover days(7) – TTM   5.4   5.7   5.8   5.9   6.4
    (5) TTM inventory turnover days are the quotient of average inventory over the immediately preceding five quarters, up to and including the last quarter of the period, to cost of revenues of retail business for the last twelve months, and then multiplied by 360 days.

    (6) TTM accounts payable turnover days are the quotient of average accounts payable for retail business over the immediately preceding five quarters, up to and including the last quarter of the period, to cost of revenues of retail business for the last twelve months, and then multiplied by 360 days.

    (7) TTM accounts receivable turnover days are the quotient of average accounts receivable over the immediately preceding five quarters, up to and including the last quarter of the period, to total net revenues for the last twelve months and then multiplied by 360 days. Presented are the accounts receivable turnover days excluding the impact from consumer financing receivables.

     
    JD.com, Inc.  
    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Results    
    (In millions, except percentage data)  
       
      For the three months ended
      March 31,
    2024
        March 31,
    2025
        March 31,
    2025
      RMB RMB US$
           
    Income from operations 7,700     10,533     1,451
    Add: Share-based compensation 759     767     106
    Add: Amortization of intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions 309     252     35
    Add: Effects of business cooperation arrangements 111     112     15
    Non-GAAP income from operations 8,879     11,664     1,607
    Add: Depreciation and other amortization 1,908     2,038     281
    Non-GAAP EBITDA 10,787     13,702     1,888
           
    Total net revenues 260,049     301,082     41,490
           
    Non-GAAP operating margin 3.4 %   3.9 %    
           
    Non-GAAP EBITDA margin 4.1 %   4.6 %    
           
    JD.com, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Results
    (In millions, except percentage data)
     
      For the three months ended
      March 31,
    2024
        March 31,
    2025
        March 31,
    2025
      RMB RMB US$
           
    Net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders 7,130     10,890     1,501  
    Add: Share-based compensation 592     650     90  
    Add: Amortization of intangible assets resulting from assets and business acquisitions 143     186     26  
    Add: Reconciling items on the share of equity method investments(8) 370     964     133  
    Add: Impairment of goodwill, long-lived assets, and investments 558     437     60  
    (Reversal of)/Add: (Gain)/Loss from fair value change of long-term investments (8 )   874     120  
    Reversal of: Gain on disposals/deemed disposals of investments and others (22 )   (1,172 )   (162 )
    Add: Effects of business cooperation arrangements 111     112     15  
    Add/(Reversal of): Tax effects on non-GAAP adjustments 25     (183 )   (25 )
    Non-GAAP net income attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders 8,899     12,758     1,758  
           
    Total net revenues 260,049     301,082     41,490  
           
    Non-GAAP net margin attributable to the Company’s ordinary shareholders 3.4 %   4.2 %    
           
    (8) To exclude the GAAP to non-GAAP reconciling items on the share of equity method investments and share of amortization of intangibles not on their books.
     

    __________________

    1   The U.S. dollar (US$) amounts disclosed in this announcement, except for those transaction amounts that were actually settled in U.S. dollars, are presented solely for the convenience of the readers. The conversion of Renminbi (RMB) into US$ in this announcement is based on the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as of March 31, 2025, which was RMB7.2567 to US$1.00. The percentages stated in this announcement are calculated based on the RMB amounts.
    2   See the sections entitled “Non-GAAP Measures” and “Unaudited Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Results” for more information about the non-GAAP measures referred to in this announcement.
    3   The number of ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2024 was approximately 2,903 million shares.
    4   JD Ecosystem is a closely integrated business network providing comprehensive service for customers and comprises the Company and certain affiliates who share the “JD” brand name, currently including Jingdong Technology Holding Co., Ltd. and Allianz Jingdong General Insurance Company Ltd..

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: 3D Systems Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ROCK HILL, S.C., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — 3D Systems Corporation (NYSE:DDD) announced today its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    • Revenue of $95 million as growth in new hardware systems and related services was offset by a decline in materials sales driven primarily by inventory management in the dental aligner market.
    • Previously announced $50 million cost savings initiative proceeding on schedule for completion by mid-2026. Reduction in operating expenses in Q1 continues to reflect the Company’s focus on cost and efficiency.
    • Company announcing an additional cost reduction initiative estimated to deliver $20 million incremental savings in 2025 to accelerate organizational alignment in response to potential macroeconomic and tariff risks.
    • Company withdrawing full year guidance due to risk of protracted weakness in customer capex spending. Top priority on delivering profitability at current scale. Strong new product portfolio spanning all metal and polymer platforms positions company well for accelerated growth and profitability when customer capex rebounds.
    • Balance sheet significantly strengthened as April sale of Geomagic portfolio provided over $100 million post-tax increase to Company cash reserves, which totaled approximately $250 million as of April 30, 2025.
    Unaudited Three Months Ended
    (in millions, except per share data) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Revenue $ 94.5     $ 102.9  
    Gross profit $ 32.7     $ 40.9  
    Gross profit margin   34.6 %     39.8 %
    Operating expense $ 69.5     $ 80.8  
    Operating loss $ (36.8 )   $ (39.9 )
    Net loss attributable to 3D Systems Corporation $ (37.0 )   $ (16.0 )
    Diluted loss per share $ (0.28 )   $ (0.12 )
           
    Non-GAAP measures for year-over-year comparisons    
    Non-GAAP gross profit margin   35.0 %     40.1 %
    Non-GAAP operating expense $ 61.6     $ 66.3  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ (23.9 )   $ (20.1 )
    Non-GAAP diluted loss per share $ (0.21 )   $ (0.17 )
                   

    Summary Comments on Results

    Dr. Jeffrey Graves, president and CEO of 3D Systems said, “Our first quarter revenues reflect a continuation of challenging top-line pressures as many customers are delaying their capital investments in order to get greater clarity around potential tariff impacts on their manufacturing and distribution strategies. This is in addition to the ongoing geopolitical and broader macroeconomic uncertainty that we have been experiencing for some time. We believe that these factors led to a noticeable dampening of our customers’ near-term capital spending, particularly in consumer-facing and service bureau related end markets. While we were pleased to see this growth in new printer sales for the second straight quarter, the rate was clearly impacted by these capital spending delays. Encouragingly, this growth in printer sales was driven predominantly by our newest hardware systems, as our strengthened technology portfolio delivered strategic wins for all three of our metal printing platforms, and steady growth broadly in Aerospace and Defense markets. These wins bode well for the future, particularly in the high-reliability Healthcare and Industrial markets, which include Aerospace and Defense, and AI infrastructure, areas that have been an increasing focus for us for some time. These trends were true not only in our US markets, but also in Europe, Asia and the Middle East. With regard to materials sales, the decline we experienced was primarily related to short-term inventory management in the dental orthodontics market. More broadly within our Healthcare segment, we delivered impressive results in spite of the broader economy, with 17% growth in our Personalized Healthcare business, and 18% in our manufacturing operations for FDA-approved parts – both crucial elements of our growth strategy moving forward.”

    Dr. Graves continued, “While margins remained under pressure given lower volumes and less favorable mix, we are focused intently on the items within our direct control. In this respect, our cost reduction plans that we announced last quarter are gaining momentum and contributed approximately $5 million of year-over-year improvement in operating expenses in Q1. While this is the progress we had anticipated, as we continue to assess the unpredictability of the current demand environment, we are taking a more conservative view with respect to revenue expectations for the remainder of 2025 and have announced additional, incremental actions to drive profitability improvements. These latest actions will ensure that our organizational capacity is aligned to our current demand environment. These new actions will be taken in the short term and are designed to deliver $20 million of in-year savings for 2025. Our deliberate preservation of R&D investments over the last few years has yielded a significant wave of new technology introduction across the entirety of our product portfolio, including both our polymer and metal platforms. While the short-term impact on profitability from these investments has been painful, based upon the strong customer interest we have received in these new products, we believe the strength of our offerings and the groundwork we have laid through our application specialists, will be a key competitive differentiator in the market as the headwinds on customer capex spending recede and new production inroads are expanded upon. This is particularly true in metal applications, where our new systems are increasingly preferred for high-quality/high-reliability component manufacturing, for applications within the human body, and in advanced industrial systems. With many of these new products now entering the critical phase of commercialization, our focus can expand to cost reduction activities, including significant footprint consolidations, simplification and modernization of our back-office activities, and a reorganization of our workforce to better align it with current market conditions. Given the scale of our company, we believe these actions can deliver profitability and the positive cash performance needed to sustain our development efforts and serve our customers’ production needs as they expand around the world. In addition, with the closing of our Geomagic asset sale in early April, we have strengthened our balance sheet by adding over $100 million of net proceeds, ending the most recent month with approximately $250 million of cash.”

    Dr. Graves concluded, “So, in short, we have followed a very deliberate strategy for the last three years of investing to be a technology leader in both metals and polymers, and one that has full control over all design, production and sourcing operations that are essential to the quality of our products, as the market for new production applications of 3D printing now opens in earnest. While the short term headwinds driven by tariff risks and other factors are painful and require us to implement significant cost savings initiatives, in the longer-term the new opportunities for localized manufacturing within the US, Europe, India and other nations is a significant driver for long-term value creation for all of our stakeholders.”

    First Quarter 2025 Results

    Revenue for the first quarter of 2025 decreased 8% to $94.5 million compared to the same period last year. The revenue decrease primarily reflects lower materials sales, partially offset by growth in services and hardware systems.

    Healthcare Solutions revenue decreased 9% to $41.3 million compared to the prior year period.

    Industrial Solutions revenue decreased 7% to $53.2 million compared to the prior year period.

    Gross profit margin for the first quarter of 2025 was 34.6% compared to 39.8% in the same period last year. Non-GAAP gross profit margin was 35.0% compared to 40.1% in the same period last year and decreased primarily due to lower volumes and unfavorable price and mix.

    Net loss attributable to 3D Systems Corporation increased by $21.0 million to a loss of $37.0 million in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the same period in the prior year.

    Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3.8 million to a loss of $23.9 million in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the same period last year primarily driven by lower volumes and unfavorable price and mix, partially offset by an improvement in operating expenses as result of previously announced cost reduction actions.

    2025 Outlook

    Due to the risk of protracted weakness in customer capital investment spending, the Company is withdrawing full year guidance for 2025 as it continues to focus on delivering profitability at its current scale. The Company believes with its strong new product portfolio, spanning all metal and polymer platforms, it is well-positioned for accelerated growth and profitability when customer spending on capex rebounds.

    Financial Liquidity

    At March 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents totaled $135.0 million and decreased $36.3 million since December 31, 2024. This decrease resulted primarily from cash used in operations of $33.8 million and capital expenditures of $2.8 million. At March 31, 2025, the company had total debt, net of deferred financing costs of $212.3 million.

    Q1 2025 Conference Call and Webcast

    The company will host a conference call and simultaneous webcast to discuss these results on May 13, 2025, which may be accessed as follows:

    Date: Tuesday, May 13, 2025
    Time: 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time
    Listen via webcast: www.3dsystems.com/investor
    Participate via telephone: 201-689-8345

    A replay of the webcast will be available approximately two hours after the live presentation at www.3dsystems.com/investor.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements made in this release that are not statements of historical or current facts are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the company to be materially different from historical results or from any future results or projections expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In many cases, forward looking statements can be identified by terms such as “believes,” “belief,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “estimates,” “intends,” “anticipates” or “plans” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements are based upon management’s beliefs, assumptions and current expectations and may include comments as to the company’s beliefs and expectations as to future events and trends affecting its business and are necessarily subject to uncertainties, many of which are outside the control of the company. The factors described under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in the company’s periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as other factors, could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected or predicted in forward-looking statements. Although management believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, forward-looking statements are not, and should not be relied upon as a guarantee of future performance or results, nor will they necessarily prove to be accurate indications of the times at which such performance or results will be achieved. The forward-looking statements included are made only as the date of the statement. 3D Systems undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements made by management or on its behalf, whether as a result of future developments, subsequent events or circumstances or otherwise, except as required by law.

    About 3D Systems

    More than 35 years ago, Chuck Hull’s curiosity and desire to improve the way products were designed and manufactured gave birth to 3D printing, 3D Systems, and the additive manufacturing industry. Since then, that same spark continues to ignite the 3D Systems team as we work side-by-side with our customers to change the way industries innovate. As a full-service solutions partner, we deliver industry-leading 3D printing technologies, materials and software to high-value markets such as medical and dental; aerospace, space and defense; transportation and motorsports; AI infrastructure; and durable goods. Each application-specific solution is powered by the expertise and passion of our employees who endeavor to achieve our shared goal of Transforming Manufacturing for a Better Future. More information on the company is available at www.3dsystems.com.

     
    3D SYSTEMS CORPORATION
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Unaudited)
     
    (in thousands, except par value) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 135,040     $ 171,324  
    Accounts receivable, net of reserves — $2,621 and $2,433   104,691       101,471  
    Inventories   120,045       118,530  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   39,172       34,329  
    Assets held for sale   2,936       3,176  
    Total current assets   401,884       428,830  
    Property and equipment, net   50,918       51,044  
    Intangible assets, net   17,874       18,020  
    Goodwill   15,102       14,879  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   51,983       50,715  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets   8,504       8,726  
    Long-term deferred income tax assets   2,107       2,063  
    Other assets   34,983       34,569  
    Total assets $ 583,355     $ 608,846  
    LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST AND EQUITY      
    Current liabilities:      
    Current operating lease liabilities $ 11,775     $ 9,514  
    Accounts payable   39,767       41,833  
    Accrued and other liabilities   44,310       45,488  
    Customer deposits   5,750       4,712  
    Deferred revenue   32,110       27,298  
    Liabilities held for sale   10,305       10,251  
    Total current liabilities   144,017       139,096  
    Long-term debt, net of deferred financing costs   212,310       211,995  
    Long-term operating lease liabilities   51,525       52,527  
    Long-term deferred income tax liabilities   2,001       2,076  
    Other liabilities   25,829       25,001  
    Total liabilities   435,682       430,695  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Redeemable non-controlling interest   2,034       1,958  
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 220,000 shares; shares issued 135,361 and 135,510 as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   135       136  
    Additional paid-in capital   1,596,747       1,593,366  
    Accumulated deficit   (1,399,229 )     (1,362,243 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (52,014 )     (55,066 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   145,639       176,193  
    Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest and stockholders’ equity $ 583,355     $ 608,846  
                   
    3D SYSTEMS CORPORATION
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    (in thousands, except per share amounts) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Revenue:      
    Products $ 54,723     $ 64,051  
    Services   39,817       38,854  
    Total revenue   94,540       102,905  
    Cost of sales:      
    Products   37,365       39,587  
    Services   24,486       22,396  
    Total cost of sales   61,851       61,983  
    Gross profit   32,689       40,922  
    Operating expenses:      
    Selling, general and administrative   49,769       57,304  
    Research and development   19,683       23,480  
    Asset impairment charges          
    Total operating expenses   69,452       80,784  
    Loss from operations   (36,763 )     (39,862 )
    Non-operating income (loss):      
    Foreign exchange gain, net   1,139       1,909  
    Interest income   953       2,798  
    Interest expense   (581 )     (714 )
    Other (loss) income, net   (160 )     21,386  
    Total non-operating income   1,351       25,379  
    Loss before income taxes   (35,412 )     (14,483 )
    Provision for income taxes   (671 )     (1,371 )
    Loss on equity method investment, net of income taxes   (903 )     (247 )
    Net loss before redeemable non-controlling interest   (36,986 )     (16,101 )
    Less: net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest         (100 )
    Net loss attributable to 3D Systems Corporation $ (36,986 )   $ (16,001 )
           
    Net loss per common share:      
    Basic $ (0.28 )   $ (0.12 )
    Diluted $ (0.28 )   $ (0.12 )
           
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Basic   132,462       130,820  
    Diluted   132,462       130,820  
                   

    3D SYSTEMS CORPORATION
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (Unaudited)

      Three Months Ended
    (in thousands) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES      
    Net loss before redeemable non-controlling interest $ (36,986 )   $ (16,101 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   5,712       7,272  
    Accretion of debt discount   316       434  
    Stock-based compensation   4,168       8,252  
    Non-cash operating lease expense   2,371       2,728  
    Provision for inventory obsolescence   1,311       4,259  
    Provision for bad debts   325       (71 )
    Loss on the disposition of businesses, property, equipment and other assets   128       155  
    Gain on debt extinguishment         (21,518 )
    Provision for deferred income taxes and reserve adjustments   1,652       714  
    Loss on equity method investment, net of taxes   903       247  
    Changes in operating accounts:      
    Accounts receivable   (1,231 )     (2,391 )
    Inventories   (1,870 )     30  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   (4,078 )     (3,277 )
    Accounts payable   (2,799 )     (8,708 )
    Deferred revenue and customer deposits   5,745       7,854  
    Accrued and other liabilities   (4,144 )     (1,017 )
    All other operating activities   (5,309 )     (4,407 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (33,786 )     (25,545 )
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (2,795 )     (3,190 )
    Proceeds from sale of assets and businesses, net of cash sold         3  
    Acquisitions and other investments, net of cash acquired   (550 )      
    Other investing activities   (67 )      
    Net cash used in investing activities   (3,412 )     (3,187 )
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES      
    Repayment of borrowings/long-term debt         (87,150 )
    Taxes paid related to net-share settlement of equity awards   (285 )     (1,710 )
    Other financing activities   (364 )     (327 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (649 )     (89,187 )
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   1,178       (1,579 )
    Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (36,669 )     (119,498 )
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the year   172,883       333,111  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period $ 136,214     $ 213,613  
                   
    3D SYSTEMS CORPORATION
    Segment Information
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Revenue:      
    Healthcare Solutions $ 41.3     $ 45.4  
    Industrial Solutions $ 53.2     $ 57.5  
    Total $ 94.5     $ 102.9  
                   
    3D SYSTEMS CORPORATION
    Reconciliations of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures
     

    Presentation of Information in this Press Release

    3D Systems reports its financial results in accordance with GAAP. Management also reviews and reports certain non-GAAP measures, including: non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross profit margin, non-GAAP diluted income (loss) per share, non-GAAP Operating expense and Adjusted EBITDA. These non-GAAP measures exclude certain items that management does not view as part of 3D Systems’ core results as they may be highly variable, may be unusual or infrequent, are difficult to predict and can distort underlying business trends and results. Management believes that the non-GAAP measures provide useful additional insight into underlying business trends and results and provide meaningful information regarding the comparison of period-over-period results. Additionally, management uses the non-GAAP measures for planning, forecasting and evaluating business and financial performance, including allocating resources and evaluating results relative to employee compensation targets. 3D Systems’ non-GAAP measures are not calculated in accordance with or as required by GAAP and may not be calculated in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies. These non-GAAP measures should thus be considered as supplemental in nature and not considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    To calculate the non-GAAP measures, 3D Systems excludes the impact of the following items:

    • amortization of intangible assets, a non-cash expense, as 3D Systems’ intangible assets were primarily acquired in connection with business combinations;
    • costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and divestitures, such as legal, consulting and advisory fees;
    • stock-based compensation expenses, a non-cash expense;
    • charges related to restructuring and cost optimization plans, impairment charges, including goodwill, and divestiture gains or losses;
    • certain compensation expense related to the 2021 Volumetric acquisition; and
    • costs, including legal fees, related to significant or unusual litigation matters.

    Amortization of intangibles and acquisition and divestiture-related costs are excluded from non-GAAP measures as the timing and magnitude of business combination transactions are not predictable, can vary significantly from period to period and the purchase price allocated to amortizable intangible assets and the related amortization period are unique to each acquisition. Amortization of intangible assets will recur in future periods until such intangible assets have been fully amortized. While intangible assets contribute to the company’s revenue generation, the amortization of intangible assets does not directly relate to the sale of the company’s products or services. Additionally, intangible assets amortization expense typically fluctuates based on the size and timing of the company’s acquisition activity. Accordingly, the company believes excluding the amortization of intangible assets enhances the company’s and investors’ ability to compare the company’s past financial performance with its current performance and to analyze underlying business performance and trends. Although stock-based compensation is a key incentive offered to certain of our employees, the expense is non-cash in nature, and we continue to evaluate our business performance excluding stock-based compensation; therefore, it is excluded from non-GAAP measures. Stock-based compensation expenses will recur in future periods. Charges related to restructuring and cost optimization plans, impairment charges, including goodwill, divestiture gains or losses, and the costs, including legal fees, related to significant or unusual litigation matters are excluded from non-GAAP measures as the frequency and magnitude of these activities may vary widely from period to period. Additionally, impairment charges, including goodwill, are non-cash. Furthermore, the company believes the costs, including legal fees, related to significant or unusual litigation matters are not indicative of our core business’ operations. Finally, 3D Systems excludes contingent consideration recorded as compensation expense related to the 2021 Volumetric acquisition from non-GAAP measures as management evaluates financial performance excluding this expense, which is viewed by management as similar to acquisition consideration.

    The matters discussed above are tax effected, as applicable, in calculating non-GAAP diluted income (loss) per share.

    Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income, plus income tax (provision) benefit, interest and other income (expense), net, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, depreciation expense, and other non-GAAP adjustments, all as described above, is used by management to evaluate performance and helps measure financial performance period-over-period.

    A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures is provided in the accompanying schedules.

    Certain columns may not add due to the use of rounded numbers. Percentages presented are calculated from the underlying numbers in thousands.

    3D Systems does not provide forward-looking guidance for certain measures on a GAAP basis. The company is unable to provide a quantitative reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP gross profit margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and non-GAAP operating expense to the most directly comparable forward-looking GAAP measures without unreasonable effort because certain items, including litigation costs, acquisition expenses, stock-based compensation expense, intangible assets amortization expense, restructuring expenses, and goodwill impairment charges are difficult to predict and estimate. These items are inherently uncertain and depend on various factors, many of which are beyond the company’s control, and as such, any associated estimate and its impact on GAAP performance could vary materially.

    Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin (unaudited)

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
      Gross Profit   Gross Profit Margin (1)   Gross Profit   Gross Profit Margin (1)
    Gross profit (GAAP) $ 32.7       34.6 %   $ 40.9       39.8 %
    Amortization expense   0.2       0.2 %     0.3       0.3 %
    Restructuring expense   0.2       0.2 %           %
    Gross profit (Non-GAAP) $ 33.1       35.0 %   $ 41.2       40.1 %
                                   

    (1) Calculated as non-GAAP gross profit as a percentage of total revenue.

    Non-GAAP Operating Expense (unaudited)

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Operating expense (GAAP) $ 69.5     $ 80.8  
    Amortization expense   (0.8 )     (2.0 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   (4.2 )     (8.2 )
    Acquisition and divestiture-related expense   (0.9 )     (0.1 )
    Legal and other expense   (1.1 )     (4.2 )
    Restructuring expense   (0.8 )      
    Non-GAAP operating expense $ 61.6     $ 66.3  
                   

    Net Loss Attributable to 3D Systems Corporation to Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)

      Three Months Ended
    (in millions) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Net loss attributable to 3D Systems Corporation (GAAP) $ (37.0 )   $ (16.0 )
    Interest income, net   (0.4 )     (2.1 )
    Provision for income taxes   0.7       1.4  
    Depreciation expense   4.7       5.0  
    Amortization expense   1.0       2.3  
    EBITDA (Non-GAAP)   (31.0 )     (9.4 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   4.2       8.2  
    Acquisition and divestiture-related expense   0.9       0.1  
    Legal and other expense   1.1       4.2  
    Restructuring expense   1.0        
    Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest         (0.1 )
    Loss on equity method investment, net of tax   0.9       0.2  
    Gain on repurchase of debt         (21.5 )
    Other non-operating income   (1.0 )     (1.8 )
    Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) $ (23.9 )   $ (20.1 )
                   

    Diluted Loss per Share (unaudited)

      Three Months Ended
    (in dollars) March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    Diluted loss per share (GAAP) $ (0.28 )   $ (0.12 )
    Amortization expense   0.01       0.02  
    Stock-based compensation expense   0.03       0.06  
    Acquisition and divestiture-related expense   0.01        
    Legal and other expense   0.01       0.03  
    Restructuring expense   0.01        
    Gain on repurchase of debt         (0.16 )
    Loss on equity method investment and other   0.01        
    Non-GAAP diluted loss per share $ (0.21 )   $ (0.17 )
                   

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Natural Gas Services Group, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results; Increases 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Midland, Texas, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Natural Gas Services Group, Inc. (“NGS” or the “Company”) (NYSE:NGS), a leading provider of natural gas compression equipment, technology, and services to the energy industry, today announced financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company also raised the high-end of its full-year 2025 Adjusted EBITDA guidance to $79 million, citing continued strength in its business and growing demand across its fleet.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Rental revenue of $38.9 million for the first quarter of 2025 representing a 15% year-over-year increase and a 2% sequential increase compared to the period ended December 31, 2024.
    • Net income of $4.9 million or $0.38 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025 compared to net income of $5.1 million or $0.41 per diluted share for the comparable period; net income up $2.0 million sequentially.
    • Leverage ratio at March 31, 2025, was 2.18x.
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $19.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, representing a 14% year-over-year increase; Adjusted EBITDA up 7% sequentially. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted EBITDA, below.

    Management Commentary and Outlook
    “We are pleased to report another quarter of strong execution and continued momentum across our business,” said Justin Jacobs, Chief Executive Officer. “We are taking market share, expanding our presence in key basins, and investing in our fleet, including the deployment of large-horsepower electric motor units. Our recent credit facility expansion, which also decreased our interest rate and provided more flexible covenants, further improves our ability to take advantage of organic and inorganic growth opportunities.”

    Jacobs continued, “While broader market uncertainty increased in recent weeks—driven primarily by tariff concerns, commodity price volatility, and macroeconomic factors—we are not seeing any meaningful direct impact on our operations. We will continue to monitor indirect effects closely, but we remain confident in our ability to deliver results consistent with our guidance.”

    “We increased our EBITDA outlook to reflect our first quarter outperformance relative to internal expectations and our confidence in the trajectory of the business. We remain excited about our prospects as we look to the remainder of 2025 and into 2026. Our team remains focused on disciplined capital allocation, operational excellence, and long-term value creation for our shareholders.”

    Corporate Guidance — 2025 Outlook

    The Company today provides updates to its previously announced guidance for the 2025 Fiscal Year. Based on a strong start to the year in the first quarter and its confidence for the remainder of the year, the Company today increased the high-end of its adjusted EBITDA guidance to $79 million. The Company now anticipates adjusted EBITDA for the 2025 Fiscal Year to be in the range of $74 – $79 million.

    The Company also reaffirms its outlook for 2025 growth capital expenditures of between $95 – $120 million, which are mostly  comprised of new units (essentially all of which are under contract). Once all these units are deployed, which is expected by early 2026, the Company expects its rented horsepower fleet to increase by approximately 90,000 horsepower, representing an increase of approximately 18% compared to year-end 2024. Customer deployments remain on schedule and the timing of deployments as previously noted is heavily weighted to the second half of 2025 and early 2026. Additionally, the Company anticipates 2025 maintenance expenditures of $10 – $13 million, consistent with its prior guidance and its target return on invested capital of 20% remains unchanged.

    The Company also reiterates the statement from the 2024 year end release that once all the 2025 growth capital expenditures are spent and the units are deployed, its “run rate” Adjusted EBITDA should increase at a rate (when compared to the fourth quarter of 2024) well in excess of (but less than double the rate of) the Company’s anticipated horsepower growth of 18%.

      Outlook
    NEW FY 2025 Adjusted EBITDA $74 million – $79 million
    FY 2025 Growth Capital Expenditures $95 million – $120 million
    FY 2025 Maintenance Capital Expenditures $10 million – $13 million
    Target Return on Invested Capital At least 20%

    Jacobs concluded, “We have multiple pathways to build on our industry-leading growth and drive shareholder value: fleet optimization, asset utilization (both unutilized units and non-cash assets), new rental units (both electric motor and natural gas engine), and accretive mergers and acquisitions. Given our strong balance sheet, low relative leverage, and recent increase in our borrowing capacity, we are well positioned to capitalize on opportunities for significant growth throughout the remainder of 2025.”

    2025 First Quarter Financial Results

    Revenue:  Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased 12% to $41.4 million from $36.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher rental revenues for the comparable periods. Rental revenue increased 15% to $38.9 million from $33.7 million in the first quarter of 2024 due to the addition of higher horsepower packages and pricing improvements. As of March 31, 2025, we had 492,679 rented horsepower (1,202 rented units) compared to 444,220 horsepower (1,245 rented units) as of March 31, 2024, reflecting an 11% increase in total utilized horsepower. Sequentially, total revenue increased 2% from $40.7 million primarily related to higher rental revenue for the current period.

    Gross Margins and Adjusted Gross Margins: Total gross margins, including depreciation expense increased to $15.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $14.2 million for the same period in 2024 and increased on a sequential basis from $14.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Total adjusted gross margin, exclusive of depreciation expense, increased to $24.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $21.1 million for the same period in 2024. On a sequential basis, total adjusted gross margin, exclusive of depreciation expense increased by $1.3 million compared to $23.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2024. For a reconciliation of Gross Margin, see Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted Gross Margin, below.

    Operating Income:  Operating income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $9.5 million compared to operating income of $9.3 million for the comparable 2024 period. On a sequential basis, operating income increased $3.5 million compared to $6.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2024.

    Net Income: Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $4.9 million, or $0.38 per diluted share compared to net income of $5.1 million or $0.41 per diluted share for the comparable 2024 period. On a sequential basis, net income increased $2.0 million when compared to net income of $2.9 million, or $0.23 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of 2024. The modest year-over-year decline in net income was primarily related to an adjustment to inventory allowance, retirement of rental equipment, a gain on the sale of property and equipment, as well as an increase in depreciation and amortization. The sequential improvement in net income was primarily driven by higher rental revenue and rental gross margin.

    Cash Flows: At March 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents were approximately $2.1 million, while working capital was $24.7 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, cash flows provided by operating activities were $21.3 million, while cash flows used in investing activities was $19.3 million. This compares to cash flows from operating activities of $5.6 million and cash flows used in investing activities of $10.9 million for the comparable three-month period in 2024. Cash flow used in investing activities during the first quarter 2025 included $19.3 million in capital expenditures.

    Adjusted EBITDA: Adjusted EBITDA increased 14% to $19.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $16.9 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to higher rental revenue and rental adjusted gross margin. Sequentially, Adjusted EBITDA increased 7% when compared to $18.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Debt:  Outstanding debt on our revolving credit facility as of March 31, 2025, was $168 million. Our leverage ratio at March 31, 2025, was 2.18x and our fixed charge coverage ratio was 2.98x. The Company is in compliance with all terms, conditions and covenants of the credit agreement.

    Selected data: The tables below show revenue by product line, gross margin and adjusted gross margin for the trailing five quarters.   Adjusted gross margin is the difference between revenue and cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation.

      Revenues
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)  
    Rentals $                  33,734   $                  34,926   $                  37,350   $                  38,226   $                  38,910  
    Sales                        2,503                          2,270                          1,843                             997                          1,927  
    Aftermarket services                           670                          1,295                          1,493                          1,435                             546  
    Total $                  36,907   $                  38,491   $                  40,686   $                  40,658   $                  41,383  
      Gross Margin
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)  
    Rentals $                  13,761                       13,211                       15,043                       14,865   $                  15,634  
    Sales                           253                             (50)                           (258)                           (531)                           (181)  
    Aftermarket services                           163                             269                             151                             296                             264  
    Total $                  14,177   $                  13,430   $                  14,936   $                  14,630   $                  15,717  
                         
      Adjusted Gross Margin (1)
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)  
    Rentals                     20,620                       20,698                       22,908                       23,107                       24,070  
    Sales                           323                               21                           (185)                           (449)                             (89)  
    Aftermarket services                           170                             283                             169                             321                             275  
    Total $                  21,113   $                  21,002   $                  22,892   $                  22,979   $                  24,256  
                         
        Adjusted Gross Margin %
        Three months ended
        March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
    Rentals   61.1 %   59.3 %   61.3 %   60.4 %   61.9 %
    Sales   12.9 %   0.9 %   (10.0) %   (45.0) %   (4.6) %
    Aftermarket services   25.4 %   21.9 %   11.3  %   22.4 %   50.4 %
    Total   57.2 %   54.6 %   56.3 %   56.5 %   58.6 %
      Compression Units (at end of period):
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
    Horsepower Utilized 444,220   454,568   475,534   491,756   492,679
    Total Horsepower 542,256   552,599   579,699   598,840   603,391
    Horsepower Utilization 81.9 %   82.3 %   82.0 %   82.1 %   81.7 %
                       
    Units Utilized 1,245   1,242   1,229   1,208   1,202
    Total Units 1,894   1,899   1,909   1,912   1,916
    Unit Utilization 65.7 %   65.4 %   64.4 %   63.2 %   62.7 %

    (1) For a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted Gross Margin” below.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measure – Adjusted Gross Margin: “Adjusted Gross Margin” is defined as total revenue less costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization expense). Adjusted Gross Margin is included as a supplemental disclosure because it is a primary measure used by our management as it represents the results of revenue and costs (excluding depreciation and amortization expense), which are key components of our operations. Adjusted Gross Margin differs from gross margin, in that gross margin includes depreciation and amortization expense. We believe Adjusted Gross Margin is important because it focuses on the current operating performance of our operations and excludes the impact of the prior historical costs of the assets acquired or constructed that are utilized in those operations. Depreciation and amortization expense does not accurately reflect the costs required to maintain and replenish the operational usage of our assets and therefore may not portray the costs from current operating activity. Rather, depreciation and amortization expense reflects the systematic allocation of historical property and equipment costs over their estimated useful lives.

    Adjusted Gross Margin has certain material limitations associated with its use as compared to gross margin. These limitations are primarily due to the exclusion of depreciation and amortization expense, which is material to our results of operations. Because we use capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs and our ability to generate revenue. In order to compensate for these limitations, management uses this non-GAAP measure as a supplemental measure to other GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of our performance. As an indicator of our operating performance, Adjusted Gross Margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, gross margin as determined in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted Gross Margin may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure of another company because other entities may not calculate Adjusted Gross Margin in the same manner.

    The following table shows gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and reconciles it to Adjusted Gross Margin:

      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      (in thousands)
    Total revenue $              36,907 $              38,491 $                    40,686 $                 40,658 $              41,383
    Costs of revenue, exclusive of depreciation                (15,794)                (17,489)                     (17,794)                   (17,679)                (17,127)
    Depreciation allocable to costs of revenue                  (6,936)                  (7,572)                       (7,956)                     (8,349)                  (8,539)
    Gross margin                  14,177                  13,430                       14,936                    14,630                  15,717
    Depreciation allocable to costs of revenue                    6,936                    7,572                         7,956                       8,349                    8,539
    Adjusted Gross Margin $              21,113 $              21,002 $                    22,892 $                 22,979 $              24,256

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted EBITDA: “Adjusted EBITDA” is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as well as an increase in inventory allowance, impairments, retirement of rental equipment, nonrecurring restructuring charges including severance and non-cash equity-classified stock-based compensation expenses. This term, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income or loss, cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because: (i) it is widely used by investors in the energy industry to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors; (ii) it helps investors to more meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure and asset base from our operating structure; (iii) it is used by our management for various purposes, including as a measure of operating performance, in presentations to our Board of Directors, and as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

    Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows: (i) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect all our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments; (ii) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (iii) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt and finance leases; and (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any capital expenditures for such replacements.

    The following table reconciles our net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA:

      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2024   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2025
      (in thousands)
    Net income $               5,098                4,250   $                     5,014   $                    2,865   $                4,854
    Interest expense                  2,935                2,932                          3,045                         3,015                     3,170
    Income tax expense (benefit)                  1,479                1,294                          1,383                             283                     1,482
    Depreciation and amortization                  7,087                7,705                          8,086                         8,469                     8,636
    Impairments                        —                      —                             136                             705                           —
    Inventory allowance                        —                      —                                —                         1,863                           61
    Retirement of rental equipment                          5                      —                                —                               23                         728
    Severance and restructuring                        —                      33                                —                               —                           —
    Stock-based compensation                      274                    242                             522                             783                         359
    Adjusted EBITDA $             16,878   $         16,456   $                  18,186   $                  18,006   $              19,290

    Conference Call Details: The Company will host a conference call to review its fourth-quarter and year-end financial results on Tuesday, May 13, 2025 at 8:30 a.m. (EST), 7:30 a.m. (CST). To join the conference call, kindly access the Investor Relations section of our website at www.ngsgi.com or dial in at (800) 550-9745 and enter conference ID 167298 at least five minutes prior to the scheduled start time. Please note that using the provided dial-in number is necessary for participation in the Q&A section of the call. A recording of the conference will be made available on our Company’s website following its conclusion. Thank you for your interest in our Company’s updates.

    About Natural Gas Services Group, Inc. (NGS): Natural Gas Services Group is a leading provider of natural gas compression equipment, technology and services to the energy industry. The Company designs, rents, sells and maintains natural gas compressors for oil and natural gas production and plant facilities, primarily using equipment from third-party fabricators and OEM suppliers along with limited in-house assembly. The Company is headquartered in Midland, Texas, with a fabrication facility located in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and service facilities located in major oil and natural gas producing basins in the U.S. Additional information can be found at www.ngsgi.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein (and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this release) constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Words such as “may,” “might,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” “predict,” “forecast,” “project,” “plan,” “intend” or similar expressions, or statements regarding intent, belief, or current expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon current estimates and assumptions.

    These forward–looking statements rely on a number of assumptions concerning future events and are subject to a number of uncertainties and factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements, many of which are outside the control of the Company. Forward–looking information includes, but is not limited to statements regarding: guidance or estimates related to EBITDA growth, projected capital expenditures; returns on invested capital, fundamentals of the compression industry and related oil and gas industry, valuations, compressor demand assumptions and overall industry outlook, and the ability of the Company to capitalize on any potential opportunities.
    While the Company believes that the assumptions concerning future events are reasonable, investors are cautioned that there are inherent difficulties in predicting certain important factors that could impact the future performance or results of its business. Some of these factors that could cause results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • conditions in the oil and gas industry, including the supply and demand for oil and gas and volatility in the prices of oil and gas;
    • changes in general economic and financial conditions, inflationary pressures, the potential for economic recession in the U.S., tariffs and trade restrictions, including the imposition of new and higher tariffs on imported goods and retaliatory tariffs implemented by other countries on U.S. goods, and the potential effects on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;
    • our reliance on major customers;
    • failure of projected organic growth due to adverse changes in the oil and gas industry, including depressed oil and gas prices, oppressive environmental regulations and competition;
    • our inability to achieve increased utilization of assets, including rental fleet utilization and monetizing other non-cash balance sheet assets;
    • failure of our customers to continue to rent equipment after expiration of the primary rental term;
    • our ability to economically develop and deploy new technologies and services, including technology to comply with health and environmental laws and regulations;
    • failure to achieve accretive financial results in connection with any acquisitions we may make;
    • fluctuations in interest rates;
    • changes in regulation or prohibition of new or current well completion techniques;
    • competition among the various providers of compression services and products;
    • changes in safety, health and environmental regulations;
    • changes in economic or political conditions in the markets in which we operate;
    • the inherent risks associated with our operations, such as equipment defects, malfunctions, natural disasters and adverse changes in customer, employee and supplier relationships;
    • our inability to comply with covenants in our debt agreements and the decreased financial flexibility associated with our debt;
    • inability to finance our future capital requirements and availability of financing;
    • capacity availability, costs and performance of our outsourced compressor fabrication providers and overall inflationary pressures;
    • impacts of world events, such as acts of terrorism and significant economic disruptions and adverse consequences resulting from possible long-term effects of potential pandemics and other public health crises; and
    • general economic conditions.

    In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to other various risks and uncertainties, including without limitation those set forth in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. Thus, actual results could be materially different. The Company expressly disclaims any obligation to update or alter statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. Thus, actual results could be materially different. The Company expressly disclaims any obligation to update or alter statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    For More Information, Contact:
    Anna Delgado, Investor Relations
    (432) 262-2700
    IR@ngsgi.com
    www.ngsgi.com

     NATURAL GAS SERVICES GROUP, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except par value)
    (unaudited)
           
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31, 2024
    ASSETS      
    Current Assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $                2,147   $                2,142
    Trade accounts receivable, net of provision for credit losses                 15,415                   15,626
    Inventory, net of allowance for obsolescence                 17,343                   18,051
    Federal income tax receivable                 11,263                   11,282
    Prepaid expenses and other                      992                     1,075
    Total current assets                 47,160                   48,176
    Long-term inventory, net of allowance for obsolescence                         —                           —
    Rental equipment, net of accumulated depreciation               424,856                 415,021
    Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation                 23,570                   22,989
    Other assets                   6,105                     6,342
    Total assets $           501,691   $           492,528
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current Liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $             14,977   $                9,670
    Accrued liabilities                   7,468                     7,688
    Total current liabilities                 22,445                   17,358
    Long-term debt               168,000                 170,000
    Deferred income taxes                 47,323                   45,873
    Other long-term liabilities                   3,659                     4,240
    Total liabilities               241,427                 237,471
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ Equity:      
    Preferred stock                         —                           —
    Common stock, 30,000 shares authorized, par value $0.01; 13,784 and 13,762 shares issued, respectively                      138                        138
    Additional paid-in capital               118,768                 118,415
    Retained earnings               156,362                 151,508
    Treasury shares, at cost, 1,310 shares for each of the dates presented, respectively               (15,004)                 (15,004)
    Total stockholders’ equity               260,264                 255,057
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $           501,691   $           492,528
    NATURAL GAS SERVICES GROUP, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except earnings per share)
    (unaudited)
       
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenue:      
    Rental $             38,910   $             33,734
    Sales                   1,927                     2,503
    Aftermarket services                      546                        670
    Total revenue                 41,383                   36,907
    Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization):      
    Rental                 14,840                   13,114
    Sales                   2,016                     2,180
    Aftermarket services                      271                        500
    Total cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization)                 17,127                   15,794
    Selling, general and administrative expense                   5,378                     4,702
    Depreciation and amortization                   8,636                     7,087
    Inventory allowance                         61                           —
    Retirement of rental equipment                      728                             5
    Gain on sale of assets, net                       (54)                           —
    Total operating costs and expenses                 31,876                   27,588
    Operating income                   9,507                     9,319
    Other income (expense):      
    Interest expense                 (3,170)                   (2,935)
    Other income (expense)                         (1)                        193
    Total other income (expense), net                 (3,171)                   (2,742)
    Income before income taxes                   6,336                     6,577
    Provision for income taxes                 (1,482)                   (1,479)
    Net income $                4,854   $                5,098
    Earnings per share:      
    Basic                     0.39                       0.41
    Diluted                     0.38                       0.41
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Basic                 12,462                   12,380
    Diluted                 12,611                   12,465
    NATURAL GAS SERVICES GROUP, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net income $             4,854   $             5,098
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization                 8,636                   7,087
    Inventory allowance                      61                        —
    Retirement of rental equipment                    728                          5
    Gain on sale of assets, net                    (54)                        —
    Amortization of debt issuance costs                    212                      150
    Deferred income taxes                 1,450                   1,456
    Stock-based compensation                    359                      274
    Provision for credit losses                    208                      110
    Loss (gain) on company owned life insurance                      17                    (184)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Trade accounts receivables                        3                 (3,265)
    Inventory                    647                   2,650
    Prepaid expenses and prepaid income taxes                      64                      250
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                 4,617                 (8,380)
    Other                  (535)                      358
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES              21,267                   5,609
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Purchase of rental equipment, property and other equipment             (19,256)               (10,932)
    Purchase of company owned life insurance                      —                         (9)
    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES             (19,256)               (10,941)
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Proceeds from credit facility borrowings                 6,000                   8,000
    Repayments of credit facility borrowings               (8,000)                        —
    Payments of other long-term liabilities                      —                    (175)
    Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards                       (6)                        —
    NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES               (2,006)                   7,825
    NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                        5                   2,493
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                 2,142                   2,746
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD $             2,147   $             5,239
    SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:      
    Interest paid $             3,510   $             6,220
    Income taxes paid $                   16   $                   —
    NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS      
    Accrued purchases of property and equipment $                 524   $                   —
    Right of use asset acquired through an finance lease $                   —   $                 532

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Resolute Holdings Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Resolute Holdings Management, Inc. (“Resolute Holdings”) (Nasdaq: RHLD), an operating management company responsible for providing management services to CompoSecure Holdings, L.L.C. (“CompoSecure Holdings”), a wholly owned subsidiary of CompoSecure, Inc. (“CompoSecure”) (Nasdaq: CMPO), today reported financial results for its fiscal first quarter ending March 31, 2025. Resolute Holdings reported first quarter earnings per share attributable to common stockholders of ($0.39) and Non-GAAP Fee-Related Earnings per share of ($0.07).

    “The first quarter was foundational for Resolute Holdings, with the spin-off from CompoSecure completed in February. We experienced a higher than normal tax provision and post spin-off professional fees in the quarter but reiterate our expectation for limited profitability for the full year with approximately $3.0mm of quarterly management fee revenue. I am pleased with the team we have assembled and believe our unique combination of permanent capital and differentiated operating capabilities position us well for the future,” said Tom Knott, Resolute Holdings’ Chief Executive Officer.

    Dave Cote, Resolute Holdings’ Executive Chairman added “We are encouraged by the ongoing work to improve operations, drive organic growth, and build a high-performance culture at CompoSecure. In the first quarter, we also increased our efforts to evaluate potential acquisitions and anticipate those efforts to remain significant through 2025 and beyond. We are pleased with our start to the year and remain focused on supporting CompoSecure while rigorously evaluating potential acquisitions that meet our core investment criteria.”

    As a result of the spin-off from CompoSecure and execution of the Management Agreement with CompoSecure Holdings, Resolute Holdings is required to consolidate the financial results of CompoSecure Holdings in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This presentation of financial results does not represent the underlying economics or the positive attributes of Resolute Holdings’ standalone business model, which consist of recurring, long-duration management fees and a relatively fixed expense base. The results of the Resolute Holdings standalone business and associated Non-GAAP Fee-Related Earnings calculation are included below to provide a clear picture of the economic performance of the business directly attributable to shareholders of RHLD. This release includes such results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as well as certain Non-GAAP measures, including Fee-Related Earnings. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

    Resolute Holdings Segment Financial Information (GAAP); Fee-Related Earnings and Fee-Related Earnings Per Share (Non-GAAP) ($ in thousands except per share figures)
        
        Three months
        ended
        March, 31 2025
    Management fees   $ 1,129  
    Selling, general and administrative expenses     3,926  
    Income from operations     (2,797 )
    Total other income (expense)     (1 )
    Income (loss) before income taxes     (2,798 )
    Income tax (expense)     (568 )
    Net income (loss)     (3,366 )
    Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest      
    Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders     (3,366 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted   $ (0.39 )
           
    Adjustments to reconcile Fee-Related Earnings to net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:      
    Add: Equity-based compensation at CompoSecure (1)     1,148  
    Add: Pro forma management fees from Jan 1, 2025 to Feb 27, 2025 (2)     2,046  
    Add: Spin-Off costs (3)     290  
    Net tax impact of adjustments (4)     (724 )
    Fee-Related Earnings     (606 )
    Fee-Related Earnings per share – diluted   $ (0.07 )
    (1) Equity-based compensation required to be reported by Resolute Holdings related to awards issued under the CompoSecure Equity Plan. Equity granted under the CompoSecure Equity Plan relates to CompoSecure Class A common stock and has no impact on Resolute Holdings’ common stock outstanding.
    (2) Incremental management fees as if the CompoSecure Management Agreement was executed on January 1, 2025.
    (3) One-time costs associated with the Spin-Off from CompoSecure.
    (4) Tax-effect of adjustments at a 31% effective tax rate. Only applied to those adjustments that would impact Resolute Holdings’ taxes. Equity-based compensation expense under the CompoSecure Equity Plan is expensed for tax purposes at CompoSecure and not Resolute Holdings.
     

    Exhibit – Structural Relationship & Non-GAAP Financial Summary

    About Resolute Holdings Management, Inc.

    Resolute Holdings (Nasdaq: RHLD) is an alternative asset management platform led by David Cote and Tom Knott that provides operating management services including the oversight of capital allocation strategy, operational practices, and M&A sourcing and execution at CompoSecure Holdings and other managed businesses in the future. Resolute Holdings brings a differentiated approach to long-term value creation through the systematic deployment of the Resolute Operating System, which will create value at both the underlying managed businesses and at Resolute Holdings. For additional information on Resolute Holdings, please refer to Resolute Holdings’ filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or please visit www.resoluteholdings.com.

    Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management. Although Resolute Holdings believes that its plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in or suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, Resolute Holdings cannot assure you that it will achieve or realize these plans, intentions, or expectations. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Generally, statements that are not historical facts, including statements concerning Resolute Holdings’ expectations regarding personnel, future platform acquisitions, limited profitability for the year ending December 31, 2025, revenues from management fees, the deployment of the Resolute Operating System, market opportunities, possible or assumed future actions, business strategies, events, or results of operations, and other matters, are forward-looking statements. In some instances, these statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “plans,” “scheduled,” “anticipates” or “intends” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should not put undue reliance on these statements which speak only as of the date hereof. You should understand that the following important factors, among others, could affect Resolute Holdings’ future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in Resolute Holdings’ forward-looking statements: the timing and amount of the management fees payable to Resolute Holdings, including unexpected fluctuations therein, unexpected changes in costs, risks associated with the implementation of the Resolute Operating System, unexpected market and macroeconomic developments, demand for Resolute Holdings’ services, the ability of Resolute Holdings to grow and manage growth profitably, compete within its industry and attract and retain its key employees; the possibility that Resolute Holdings may be adversely impacted by other global economic, business, competitive and/or other factors, including but not limited to inflationary pressures, volatile interest rates, variable tariff policies or intensified disruptions in the global financial markets; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Resolute Holdings or others; future exchange and interest rates; and other risks and uncertainties, including those under “Risk Factors” in filings that have been made or will be made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Resolute Holdings undertakes no obligations to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This press release includes certain non-GAAP financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and that may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Resolute Holdings believes Fee-Related Earnings and Fee-Related Earnings per share are useful to investors in evaluating Resolute Holdings’ financial performance. Resolute Holdings believes that these non-GAAP financial measures depict the performance of the business and underlying economics attributable to Resolute Holdings common stockholders. Fee-Related Earnings and Fee-Related Earnings per share should not be considered as measures of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and the items excluded from Fee-Related Earnings and Fee-Related Earnings per share are significant components in understanding and assessing Resolute Holdings’ financial performance. Accordingly, these key business metrics have limitations as an analytical tool. They should not be considered as an alternative to net income, net income per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

    For investor inquiries, please contact:

    Resolute Holdings
    (212) 256-8405
    info@resoluteholdings.com

     
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    Resolute Holdings Management, Inc.
    ($ in thousands, except par value and share amounts)
                 
           March 31,       December 31, 
        2025   2024
        Unaudited      
    ASSETS            
    CURRENT ASSETS            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 71,017     $ 71,589  
    Accounts receivable     54,188       47,449  
    Inventories, net     47,501       44,833  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     3,450       2,696  
    Deferred tax asset     24       24  
    Total current assets     176,180       166,591  
                 
    Property and equipment, net     21,917       23,448  
    Right of use assets, net     10,238       5,404  
    Derivative asset – interest rate swap     1,996       2,749  
    Deposits and other assets     3,957       3,600  
    Total assets   $ 214,288     $ 201,792  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)            
    CURRENT LIABILITIES            
    Accounts payable   $ 11,414     $ 5,691  
    Accrued expenses     16,196       20,062  
    Bonus payable     4,199       8,466  
    Commission payable     2,400       2,563  
    Current portion of long-term debt     12,500       11,250  
    Current portion of lease liabilities – operating leases     2,110       2,113  
    Total current liabilities     48,819       50,145  
                 
    Long-term debt, net of deferred financing costs     180,713       184,389  
    Lease liabilities, operating leases     8,762       3,888  
    Total liabilities     238,294       238,422  
                 
    Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)            
                 
    Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding            
    Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 8,525,998 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.            
    Additional paid-in capital     14,569       1,544  
    Accumulated deficit     (5,700 )     (2,334 )
    Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)     8,869       (790 )
    Non-controlling interest     (32,875 )     (35,840 )
    Total equity (deficit)     (24,006 )     (36,630 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)   $ 214,288     $ 201,792  
                     
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    Resolute Holdings Management, Inc.
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        Three months ended
        March 31, 
        2025   2024
    Net sales   $ 103,889     $ 104,010  
    Cost of sales     49,342       48,797  
    Gross profit     54,547       55,213  
    Operating expenses:            
    Selling, general and administrative expenses     28,926       22,770  
    Income from operations     25,621       32,443  
                 
    Other income (expense):            
    Change in fair value of derivative liability – convertible notes redemption make-whole provision           (297 )
    Interest income     1,077       1,104  
    Interest expense     (3,384 )     (6,537 )
    Amortization of deferred financing costs     (131 )     (327 )
    Total other expense, net     (2,438 )     (6,057 )
    Income (loss) before income taxes     23,183       26,386  
    Income tax (expense)     (568 )      
    Net income (loss)   $ 22,615     $ 26,386  
                 
    Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest     25,981       26,386  
                 
    Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (3,366 )   $  
                 
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic & diluted   $ (0.39 )   $  
                 
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic & diluted (in thousands)     8,526       8,526  
                 
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    Resolute Holdings Management, Inc.
    ($ in thousands)
     
        Three months ended March 31, 
           2025      2024
                 
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
    Net income (loss)   $ 22,615     $ 26,386  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities            
    Depreciation and amortization     2,273       2,221  
    Equity-based compensation expense     6,046       4,167  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs     131       345  
    Non-cash operating lease expense     615       587  
    Change in fair value of derivative liability – convertible notes redemption make-whole provisions           297  
    Changes in assets and liabilities            
    Accounts receivable     (6,739 )     5,378  
    Inventories     (2,668 )     (2,657 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     (754 )     654  
    Accounts payable     5,723       (369 )
    Accrued expenses     (3,866 )     460  
    Lease liabilities     (578 )     (603 )
    Other liabilities     (4,430 )     (1,198 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities     18,368       35,668  
                 
    Cash flows from investing activities:            
    Purchase of property and equipment     (576 )     (1,613 )
    Capitalized software costs     (580 )      
    Net cash used in investing activities     (1,156 )     (1,613 )
                 
    Cash flows from financing activities:            
    Payment of term loan     (2,500 )     (4,688 )
    Distributions to CompoSecure Holdings members           (13,422 )
    Contribution by CompoSecure Holdings     11,869        
    Contribution to Resolute Holdings     (11,869 )      
    Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of CompoSecure equity awards     (15,284 )     (3,426 )
    Transfer to CompoSecure           (442 )
    Net cash used in financing activities     (17,784 )     (21,978 )
                 
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (572 )     12,077  
                 
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     71,589       38,191  
                 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 71,017     $ 50,268  
                 
    Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:            
    Cash paid for interest expense   $ 3,299     $ 4,175  
    Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:            
    Consolidation of CompoSecure Holdings net assets (liabilities), excluding cash, from execution of CompoSecure Management Agreement   $ (98,508 )   $  
    Derivative asset – interest rate swap   $ (753 )   $ 487  
                     
    Segment Statements of Operations and Non-GAAP Reconciliations
    Resolute Holdings Management, Inc.
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
          Three months ended
          March 31, 2025
          ($ in thousands except per share figures)
        Resolute   CompoSecure   Intercompany/      
        Holdings   Holdings   Eliminations   Consolidated
    Management fees   $ 1,129     $     $ (1,129 )   $  
    Product sales           103,889             103,889  
    Net sales     1,129       103,889       (1,129 )     103,889  
    Cost of sales           49,342             49,342  
    Gross profit     1,129       54,547       (1,129 )     54,547  
    Total selling, general and administrative expenses     3,926       27,939       (2,939 )     28,926  
    Income from operations     (2,797 )     26,608       1,810       25,621  
    Total other income (expense)     (1 )     (2,437 )           (2,438 )
    Income (loss) before income taxes     (2,798 )     24,171       1,810       23,183  
    Income tax (expense)     (568 )                 (568 )
    Net income (loss)     (3,366 )     24,171       1,810       22,615  
    Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest           24,171       1,810       25,981  
    Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders     (3,366 )                 (3,366 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted   $ (0.39 )               $ (0.39 )
                             
    Adjustments to reconcile fee-related earnings to net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:                        
    Add: Equity-based compensation at CompoSecure (1)     1,148                   1,148  
    Add: Pro forma management fees from Jan 1, 2025 to Feb 27, 2025 (2)     2,046                   2,046  
    Add: Spin-Off costs (3)     290                   290  
    Net tax impact of adjustments (4)     (724 )                 (724 )
    Fee-Related Earnings     (606 )                 (606 )
    Fee-Related Earnings per share – diluted   $ (0.07 )               $ (0.07 )
                             
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and Fee-Related Earnings per share – diluted (in thousands)     8,526                   8,526  
     
    (1) Equity-based compensation required to be reported by Resolute Holdings related to awards issued under the CompoSecure Equity Plan. Equity granted under the CompoSecure Equity Plan relates to CompoSecure Class A common stock and has no impact on Resolute Holdings’ common stock outstanding.
    (2) Incremental management fees as if the CompoSecure Management Agreement was executed on January 1, 2025.
    (3) One-time costs associated with the Spin-Off from CompoSecure.
    (4) Tax-effect of adjustments at a 31% effective tax rate. Only applied to those adjustments that would impact Resolute Holdings’ taxes. Equity-based compensation expense under the CompoSecure Equity Plan is expensed for tax purposes at CompoSecure and not Resolute Holdings.
     
    Additional Information
    Segment Balance Sheets
    Resolute Holdings Management, Inc.
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
        March 31, 2025
        ($ in thousands)
        Resolute   CompoSecure   Intercompany/      
        Holdings   Holdings   Eliminations   Consolidated
    ASSETS                        
    CURRENT ASSETS                        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,847     $ 62,170     $     $ 71,017  
    Accounts receivable     1,129       54,188       (1,129 )     54,188  
    Inventories, net           47,501             47,501  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     632       2,818             3,450  
    Deferred tax asset     24                   24  
    Total current assets     10,632       166,677       (1,129 )     176,180  
                             
    Property and equipment, net           21,917             21,917  
    Right of use assets, net     1,110       9,128             10,238  
    Derivative asset – interest rate swap           1,996             1,996  
    Deposits and other assets           3,957             3,957  
    Total assets     11,742       203,675       (1,129 )     214,288  
                             
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)                        
    CURRENT LIABILITIES                        
    Accounts payable     112       11,236       66       11,414  
    Accrued expenses     1,651       15,674       (1,129 )     16,196  
    Bonus payable           4,199             4,199  
    Commission payable           2,400             2,400  
    Current portion of long-term debt           12,500             12,500  
    Current portion of lease liabilities – operating leases     71       2,039             2,110  
    Total current liabilities     1,834       48,048       (1,063 )     48,819  
                             
    Long-term debt, net of deferred financing costs           180,713             180,713  
    Lease liabilities, operating leases     1,039       7,723             8,762  
    Total liabilities     2,873       236,484       (1,063 )     238,294  
                             
    Additional paid-in capital     14,569                   14,569  
    Accumulated deficit     (5,700 )                 (5,700 )
    Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)     8,869                   8,869  
    Non-controlling interest           (32,809 )     (66 )     (32,875 )
    Total equity (deficit)     8,869       (32,809 )     (66 )     (24,006 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)   $ 11,742     $ 203,675     $ (1,129 )   $ 214,288  
                                     

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/da9510b4-d572-4307-90a4-25015169fd4d

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: MidCap Financial Investment Corporation Reports Financial Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025 and Other Recent Highlights:

    • Net investment income per share for the quarter was $0.37
    • Net asset value per share as of the end of the quarter was $14.93, compared to $14.98 as of December 31, 2024, a decrease of 0.3%
    • New investment commitments made during the quarter totaled $376 million(1)
    • Gross fundings, excluding revolver fundings(2), totaled $357 million for the quarter
    • Net fundings, including revolvers(2), totaled $170 million for the quarter
    • Net leverage(3)was 1.31x as of March 31, 2025
    • Repurchased 476,656 shares of common stock at a weighted average price per share of $12.75, inclusive of commissions, for an aggregate cost of $6.1 million during the quarter
    • Completed Collateralized Loan Obligation (“CLO”) transaction, MFIC Bethesda CLO 2 LLC, a $529.6 million CLO secured by middle market loans in February 2025
    • On May 7, 2025, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) declared a dividend of $0.38 per share payable on June 26, 2025 to stockholders of record as of June 10, 2025(4)

    NEW YORK, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MidCap Financial Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: MFIC) or the “Company,” today announced financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The Company’s net investment income was $0.37 per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $0.40 per share for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s net asset value (“NAV”) was $14.93 per share as of March 31, 2025, compared to $14.98 as of December 31, 2024.

    On May 7, 2025, the Board declared a dividend of $0.38 per share payable on June 26, 2025 to stockholders of record as of June 10, 2025.

    Mr. Tanner Powell, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, stated, “We reported solid first quarter results including a healthy level of earnings, a reduction in non-accruals, and strong portfolio growth. We continued to deploy the investment capacity generated from our recent mergers into assets originated by MidCap Financial, although this was partially offset by ongoing sales and repayments of non-directly originated assets acquired through the mergers. Additionally, we repurchased some stock below NAV during the quarter.” Mr. Powell continued, “Looking ahead, despite the uncertainty surrounding the duration and trajectory of current market volatility, we believe the current environment may present opportunities that MidCap Financial and MFIC are well-equipped to capitalize on.”

    ___________________
    (1) Commitments made for the direct origination portfolio.
    (2) During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, direct origination revolver fundings totaled $33 million, direct origination revolver repayments totaled $30 million.
    (3) The Company’s net leverage ratio is defined as debt outstanding plus payable for investments purchased, less receivable for investments sold, less cash and cash equivalents, less foreign currencies, divided by net assets.
    (4) There can be no assurances that the Board will continue to declare a base dividend of $0.38 per share.

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    ($ in billions, except per share data) March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Total assets $ 3.36     $ 3.19     $ 3.22     $ 2.55     $ 2.45  
    Investment portfolio (fair value) $ 3.19     $ 3.01     $ 3.03     $ 2.44     $ 2.35  
    Debt outstanding $ 1.94     $ 1.75     $ 1.77     $ 1.51     $ 1.41  
    Net assets $ 1.39     $ 1.40     $ 1.42     $ 1.00     $ 1.01  
    Net asset value per share $ 14.93     $ 14.98     $ 15.10     $ 15.38     $ 15.42  
                                           
    Debt-to-equity ratio   1.39 x       1.25 x       1.25 x       1.51 x       1.40 x  
    Net leverage ratio (1)   1.31 x       1.16 x       1.16 x       1.45 x       1.35 x  

    ___________________
    (1) The Company’s net leverage ratio is defined as debt outstanding plus payable for investments purchased, less receivable for investments sold, less cash and cash equivalents, less foreign currencies, divided by net assets.

    PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (in millions)*   2025     2024  
    Investments made in portfolio companies   $ 391.9     $ 152.8  
    Investments sold     (43.9      
    Net activity before repaid investments     348.0       152.8  
    Investments repaid     177.6       (136.9 )
    Net investment activity   $ 170.4     $ 15.9  
                     
    Portfolio companies, at beginning of period     233       152  
    Number of investments in new portfolio companies     20       7  
    Number of exited companies     (13 )     (5 )
    Portfolio companies at end of period     240       154  
                     
    Number of investments in existing portfolio companies     78       49  

    ___________________
    * Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    OPERATING RESULTS

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
    (in millions)*   2025     2024  
    Net investment income   $ 34.3     $ 28.5  
    Net realized and change in unrealized gains (losses)     (4.0 )     (3.1 )
    Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 30.3     $ 25.5  
                     
    (per share)* (1)                
    Net investment income on per average share basis   $ 0.37     $ 0.44  
    Net realized and change in unrealized gain (loss) per share     (0.05 )     (0.05 )
    Earnings per share — basic   $ 0.32     $ 0.39  

    ___________________
    * Totals may not foot due to rounding.

    (1) Based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period presented.

    SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM *

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 476,656 shares at a weighted average price per share of $12.75, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $6.1 million. This represents a discount of approximately 14.72% of the average net asset value per share for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Since the inception of the share repurchase program and through May 12, 2025, the Company repurchased 16,069,776 shares at a weighted average price per share of $15.82, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $254.2 million, leaving a maximum of $20.8 million available for future purchases under the current Board authorization of $275 million.

    * Share figures have been adjusted for the 1-for-3 reverse stock split which was completed after market close on November 30, 2018.

    LIQUIDITY

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s outstanding debt obligations, excluding deferred financing cost and debt discount of $6.7 million, totaled $1.942 billion which was comprised of $125 million of Senior Unsecured Notes (the “2026 Notes”) which will mature on July 16, 2026, $80 million of Senior Unsecured Notes (the “2028 Notes”) which will mature on December 15, 2028, $232 million outstanding Class A-1 Notes in MFIC Bethesda CLO 1 LLC, $399 million outstanding secured debt in MFIC Bethesda CLO 2 LLC, and $1,106 million outstanding under the Company’s multi-currency revolving credit facility (the “Facility”). As of March 31, 2025, $6 million in standby letters of credit were issued through the Facility. The available remaining capacity under the Facility was $548 million as of March 31, 2025, which is subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio.

    CONFERENCE CALL / WEBCAST AT 8:30 AM EDT ON MAY 13, 2025

    The Company will host a conference call on Tuesday, May 13, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time. All interested parties are welcome to participate in the conference call by dialing (800) 225-9448 approximately 5-10 minutes prior to the call; international callers should dial (203) 518-9708. Participants should reference either MidCap Financial Investment Corporation Earnings or Conference ID: MFIC0513 when prompted. A simultaneous webcast of the conference call will be available to the public on a listen-only basis and can be accessed through the Shareholders section of the Company’s website under Events at www.midcapfinancialic.com. Following the call, you may access a replay of the event either telephonically or via audio webcast. The telephonic replay will be available approximately two hours after the live call and through June 3, 2025, by dialing (800) 727-1367; international callers should dial (402) 220-2669. A replay of the audio webcast will also be available later that same day. To access the audio webcast please visit the Shareholders section of the Company’s website under Events in the Shareholders section of our website at www.midcapfinancialic.com.

    SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

    The Company provides a supplemental information package to offer more transparency into its financial results and make its reporting more informative and easier to follow. The supplemental package is available in the Shareholders section of the Company’s website under Presentations at www.midcapfinancialic.com.

    Our portfolio composition and weighted average yields as of March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024 were as follows:

      March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
    September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Portfolio composition, at fair value:                            
    First lien secured debt   93%     92%     91%     90%     90%
    Second lien secured debt   0%     1%     1%     1%     1%
    Total secured debt   93%     93%     92%     91%     91%
    Unsecured debt   0%     0%     —%     —%     —%
    Structured products and other   1%     1%     2%     1%     1%
    Preferred equity   1%     1%     1%     1%     1%
    Common equity/interests and warrants   5%     5%     5%     7%     7%
    Weighted average yields, at amortized cost (1):                            
    First lien secured debt (2)   10.5%     10.8%     11.1%     11.9%     12.0%
    Second lien secured debt (2)   13.8%     14.4%     14.0%     14.1%     14.1%
    Total secured debt (2)   10.5%     10.8%     11.1%     11.9%     12.0%
    Unsecured debt portfolio (2)   9.5%     9.5%     9.5%     —%     —%
    Total debt portfolio (2)   10.5%     10.8%     11.1%     11.9%     12.0%
    Total portfolio (3)   9.4%     9.5%     9.6%     9.9%     10.0%
    Interest rate type, at fair value (4):                            
    Fixed rate amount $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion
    Floating rate amount $ 2.9 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.1 billion   $ 2.0 billion
    Fixed rate, as percentage of total   1%     1%     1%     0%     0%
    Floating rate, as percentage of total   99%     99%     99%     100%     100%
    Interest rate type, at amortized cost (4):                            
    Fixed rate amount $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion   $ 0.0 billion
    Floating rate amount $ 2.9 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.7 billion   $ 2.1 billion   $ 2.0 billion
    Fixed rate, as percentage of total   1%     1%     1%     0%     0%
    Floating rate, as percentage of total   99%     99%     99%     100%     100%

    (1)  An investor’s yield may be lower than the portfolio yield due to sales loads and other expenses.
    (2)  Exclusive of investments on non-accrual status.
    (3)  Inclusive of all income generating investments, non-income generating investments and investments on non-accrual status.
    (4)  The interest rate type information is calculated using the Company’s corporate debt portfolio and excludes aviation and investments on non-accrual status.

     
    MIDCAP FINANCIAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
     
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
        (Unaudited)          
    Assets                
    Investments at fair value:                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (cost — $2,855,490 and $2,700,957, respectively)   $ 2,756,760     $ 2,605,329  
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments (cost — $176,063 and $142,686, respectively)     113,290       84,334  
    Controlled investments (cost — $326,224 and $333,754, respectively)     318,571       324,753  
    Cash and cash equivalents     83,703       74,357  
    Foreign currencies (cost — $1,367 and $1,487, respectively)     1,330       1,429  
    Receivable for investments sold     32,151       57,195  
    Interest receivable     25,346       19,289  
    Dividends receivable     459       709  
    Deferred financing costs     22,267       23,555  
    Unrealized appreciation on foreign currency forward contracts     33        
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     1,789        
    Total Assets   $ 3,355,699     $ 3,190,950  
                     
    Liabilities                
    Debt   $ 1,935,242     $ 1,751,621  
    Payable for investments purchased     2,091       4,190  
    Management fees payable     6,061       6,247  
    Performance-based incentive fees payable     6,433       5,336  
    Interest payable     9,403       12,813  
    Accrued administrative services expense           60  
    Unrealized depreciation on foreign currency forward contracts            
    Other liabilities and accrued expenses     3,209       6,037  
    Total Liabilities   $ 1,962,439     $ 1,786,304  
    Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)                
    Net Assets   $ 1,393,260     $ 1,404,646  
                     
    Net Assets                
    Common stock, $0.001 par value (130,000,000 shares authorized; 93,303,622 and 93,780,278 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)   $ 94     $ 94  
    Capital in excess of par value     2,652,015       2,658,090  
    Accumulated under-distributed (over-distributed) earnings     (1,258,849 )     (1,253,538 )
    Net Assets   $ 1,393,260     $ 1,404,646  
                     
    Net Asset Value Per Share   $ 14.93     $ 14.98  
     
    MIDCAP FINANCIAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Investment Income                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments:                
    Interest income (excluding Payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest income)   $ 69,302     $ 59,996  
    Dividend income           12  
    PIK interest income     3,170       1,995  
    Other income     324       1,708  
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments:                
    Interest income (excluding PIK interest income)     1,229       299  
    Dividend income     240        
    PIK interest income     351       34  
    Other income            
    Controlled investments:                
    Interest income (excluding PIK interest income)     4,072       4,287  
    Dividend income            
    PIK interest income            
    Other income     10        
    Total Investment Income   $ 78,698     $ 68,331  
    Expenses                
    Management fees   $ 6,061     $ 4,386  
    Performance-based incentive fees     6,433       6,038  
    Interest and other debt expenses     30,464       26,179  
    Administrative services expense     1,016       1,223  
    Other general and administrative expenses     1,248       2,129  
    Total expenses     45,222       39,955  
    Management and performance-based incentive fees waived            
    Performance-based incentive fee offset            
    Expense reimbursements     (806 )     (168 )
    Net Expenses   $ 44,416     $ 39,787  
    Net Investment Income   $ 34,282     $ 28,544  
    Net Realized and Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses)                
    Net realized gains (losses):                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments   $ 3,588     $ (7,470 )
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments     (188 )      
    Controlled investments            
    Foreign currency transactions     (313 )     (618 )
    Net realized gains (losses)     3,087       (8,088 )
    Net change in unrealized gains (losses):                
    Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments     (6,088 )     4,983  
    Non-controlled/affiliated investments     (1,509 )     (2,341 )
    Controlled investments     1,348       1,613  
    Foreign currency forward contracts     24        
    Foreign currency translations     (814 )     778  
    Net change in unrealized gains (losses)     (7,039 )     5,033  
    Net Realized and Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses)   $ (3,952 )   $ (3,055 )
    Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations   $ 30,330     $ 25,489  
    Earnings (Loss) Per Share — Basic   $ 0.32     $ 0.39  
                     

    Important Information

    Investors are advised to carefully consider the investment objective, risks, charges and expenses of the Company before investing. The prospectus dated April 12, 2023, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), contains this and other information about the Company and should be read carefully before investing. An effective shelf registration statement relating to certain securities of the Company is on file with the SEC. Any offering may be made only by means of a prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. Before you invest, you should read the base prospectus in that registration statement, the prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference therein, which the issuer has filed with the SEC, for more complete information about the Company and an offering. You may obtain these documents for free by visiting EDGAR on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

    The information in the prospectus and in this announcement is not complete and may be changed. This communication shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or other jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or other jurisdiction.

    Past performance is not indicative of, or a guarantee of, future performance. The performance and certain other portfolio information quoted herein represents information as of dates noted herein. Nothing herein shall be relied upon as a representation as to the future performance or portfolio holdings of the Company. Investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate, and shares, when sold, may be worth more or less than their original cost. The Company’s performance is subject to change since the end of the period noted in this report and may be lower or higher than the performance data shown herein.

    About MidCap Financial Investment Corporation

    MidCap Financial Investment Corporation (NASDAQ: MFIC) is a closed-end, externally managed, diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). For tax purposes, the Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company is externally managed by the Investment Adviser, an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Apollo”), a high-growth global alternative asset manager. The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. The Company primarily invests in directly originated and privately negotiated first lien senior secured loans to privately held U.S. middle-market companies, which the Company generally defines as companies with less than $75 million in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. To a lesser extent, the Company may invest in other types of securities including, first lien unitranche, second lien senior secured, unsecured, subordinated, and mezzanine loans, and equities in both private and public middle market companies. For more information, please visit www.midcapfinancialic.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Some of the statements in this press release constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events, future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements may include statements as to: future operating results of MFIC and distribution projections; business prospects of MFIC, and the prospects of its portfolio companies, if applicable; and the impact of the investments that MFIC expects to make. In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “seek,” “plan,” “should,” “estimate,” “project” and “intend” indicate forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release involve risks and uncertainties. Certain factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected, including the uncertainties associated with: future changes in laws or regulations (including the interpretation of these laws and regulations by regulatory authorities); changes in general economic conditions, including the impact of supply chain disruptions, tariffs and trade disputes with other countries, or changes in financial markets, and the risk of recession; changes in the interest rate environment and levels of general interest rates and the impact of inflation; the return on equity; the yield on investments; the ability to borrow to finance assets; new strategic initiatives; the ability to reposition the investment portfolio; the market outlook; future investment activity; and risks associated with changes in business conditions and the general economy. MFIC has based the forward-looking statements included in this press release on information available to it on the date hereof, and assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Although MFIC undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that they may make directly to you or through reports that MFIC in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

    Contact

    Elizabeth Besen
    Investor Relations Manager
    MidCap Financial Investment Corporation
    212.822.0625
    ebesen@apollo.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hallador Energy Company Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    – Q1 Total Revenue up 6% YoY to $117.8 Million –
    – Q1 Net Income up Materially YoY to $10.0 Million or $0.23 Earnings per Share –
    – Q1 Operating Cash Flow up ~2x YoY to $38.4 Million –
    – Q1 Adjusted EBITDA up ~3x YoY to $19.3 Million –

    TERRE HAUTE, Ind., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hallador Energy Company (Nasdaq: HNRG) (“Hallador” or the “Company”) today reported its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “We are pleased with our first quarter performance as we returned to top line growth and saw material improvements to our bottom line and cash flow generation, underscoring the strength of our strategic shift to a vertically integrated independent power producer (‘IPP’),” said Brent Bilsland, President and Chief Executive Officer. “January and February offered a strong backdrop as the combination of colder weather and higher pricing enabled us to benefit from increased dispatch volumes.”

    “We are making meaningful progress in our negotiations with a leading global data center developer for the long-term supply of capacity and energy from our facility. Our partner has demonstrated their commitment through significant investments, including securing land, transmission capacity and equipment, in addition to the previously announced exclusivity agreement with us that runs through early June 2025. Given the inherent complexity of these multi-party agreements, it is uncertain that we will finalize terms before the exclusivity expires. However, we remain confident that we will execute a strategic transaction that delivers long-term value for our shareholders.”

    Bilsland continued, “We continue to see rising demand for reliable power, particularly as grid volatility grows with the retirement of dispatchable generation. That demand, paired with supportive regulatory sentiment and Hallador’s ability to deliver dependable energy, positions us well for sustained growth. Our evaluation of dual-fuel capabilities and potential acquisitions of other dispatchable generation assets reflect our confidence in the long-term economics and viability of our platform. With a robust contracted sales book, strengthening fundamentals, and ongoing interest from high-demand end users, we believe we are well-positioned to materially strengthen our opportunities for growth and cash flow generation for many years to come.”

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Hallador returned to growth on both the top and bottom line.
      • Total revenue increased 6% year-over-year and 24% quarter-over-quarter to $117.8 million, driven by a strong increase in electric sales to $85.9 million. Electric sales are currently 73% of the Company’s revenue mix, underscoring Hallador’s commitment to emphasizing electric sales as an IPP.
      • Net income increased materially to $10.0 million, with adjusted EBITDA up ~3x year-over-year and 78% quarter-over-quarter to $19.3 million.
    • The Company generated $38.4 million in operating cash flow during the first quarter, which partially supported the repayment of debt and funding capex.
      • Total bank debt was reduced to $23.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $44.0 million at December 31, 2024, and $77.0 million at March 31, 2024.
      • Total liquidity was $69.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $37.8 million at December 31, 2024, and $39.5 million at March 31, 2024.
      • Capital expenditures in the first quarter were $11.7 million compared to $14.9 million in the year-ago period.
    • Hallador continues to focus on forward sales to secure its energy position.
      • At quarter-end, Hallador had total forward energy, capacity and coal sales to 3rd party customers of $1.1 billion through 2029.

    Financial Summary ($ in Millions and Unaudited)

        Q1 2024   Q4 2024   Q1 2025
    Electric Sales   $ 60.7     $ 69.7     $ 85.9  
    Coal Sales – 3rd Party   $ 49.6     $ 23.3     $ 30.2  
    Other Revenue   $ 1.3     $ 1.8     $ 1.7  
    Total Sales and Operating Revenue   $ 111.6     $ 94.8     $ 117.8  
    Net Income (Loss)   $ (1.7 )   $ (215.8 )   $ 10.0  
    Operating Cash Flow   $ 16.4     $ 32.5     $ 38.4  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 6.8     $ 6.2     $ 19.3  
    ___________________________
    Non-GAAP financial measure, defined as EBITDA plus effects of certain subsidiary and equity method investment activity, less other amortization, plus certain operating activities including stock-based compensation, asset retirement obligations accretion, less gain on disposal or abandonment of assets, plus other reclassifications such as special non-recurring project expenses.

    Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, income from operations, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. Our method of computing Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same method used to compute similar measures reported by other companies.

    Management believes the non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA, is an important measure in analyzing our liquidity and is a key component of certain material covenants contained within our Credit Agreement, specifically the minimum quarterly EBITDA. Noncompliance with the covenants could result in our lenders requiring the Company to immediately repay all amounts borrowed. If we cannot satisfy these financial covenants, we would be prohibited under our Credit Agreement from engaging in certain activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness, making certain payments, and acquiring and disposing of assets. Consequently, Adjusted EBITDA is critical to the assessment of our liquidity. The required amount of Adjusted EBITDA is a variable based on our debt outstanding and/or required debt payments at the time of the quarterly calculation based on a rolling prior 12-month period.

    Reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA, to Income (Loss) before Income taxes, the most comparable GAAP measure, is as follows (in thousands) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

    Reconciliation of GAAP “Income (Loss) before Income Taxes” to non-GAAP “Adjusted EBITDA”
    (In $ Thousands and Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31, 
        2025   2024
    NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 9,979     $ (1,696 )
    Interest expense     3,723       3,937  
    Income tax expense (benefit)           (610 )
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     14,977       15,443  
    EBITDA     28,679       17,074  
    Other operating revenue           7  
    Stock-based compensation     1,084       666  
    Asset retirement obligations accretion     427       399  
    Other amortization (1)     (11,334 )     (12,401 )
    (Gain) loss on disposal or abandonment of assets, net     (21 )     (24 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           853  
    Equity method investment (loss)     236       249  
    Other reclassifications     239        
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 19,310     $ 6,823  
     
    (1) Other amortization relates to the non-cash amortization of the Hoosier PPA entered into in connection with the acquisition of the Merom Power Plant in 2022.


    Solid Forward Sales Position – Segment Basis, Before Intercompany Eliminations (unaudited):

        2025   2026   2027   2028   2029   Total
    Power                                                
    Energy                                                
    Contracted MWh (in millions)     3.04       3.36       1.78       1.09       0.27       9.54  
    Average contracted price per MWh   $ 37.20     $ 44.43     $ 54.66     $ 52.94     $ 51.33          
    Contracted revenue (in millions)   $ 113.09     $ 149.28     $ 97.29     $ 57.70     $ 13.86     $ 431.22  
                                                     
    Capacity                                                
    Average daily contracted capacity MW     784       733       623       454       100          
    Average contracted capacity price per MWd   $ 211     $ 230     $ 226     $ 225     $ 230          
    Contracted capacity revenue (in millions)   $ 45.45     $ 61.54     $ 51.40     $ 37.33     $ 3.47     $ 199.19  
                                                     
    Total Energy & Capacity Revenue                                                
                                                     
    Contracted Power revenue (in millions)   $ 158.54     $ 210.82     $ 148.69     $ 95.03     $ 17.33     $ 630.41  
                                                     
    Coal                                                
    Priced tons – 3rd party (in millions)     2.21       2.50       2.50       0.50             7.71  
    Avg price per ton – 3rd party   $ 50.95     $ 55.49     $ 56.74     $ 59.00     $          
    Contracted coal revenue – 3rd party (in millions)   $ 112.60     $ 138.73     $ 141.85     $ 29.50     $     $ 422.68  
                                                     
    TOTAL CONTRACTED REVENUE (IN MILLIONS) – CONSOLIDATED   $ 271.14     $ 349.55     $ 290.54     $ 124.53     $ 17.33     $ 1,053.09  
                                                     
    Priced tons – Intercompany (in millions)     1.82       2.30       2.30       2.30             8.72  
    Avg price per ton – Intercompany   $ 51.00     $ 51.00     $ 51.00     $ 51.00     $          
    Contracted coal revenue – Intercompany (in millions)   $ 92.82     $ 117.30     $ 117.30     $ 117.30     $     $ 444.72  
                                                     
    TOTAL CONTRACTED REVENUE (IN MILLIONS) – SEGMENT   $ 363.96     $ 466.85     $ 407.84     $ 241.83     $ 17.33     $ 1,497.81  


    Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act). Statements that are not strictly historical statements constitute forward-looking statements and may often, but not always, be identified by the use of such words such as “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “guidance,” “target,” “potential,” “possible,” or “probable” or statements that certain actions, events or results “may,” “will,” “should,” or “could” be taken, occur or be achieved. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those relating to our ability to execute definitive agreements with respect to the non-binding term sheet with a leading global data center developer, to execute a strategic transaction that delivers long-term value for our shareholders or to strengthen opportunities for growth and cash flow generation. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and analyses made by Hallador and its management in light of experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors appropriate under the circumstances that involve various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Hallador’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, and other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. Hallador undertakes no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements except as required by law.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    Hallador management will host a conference call today, May 12, 2025, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern time to discuss its financial and operational results, followed by a question-and-answer period.

    Date: Monday, May 12, 2025
    Time: 5:00 p.m. Eastern time
    Dial-in registration link: here
    Live webcast registration link: here

    The conference call will also be broadcast live and available for replay in the investor relations section of the Company’s website at www.halladorenergy.com.

    About Hallador Energy Company

    Hallador Energy Company (Nasdaq: HNRG) is a vertically-integrated Independent Power Producer (IPP) based in Terre Haute, Indiana. The Company has two core businesses: Hallador Power Company, LLC, which produces electricity and capacity at its one-Gigawatt (GW) Merom Generating Station, and Sunrise Coal, LLC, which produces and supplies fuel to the Merom Generating Station and other companies. To learn more about Hallador, visit the Company’s website at http://www.halladorenergy.com/.

    Company Contact

    Marjorie Hargrave
    Chief Financial Officer
    MHargrave@halladorenergy.com

    Investor Relations Contact

    Sean Mansouri, CFA
    Elevate IR
    (720) 330-2829
    HNRG@elevate-ir.com

    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        March 31,   December 31,
        2025   2024
    ASSETS            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,891     $ 7,232  
    Restricted cash     9,316       4,921  
    Accounts receivable     12,582       15,438  
    Inventory     36,318       36,685  
    Parts and supplies     40,137       39,104  
    Prepaid expenses     1,808       1,478  
    Total current assets     107,052       104,858  
    Property, plant and equipment:            
    Land and mineral rights     70,307       70,307  
    Buildings and equipment     435,329       429,857  
    Mine development     94,725       92,458  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     13,034       13,034  
    Total property, plant and equipment     613,395       605,656  
    Less – accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization     (360,624 )     (347,952 )
    Total property, plant and equipment, net     252,771       257,704  
    Equity method investments     2,370       2,607  
    Other assets     3,904       3,951  
    Total assets   $ 366,097     $ 369,120  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Current liabilities:            
    Current portion of bank debt, net   $ 16,965     $ 4,095  
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     45,652       44,298  
    Current portion of lease financing     7,067       6,912  
    Contract liabilities – current     107,368       97,598  
    Total current liabilities     177,052       152,903  
    Long-term liabilities:            
    Bank debt, net     4,000       37,394  
    Long-term lease financing     6,921       8,749  
    Asset retirement obligations     15,386       14,957  
    Contract liabilities – long-term     42,539       49,121  
    Other     4,851       1,711  
    Total long-term liabilities     73,697       111,932  
    Total liabilities     250,749       264,835  
    Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)            
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; none issued            
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 42,978 and 42,621 issued and outstanding, as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively     430       426  
    Additional paid-in capital     190,378       189,298  
    Retained earnings (deficit)     (75,460 )     (85,439 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     115,348       104,285  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 366,097     $ 369,120  
    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES:            
    Electric sales   $ 85,943     $ 60,681  
    Coal sales     30,185       49,630  
    Other revenues     1,659       1,263  
    Total sales and operating revenues     117,787       111,574  
    EXPENSES:            
    Fuel     15,210       8,059  
    Other operating and maintenance costs     28,389       37,262  
    Cost of purchased power     6,840       1,926  
    Utilities     4,152       4,594  
    Labor     27,029       35,168  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     14,977       15,443  
    Asset retirement obligations accretion     427       399  
    Exploration costs     21       70  
    General and administrative     6,825       5,944  
    Gain on disposal or abandonment of assets, net     (21 )     (24 )
    Total operating expenses     103,849       108,841  
                 
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     13,938       2,733  
                 
    Interest expense (1)     (3,723 )     (3,937 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           (853 )
    Equity method investment (loss)     (236 )     (249 )
    NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES     9,979       (2,306 )
                 
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT):            
    Current            
    Deferred           (610 )
    Total income tax expense (benefit)           (610 )
                 
    NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ 9,979     $ (1,696 )
                 
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:            
    Basic   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )
    Diluted   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )
                 
    WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING            
    Basic     42,619       34,816  
    Diluted     43,462       34,816  
    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
    Net income (loss)   $ 9,979     $ (1,696 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:            
    Deferred income tax (benefit)           (610 )
    Equity method investment loss     236       249  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     14,977       15,443  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           853  
    Gain on disposal or abandonment of assets, net     (21 )     (24 )
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     497       404  
    Asset retirement obligations accretion     427       399  
    Cash paid on asset retirement obligation reclamation     (156 )     (639 )
    Stock-based compensation     1,084       666  
    Amortization of contract liabilities     (35,669 )     (24,529 )
    Accretion on contract liabilities     1,560        
    Change in current assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     2,856       5,709  
    Inventory     367       (6,613 )
    Parts and supplies     (1,033 )     (1,483 )
    Prepaid expenses     (330 )     (37 )
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     3,124       (8,015 )
    Contract liabilities     37,297       35,355  
    Other     3,224       937  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 38,419     $ 16,369  
    Hallador Energy Company
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
    (continued)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:            
    Capital expenditures   $ (11,693 )   $ (14,874 )
    Proceeds from sale of equipment     21       24  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (11,672 )     (14,850 )
                 
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:            
    Payments on bank debt     (33,000 )     (26,500 )
    Borrowings of bank debt     12,000       12,000  
    Payments on lease financing     (1,693 )     (1,238 )
    Proceeds from sale and leaseback arrangement           1,927  
    Issuance of related party notes payable           5,000  
    Debt issuance costs           (38 )
    ATM offering           6,580  
    Taxes paid on vesting of RSUs           (1 )
    Net cash used in financing activities     (22,693 )     (2,270 )
    Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     4,054       (751 )
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period     12,153       7,123  
    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period   $ 16,207     $ 6,372  
                 
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, AND RESTRICTED CASH:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,891     $ 1,635  
    Restricted cash     9,316       4,737  
        $ 16,207     $ 6,372  
                 
    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:            
    Cash paid for interest   $ 1,830     $ 3,083  
                 
    SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION:            
    Change in capital expenditures included in accounts payable and prepaid expense   $ (1,649 )   $ (5,290 )
    Stock issued on redemption of convertible notes and interest   $     $ 9,721  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: OptimizeRx Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Updates Fiscal Year 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Q1 revenue of $21.9 million, increasing 11% year-over-year
    • Q1 gross profit increased 9% year-over-year to $13.3 million
    • Increases full year 2025 guidance to a revenue range between $101 million and $106 million and adjusted EBITDA range between $13 million and $15 million

    WALTHAM, Mass., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — OptimizeRx Corp. (the “Company”) (Nasdaq: OPRX), a leading provider of healthcare technology solutions helping life sciences companies reach and engage healthcare professionals (HCPs) and patients, today reported results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Quarterly comparisons are to the same year-ago period.

    Financial Highlights

    • Revenue in the first quarter of 2025 increased 11% to $21.9 million, as compared to $19.7 million in the same year ago period
    • Gross profit in the first quarter of 2025 increased 9% year-over-year to $13.3 million, from $12.2 million during the first quarter of 2024
    • GAAP net loss totaled $(2.2) million or $(0.12) per basic and diluted share in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to $(6.9) million or $(0.38) per basic and diluted share during the first quarter of 2024
    • Non-GAAP net income in the first quarter totaled $1.5 million or $0.08 per diluted share, as compared to Non-GAAP net loss of $(2.0) million or $(0.11) per diluted share during the first quarter of 2024 (see *Non-GAAP Measures below)
    • Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2025 increased to $1.5 million compared to $(0.3) million in the same year ago period (see *Non-GAAP Measures below)
    • Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaled $16.6 million as of March 31, 2025, as compared to $13.4 million as of December 31, 2024

    Stephen L. Silvestro, OptimizeRx CEO commented, “I’m encouraged by our year-to-date performance, which has exceeded both consensus estimates and our internal expectations. The momentum we saw at the end of 2024 has carried into 2025, with year-to-date contracted revenue up more than 20% compared to the same period last year—positioning us well for a strong second half of the year. I believe this performance clearly reflects the results of our focus on operational excellence, our commitment to delighting customers, and our efforts to deepen relationships with valued business partners, all of which are driving meaningful shareholder value.

    “At the same time, we’ve already converted over 5% of our expected 2025 sales into subscription-based revenue streams. I believe this transition, combined with our improving operating leverage, puts us on a strong path toward achieving Rule of 40 performance in the coming years.

    “Given our strong performance and positive outlook, I’m pleased to announce that we are raising our full-year guidance. We now expect the revenue range to be between $101 million and $106 million, and adjusted EBITDA to be between $13 million and $15 million.”

      Rolling Twelve Months Ended March 31,
    Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)**  2025     2024 
      (in thousands, except percentages)
    Average revenue per top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturer $ 2,960     $ 2,592  
    Percent of total revenue attributable to top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers   63 %     66 %
    Net revenue retention   114 %     116 %
    Revenue per average full-time employee $ 710     $ 641  

    2025 Financial Outlook

    The Company is increasing its 2025 guidance and expects revenue to be between $101 million and $106 million with Adjusted EBITDA to be between $13 million and $15 million.

    Conference Call

    Individual Meeting Invitation

    In an effort to increase relations with institutional investors, OptimizeRx management has dedicated time to hosting individual meetings with portfolio managers and analysts. If you are interested in scheduling a meeting with OptimizeRx management, please contact: adsilva@optimizerx.com or shalper@lifesciadvisors.com.

    *Non-GAAP Measures

    In addition to the financial measures prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), this earnings release also contains non-GAAP financial measures. The reasons why we believe these measures provide useful information to investors and, for historical periods, a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures are included in the supplemental tables that follow.

    Although the Company provides guidance for Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, it is not able to provide guidance to the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Reconciliations for forward-looking figures would require unreasonable effort at this time because of the uncertainty and variability of the nature and amount of certain components of various necessary GAAP components, including, for example, those related to compensation, acquisition expenses, other income, amortization or others that may arise during the year, and the Company’s management believes such reconciliations would imply a degree of precision that would be confusing or misleading to investors. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information.

    **Definition of Key Performance Indicators

    Top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers: We have updated the definition of “top 20 pharmaceutical manufacturers” in our key performance indicators to be based upon Fierce Pharma’s most updated list of “The top 20 pharma companies by 2024 revenue”. We previously used “The top 20 pharma companies by 2023 revenue”. As a result of this change, prior periods have been restated for comparative purposes.

    Net revenue retention: Net revenue retention is a comparison of revenue generated from all clients in the previous period to total revenue generated from the same clients in the following year (i.e., excludes new client relationships for the most recent year).

    Revenue per average full-time employee: We define revenue per average full-time employee (FTE) as total revenue over the last 12 months (LTM) divided by the average number of employees over the LTM, which is calculated by taking our total number of FTEs at the end of the prior year period by our total FTE headcount at the end of the most recent period.

    About OptimizeRx

    OptimizeRx is a leading healthcare technology company that’s redefining how life science brands connect with patients and healthcare providers. Our platform combines innovative AI-driven tools like the Dynamic Audience Activation Platform (DAAP) and Micro-Neighborhood Targeting (MNT) to deliver timely, relevant, and hyper-local engagement. By bridging the gap between HCP and DTC strategies, we empower brands to create synchronized marketing solutions that drive faster treatment decisions and improved patient outcomes.

    Our commitment to privacy-safe, patient-centric technology ensures that every interaction is designed to make a meaningful impact, delivering life-changing therapies to the right patients at the right time. Headquartered in Waltham, Massachusetts, OptimizeRx partners with some of the world’s leading pharmaceutical and life sciences companies to transform the healthcare landscape and create a healthier future for all.

    For more information, follow the Company on Twitter, LinkedIn or visit www.optimizerx.com.  

    Important Cautions Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “expects”, “forecasts”, “intends”, “plans”, “projects”, “targets”, “designed”, “could”, “may”, “should”, “will” or other similar words and expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. All statements that reflect the Company’s expectations, assumptions, projections, beliefs or opinions about the future, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements relating to the Company’s future performance, expected revenues, expected Adjusted EBITDA, plans to grow shareholder value creation, plans to continue the Company’s growth and transformation, plans to position the Company to become a “Rule of 40” company, plans for forging stronger relationships with valued business partners, and other statements relating to future performance, plans, and expectations. These forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations and involve assumptions regarding the Company’s business, the economy, and other future conditions that may never materialize or may prove to be incorrect. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted, or quantified. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of various risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the effect of government regulation, seasonal trends, dependence on a concentrated group of customers, cybersecurity incidents that could disrupt operations, the ability to keep pace with growing and evolving technology, the ability to maintain contracts with electronic prescription platforms and electronic health records networks, competition, and other factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, its subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and in other filings the Company has made and may make with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the future. One should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they were made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update such statements to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made, except as may be required by law.

    OptimizeRx Contact
    Andy D’Silva, SVP Corporate Finance
    adsilva@optimizerx.com

    Investor Relations Contact
    Steven Halper
    LifeSci Advisors, LLC
    shalper@lifesciadvisors.com

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS (unaudited)    
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 16,573     $ 13,380  
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $335 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   32,720       38,212  
    Taxes receivable   113        
    Prepaid expenses and other   2,305       2,379  
    Total current assets   51,711       53,971  
    Property and equipment, net   150       150  
    Other assets      
    Goodwill   70,869       70,869  
    Patent rights, net   5,349       5,517  
    Technology assets, net   7,931       8,180  
    Tradename and customer relationships, net   31,226       31,819  
    Operating lease right of use assets   303       366  
    Security deposits and other assets   229       296  
    Total other assets   115,907       117,047  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 167,768     $ 171,168  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Current portion of long-term debt $ 3,300     $ 2,000  
    Accounts payable   3,381       2,156  
    Accrued expenses   9,277       8,486  
    Revenue share payable   1,743       5,053  
    Taxes payable         318  
    Current portion of lease liabilities   139       168  
    Deferred revenue   511       473  
    Total current liabilities   18,351       18,654  
    Non-current liabilities      
    Long-term debt, net   29,190       30,816  
    Lease liabilities, net of current portion   171       209  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net   3,786       4,491  
    Total liabilities   51,498       54,170  
           
    Stockholders’ equity      
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024          
    Common stock, $0.001 par value, 166,666,667 shares authorized, 20,234,186 and 20,194,697 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   20       20  
    Treasury stock, $0.001 par value, (1,741,397) shares held at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   (2 )     (2 )
    Additional paid-in-capital   202,819       201,348  
    Accumulated deficit   (86,567 )     (84,368 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   116,270       116,998  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 167,768     $ 171,168  
     

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended
    March 31,
       2025     2024 
           
    Net revenue $ 21,928     $ 19,690  
    Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below   8,584       7,486  
    Gross profit   13,344       12,204  
           
    Operating expenses      
    General and administrative expenses   14,364       16,166  
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Total operating expenses   15,458       17,233  
    Loss from operations   (2,114 )     (5,029 )
    Other income (expense)      
    Interest expense   (1,297 )     (1,546 )
    Other income   39        
    Interest income   88       20  
    Total other expense, net   (1,170 )     (1,526 )
    Loss before provision for income taxes   (3,284 )     (6,555 )
    Income tax benefit (expense)   1,085       (344 )
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic   18,470,808       18,170,108  
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted   18,470,808       18,170,108  
    Loss per share – basic $ (0.12 )   $ (0.38 )
    Loss per share – diluted $ (0.12 )   $ (0.38 )
     

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands, unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Stock-based compensation   1,558       3,024  
    Bad debt reserve         132  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs   174       182  
    Changes in:      
    Accounts receivable   5,492       6,373  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   74       800  
    Accounts payable   1,225       (562 )
    Revenue share payable   (3,310 )     (2,692 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   854       (362 )
    Taxes receivable and payable   (431 )     323  
    Deferred tax liabilities   (705 )      
    Deferred revenue   38       732  
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES   3,864       2,118  
           
    CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Purchase of property and equipment   (27 )     (32 )
    Capitalized software development costs   (57 )     (121 )
    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES   (84 )     (153 )
           
    CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Cash paid for employee withholding taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock units   (87 )     (140 )
    Repayment of long-term debt   (500 )     (500 )
    NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES   (587 )     (640 )
    NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   3,193       1,325  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – BEGINNING OF PERIOD   13,380       13,852  
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD $ 16,573     $ 15,177  
           
    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:      
    Cash paid for interest $ 1,121     $ 1,350  
    Cash paid for income taxes $     $ 21  

    OPTIMIZERX CORPORATION
    RECONCILIATION of GAAP to NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (in thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)

    This earnings release includes certain financial measures not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). These non-GAAP financial measures are measures of performance not defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and should be considered in addition to, not in lieu of, GAAP reported measures. Additionally, these non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. However, management believes that presenting certain non-GAAP financial measures provides additional information to facilitate comparison of the Company’s historical operating results and trends in its underlying operating results and provides transparency on how the Company evaluates its business. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating and planning decisions and in evaluating the Company’s performance. Management believes that financial information excluding certain items that are not considered to reflect the Company’s ongoing operating results, such as those listed below, improves the comparability of year-to-year results. Consequently, management believes that investors may be able to better understand the Company’s operating results excluding these items. Non-GAAP financial measures may reflect adjustments for items such as asset impairment charges, amortization, stock-based compensation, acquisition expenses, severance, shareholder activist related fees, CEO search fees, other income, as well as other items that management believes are not related to the Company’s ongoing performance.

      Three Months Ended March 31,
       2025     2024 
    Net loss $         (2,199 )   $         (6,899 )
    Depreciation and amortization           1,094               1,067  
    Stock-based compensation           1,558               3,024  
    Severance expenses           275               419  
    Shareholder activist related fees           451               —  
    CEO search fees           225               —  
    Other income           (39 )             —  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs           174               182  
    Acquisition expenses           —               243  
    Non-GAAP net income (loss) $         1,539     $         (1,964 )
           
    Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share      
    Diluted $         0.08     $         (0.11 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Diluted   18,579,012       18,170,108  
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Net loss $ (2,199 )   $ (6,899 )
    Depreciation and amortization   1,094       1,067  
    Income tax (benefit) expense   (1,085 )     344  
    Stock-based compensation   1,558       3,024  
    Severance expenses   275       419  
    Acquisition expenses         243  
    Shareholder activist related fees   451        
    CEO search fees   225        
    Other income   (39 )      
    Interest expense, net   1,209       1,526  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,489     $ (276 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: GigaCloud Technology Inc Announces First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EL MONTE, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — GigaCloud Technology Inc (Nasdaq: GCT) (“GigaCloud” or the “Company”), a pioneer of global end-to-end B2B technology solutions for large parcel merchandise, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, including sustained revenue and GMV growth over the comparable prior year period.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Total revenues of $271.9 million, increased 8.3% year-over-year.
    • Gross profit of $63.7 million, decreased 4.2% year-over-year.
      Gross margin was 23.4%, compared to 26.5% in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net income of $27.1 million, in line with $27.2 million reported in the prior-year period.
      Net income margin was 10.0%, compared to 10.8% in the first quarter of 2024.
      Diluted EPS increased 3.0% year-over-year to $0.68.
    • Adjusted EBITDA1 of $33.2 million, decreased 3.8% year-over-year.
      Adjusted EPS – diluted2 of $0.83, decreased 1.2% year-over-year.
    • Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted Cash, and Investments totaled $287.5 million as of March 31, 2025, a 5.1% decrease from December 31, 2024.

    Operational Highlights

    • GigaCloud Marketplace GMV3 increased 56.1% year-over-year to $1,416.7 million for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • 3P seller GigaCloud Marketplace GMV4 increased 49.9% year-over-year to $734.3 million for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025. 3P seller GigaCloud Marketplace GMV represented 51.8% of total GigaCloud Marketplace GMV for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Active 3P sellers5 increased 33.4% year-over-year to 1,154 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Active buyers6 increased 81.4% year-over-year to 9,966 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Spend per active buyer7 was $142,156 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2025.

    “Despite persistent industry headwinds, we continue to grow and see the strength of the GigaCloud Marketplace come through—buyers and sellers continue to lean in during times of volatility and challenge. That is a testament to the efficiency and value created by our Supplier Fulfilled Retailing (SFR) model,” said Larry Wu, Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer. “We are building GigaCloud to thrive for the long-term by empowering our partners to do business smarter in an increasingly complex global market. While we are actively managing near-term macro uncertainty, the positive long-term fundamentals reinforce our confidence in delivering lasting value.”

    “In September 2024, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program of $46 million, and subsequently increased the total authorized amount to $62 million in March 2025. As of today, we have repurchased approximately 3.7 million shares for $61.8 million—close to 150% of the gross proceeds raised in our IPO—at a weighted average price well above our IPO offering price. We remain positioned to deploy additional capital through future repurchase authorizations, balancing capital returns and growth investments to drive future shareholder value creation,” said Erica Wei, Chief Financial Officer.

    Business Outlook

    The Company expects its total revenues to be between $275 million and $305 million in the second quarter of 2025. This forecast reflects the Company’s current and preliminary views on the market and operational conditions, which are subject to change and cannot be predicted with reasonable accuracy as of the date hereof.

    Share Repurchase Program

    In September 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a $46 million share repurchase program, which was increased by $16 million to $62 million on March 28, 2025. Following quarter-end, on May 8, 2025, the Board approved an additional $16 million, bringing the total authorization to $78 million. The program runs through August 28, 2025. As of May 12, 2025, the Company has repurchased approximately 3.7 million of its Class A ordinary shares for $61.8 million.

    Under the share repurchase program, the Company may purchase its ordinary shares through various means, including open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, block trades, any combination thereof or other legally permissible means. The Company may effect repurchase transactions in compliance with Rule 10b5-1 and Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The number of shares repurchased and the timing of repurchases will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, price, trading volume and general market conditions, along with the Company’s working capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host a conference call to discuss its financial results at 6:30 pm U.S. Eastern Time on May 12, 2025. Participants who wish to join the call should pre-register here at https://s1.c-conf.com/diamondpass/10046996-fh4na1.html. Upon registration, participants will receive the dial-in number and a unique PIN, which can be used to join the conference call. If participants register and forget their PIN or lose their registration confirmation email, they may re-register to receive a new PIN. All participants are encouraged to dial in 15 minutes prior to the start time.

    A live and archived webcast of the conference call will be accessible on the Company’s investor relations website at: https://investors.gigacloudtech.com/.

    About GigaCloud Technology Inc

    GigaCloud Technology Inc is a pioneer of global end-to-end B2B technology solutions for large parcel merchandise. The Company’s B2B ecommerce platform, which it refers to as the “GigaCloud Marketplace,” integrates everything from discovery, payments and logistics tools into one easy-to-use platform. The Company’s global marketplace seamlessly connects manufacturers, primarily in Asia, with resellers, primarily in the U.S., Asia and Europe, to execute cross-border transactions with confidence, speed and efficiency. The Company offers a truly comprehensive solution that transports products from the manufacturer’s warehouse to the end customer’s doorstep, all at one fixed price. The Company first launched its marketplace in January 2019 by focusing on the global furniture market and has since expanded into additional categories such as home appliances and fitness equipment. For more information, please visit the Company’s website: https://investors.gigacloudtech.com/.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS – diluted, to understand and evaluate its core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is net income excluding interest, income taxes and depreciation, further adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EPS – diluted is a financial measure defined as our Adjusted EBITDA divided by our diluted weighted-average shares outstanding, respectively. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS – diluted as measures of operating performance, for planning purposes, to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and in communications with our Board of Directors and investors concerning our financial performance. Non-GAAP financial measures, which may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

    For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, please see the tables captioned “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” and “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EPS – diluted” set forth at the end of this press release.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements”. Forward-looking statements reflect our current view about future events. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events that the Company believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. Investors can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue” or similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances, or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure you that such expectations will turn out to be correct, and the Company cautions investors that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results and encourages investors to review other factors that may affect its future results in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC.

    For investor and media inquiries, please contact:

    GigaCloud Technology Inc

    Investor Relations

    Email: ir@gigacloudtech.com

    PondelWilkinson, Inc.

    Laurie Berman (Investors) – lberman@pondel.com

    George Medici (Media) – gmedici@pondel.com

     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands except for share data and per share data)
     
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    ASSETS        
    Current assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 251,711   $ 259,759
    Restricted cash     697     685
    Investments     35,101     42,674
    Accounts receivable, net     67,000     57,313
    Inventories     204,854     172,489
    Prepayments and other current assets     19,842     14,672
    Total current assets     579,205     547,592
    Non-current assets        
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     438,692     451,930
    Property and equipment, net     32,688     29,498
    Intangible assets, net     5,893     6,198
    Goodwill     12,586     12,586
    Deferred tax assets     11,366     10,026
    Other non-current assets     10,607     12,645
    Total non-current assets     511,832     522,883
    Total assets   $ 1,091,037   $ 1,070,475
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)
    (In thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Accounts payable $ 87,814     $ 78,163  
    Contract liabilities   5,665       4,486  
    Current operating lease liabilities   90,823       88,521  
    Income tax payable   20,001       13,615  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   87,510       79,594  
    Total current liabilities   291,813       264,379  
    Non-current liabilities      
    Operating lease liabilities, non-current   380,842       395,235  
    Deferred tax liabilities   759       941  
    Finance lease obligations, non-current   241       382  
    Non-current income tax payable   4,485       4,321  
    Total non-current liabilities   386,327       400,879  
    Total liabilities $ 678,140     $ 665,258  
    Commitments and contingencies $     $  
    Shareholders’ equity        
    Treasury shares, at cost (2,008,984 and 609,390 shares held as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   $ (34,550 )   $ (11,816 )
    Class A ordinary shares $0.05 par value, 50,673,268 shares authorized, 32,881,519 and 32,878,735 shares issued as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, 30,872,535 and 32,269,345 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)     1,643       1,643  
    Class B ordinary shares ($0.05 par value, 9,326,732 shares authorized as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 8,076,732 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024)     403       403  
    Additional paid-in capital     121,490       120,262  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (2,096 )     (4,136 )
    Retained earnings     326,007       298,861  
    Total shareholders’ equity     412,897       405,217  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,091,037     $ 1,070,475  
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
    (In thousands except for share data and per share data)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Revenues      
    Service revenues $ 94,068     $ 76,623  
    Product revenues   177,838       174,454  
    Total revenues   271,906       251,077  
    Cost of revenues      
    Services   79,156       62,700  
    Products   129,024       121,829  
    Total cost of revenues   208,180       184,529  
    Gross profit   63,726       66,548  
    Operating expenses      
    Selling and marketing expenses   18,558       14,580  
    General and administrative expenses   14,340       15,389  
    Research and development expenses   2,493       1,756  
    Losses on disposal of property and equipment   12       6  
    Total operating expenses   35,403       31,731  
    Operating income   28,323       34,817  
    Interest expense   (23 )     (81 )
    Interest income   2,621       1,609  
    Foreign currency exchange gains (losses), net   792       (2,709 )
    Government grants   213       6  
    Others, net   579       (322 )
    Income before income taxes   32,505       33,320  
    Income tax expense   (5,359 )     (6,125 )
    Net income $ 27,146     $ 27,195  
    Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders   27,146       27,195  
    Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of nil   411       (112 )
    Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments   (6 )      
    Intra-entity foreign currency transactions gain   1,636        
    Release of foreign currency translation reserve related to liquidation of subsidiaries   (1 )      
    Total other comprehensive income (loss)   2,040       (112 )
    Comprehensive Income $ 29,186     $ 27,083  
    Net income per ordinary share      
    —Basic $ 0.68     $ 0.67  
    —Diluted $ 0.68     $ 0.66  
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in computing net income per ordinary share      
    —Basic   40,020,265       40,788,658  
    —Diluted   40,138,522       40,950,170  
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 27,146     $ 27,195  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   2,049       2,081  
    Share-based compensation   1,227       275  
    Operating lease   1,125       8,806  
    Changes in accounts receivables, net   (9,011 )     (632 )
    Changes in inventories   (30,845 )     (56,047 )
    Changes in prepayments and other assets   (3,217 )     (2,364 )
    Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities   14,551       27,886  
    Changes in contract liabilities   1,096       2,045  
    Changes in income tax payable   6,418       6,552  
    Changes in deferred income taxes   (1,511 )     (2,034 )
    Other operating activities   405       1,546  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   9,433       15,309  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (2,395 )     (3,993 )
    Disposals of property and equipment   34       1,525  
    Purchases of investments   (25,000 )     (10,000 )
    Sales and maturities of investments   31,986        
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   4,625       (12,468 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Repayment of finance lease obligations   (34 )     (595 )
    Repurchases of ordinary shares   (22,734 )      
    Net cash used in financing activities   (22,768 )     (595 )
    Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   674       (306 )
    Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (8,036 )     1,940  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period   260,444       184,168  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period $ 252,408     $ 186,108  
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information      
    Cash paid for interest expense   23       81  
    Cash paid for income taxes   552       1,596  
     
    GigaCloud Technology Inc
    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EBITDA
    (In thousands, except for per share data)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        2025       2024  
      (In thousands)
    Net Income $ 27,146     $ 27,195  
    Add: Income tax expense   5,359       6,125  
    Add: Interest expense   23       81  
    Less: Interest income   (2,621 )     (1,609 )
    Add: Depreciation and amortization   2,049       2,081  
    Add: Share-based compensation expenses   1,227       275  
    Add: Non-recurring items(1)         349  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 33,183     $ 34,497  

    ________________________
    (1) During the three months ended March 31, 2024, one of our fulfillment centers in Japan experienced a fire. As a result of the fire, we recognized losses of $1.8 million. Based on the provisions of our insurance policy, we have determined that partial recovery of the incurred losses is probable as of March 31, 2024 and therefore recorded an insurance recovery of $1.5 million. We do not believe such losses to be recurring or frequent in nature.

    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EPS – DILUTED

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Net income per ordinary share – diluted $ 0.68     $ 0.66  
    Adjustments, per ordinary share:      
    Add: Income tax expense   0.13       0.15  
    Add: Interest expense          
    Less: Interest income   (0.07 )     (0.04 )
    Add: Depreciation and amortization   0.05       0.05  
    Add: Share-based compensation expenses   0.04       0.01  
    Add: Non-recurring items(1)         0.01  
    Adjusted EPS – diluted $ 0.83     $ 0.84  
           
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – diluted   40,138,522       40,950,170  

    ________________________
    (1) During the three months ended March 31, 2024, one of our fulfillment centers in Japan experienced a fire. As a result of the fire, we recognized losses of $1.8 million. Based on the provisions of our insurance policy, we have determined that partial recovery of the incurred losses is probable as of March 31, 2024 and therefore recorded an insurance recovery of $1.5 million. We do not believe such losses to be recurring or frequent in nature.

    ________________________
    1 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measure, please see the section of “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” and the table captioned “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” set forth at the end of this press release.

    2 Adjusted EPS – diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measure, please see the section of “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” and the table captioned “Unaudited Reconciliation of Adjusted EPS – diluted” set forth at the end of this press release.

    3 GigaCloud Marketplace GMV means the total gross merchandise value of transactions ordered through our GigaCloud Marketplace including GigaCloud 3P and GigaCloud 1P, before any deductions of value added tax, goods and services tax, shipping charges paid by buyers to sellers and any refunds.

    4 3P seller GigaCloud Marketplace GMV means the total gross merchandise value of transactions sold through our GigaCloud Marketplace by 3P sellers, before any deductions of value added tax, goods and services tax, shipping charges paid by buyers to sellers and any refunds.

    5 Active 3P sellers means sellers who have sold a product in GigaCloud Marketplace within the last 12-month period, irrespective of cancellations or returns.

    6 Active buyers means buyers who have purchased a product in the GigaCloud Marketplace within the last 12-month period, irrespective of cancellations or returns.

    7 Spend per active buyer is calculated by dividing the total GigaCloud Marketplace GMV within the last 12-month period by the number of active buyers as of such date.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. Announces Financial Results for the Second Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. (NYSE: PFLT) announced today its financial results for the second quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    HIGHLIGHTS
    Quarter ended March 31, 2025 (Unaudited)
    ($ in millions, except per share amounts)
             
               
    Assets and Liabilities:          
    Investment portfolio (1)       $ 2,344.1  
    Net assets       $ 1,067.1  
    GAAP net asset value per share       $ 11.07  
    Quarterly change in GAAP net asset value per share         (2.4 )%
    Adjusted net asset value per share (2)       $ 11.07  
    Quarterly change in adjusted net asset value per share (2)         (2.4 )%
               
    Credit Facility       $ 273.8  
    2036 Asset-Backed Debt       $ 284.4  
    2036-R Asset-Backed Debt       $ 265.3  
    2026 Notes       $ 184.2  
    2037 Asset-Backed Debt       $ 358.1  
    Regulatory debt to equity       1.29x  
    Weighted average yield on debt investments at quarter-end         10.5 %
               
    Operating Results:          
    Net investment income       $ 25.0  
    Net investment income per share (GAAP)       $ 0.28  
    Core net investment income per share (3)       $ 0.28  
    Distributions declared per share       $ 0.31  
               
    Portfolio Activity:          
    Purchases of investments       $ 293.3  
    Sales and repayments of investments       $ 122.4  
               
    PSSL Portfolio data:          
    PSSL investment portfolio       $ 1,060.2  
    Purchases of investments       $ 60.0  
    Sales and repayments of investments       $ 36.8  

    (1)    Includes investments in PennantPark Senior Secured Loan Fund I LLC, or PSSL, an unconsolidated joint venture, totaling $297.3 million, at fair value.

    (2)    This is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that this number provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding the impact of the unrealized amounts on the Credit Facility. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    (3)    Core net investment income (“Core NII”) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that Core NII provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding one-time or non-recurring investment income and expenses. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, Core NII excluded: i) $0.4m of credit facility amendment costs and ii) $0.1m of incentive fee expense offset.

    CONFERENCE CALL AT 9:00 A.M. ET ON May 13, 2025

    PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. (“we”, “our”, “us”, or the “Company”) will also host a conference call at 9:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on Tuesday May 13, 2025 to discuss its financial results. All interested parties are welcome to participate. You can access the conference call by dialing toll-free (888) 394-8218 approximately 5-10 minutes prior to the call. International callers should dial (929) 477-0402. All callers should reference conference ID #6661250 or PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. An archived replay will also be available on a webcast link located on the Quarterly Earnings page in the Investor section of PennantPark’s website.

    PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

    “We are pleased that we significantly increased our financial strength during the quarter. A lower cost credit facility, a new low cost long term securitization, new low cost securitization at our PSSL JV and additional equity capital at PFLT have positioned us well to take advantage of the upcoming attractive vintage of new loans,” said Art Penn, Chairman and CEO. “Additionally, we are pleased that our senior secured loan portfolio, with among the lowest portfolio company leverage and most meaningful covenants in the industry, is positioned defensively and continues to perform well.”

    As of March 31, 2025, our portfolio totaled $2,344.1 million, and consisted of $2,100.2 million of first lien secured debt (including $237.7 million in PSSL), $4.4 million of subordinated debt and $239.5 million of preferred and common equity (including $59.6 million in PSSL). Our debt portfolio consisted of approximately 100% variable-rate investments. As of March 31, 2025, we had four portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 2.2% and 1.2% of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, the portfolio had net unrealized depreciation of $61.2 million. Our overall portfolio consisted of 159 companies with an average investment size of $14.7 million and had a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.5%.

    As of September 30, 2024, our portfolio totaled $1,983.5 million and consisted of $1,746.7 million of first lien secured debt (including $237.7 million in PSSL), $2.7 million of second lien secured debt and subordinated debt and $234.1 million of preferred and common equity (including $56.5 million in PSSL). Our debt portfolio consisted of approximately 100% variable-rate investments. As of September 30, 2024, we had two portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 0.4% and 0.2% of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. As of September 30, 2024, the portfolio had net unrealized depreciation of $11.4 million. Our overall portfolio consisted of 158 companies with an average investment size of $12.6 million, and a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.5%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $293.3 million in three new and 54 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 9.9%. Sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $122.4 million including $52.9 million of sales to PSSL. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $900.2 million in 14 new and 96 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.2%. Sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $523.7 million, including $240.6 million of sales to PSSL.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $338.3 million in 11 new and 48 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.6%. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $144.8 million, including $77.2 million of sales to PSSL. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $640.9 million in 24 new and 64 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.8%. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $248.7 million, including $139.9 million of sales to PSSL.

    PennantPark Senior Secured Loan Fund I LLC

    As of March 31, 2025, PSSL’s portfolio totaled $1,060.2 million, consisted of 118 companies with an average investment size of $9.0 million and had a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.5%. As of September 30, 2024, PSSL’s portfolio totaled $913.3 million, consisted of 109 companies with an average investment size of $8.4 million and had a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.4%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, PSSL invested $60.0 million (including $52.9 million purchase from the Company) in four new and five existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 9.8%. PSSL’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $36.8 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, PSSL invested $284.9 million (including $240.6 million purchased from the Company) in 21 new and 12 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.2%. PSSL’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $123.4 million.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, PSSL invested $80.1 million (including $77.2 million purchased from the Company) in six new and four existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.6%. Sales and repayments of investments for the three months ended March 31, 2024 totaled $49.5 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, PSSL invested $155.9 million (including $139.9 million purchased from the Company) in 10 new and 11 existing portfolio companies at a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.9%. Sales and repayments of investments for the six months ended March 31, 2024 totaled $77.2 million.

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Set forth below are the results of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

    Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 investment income was $61.9 million and $128.9 million, respectively, which was attributable to $56.2 million and $117.2 million from first lien secured debt and $5.7 million and $11.7 million from other investments, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, investment income was $44.4 million and $82.3 million, respectively, which was attributable to $39.0 million and $72.2 million from first lien secured debt and $5.4 million and $10.1 million from other investments, respectively. The increase in investment income for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to the increase in the size of the debt portfolio.

    Expenses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, expenses totaled $36.9 million and $74.0 million, respectively and were comprised of: $22.5 million and $44.9 million of debt related interest and expenses, $5.6 million and $10.9 million of base management fees, $6.3 million and $13.8 million of performance-based incentive fees, $1.9 million and $3.6 million of general and administrative expenses, $0.2 million and $0.5 million of taxes and $0.4 million and $0.4 million in Credit Facility amendment costs. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, expenses totaled $25.3 million and $43.8 million, respectively and were comprised of: $14.7 million and $23.6 million of debt related interest and expenses, $3.4 million and $6.4 million of base management fees, $4.8 million and $9.6 million of performance-based incentive fees, $1.8 million and $3.5 million of general and administrative expenses and $0.5 million and $0.7 million of taxes. The increase in expenses for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to the increase in interest expense from increased borrowings and an increase in base management fees and incentive fee as a result of the increase in our investment portfolio.

    Net Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 net investment income totaled $25.0 million or $0.28 per share, and $55.0 million or $0.64 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net investment income totaled $19.1 million or $0.31 per share, and $38.5 million or $0.64 per share, respectively. The increase in net investment income for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to an increase in investment income partially offset by an increase in expenses.

    Net Realized Gains or Losses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 net realized gains (losses) totaled $(3.5) million and $23.1 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net realized gains (losses) totaled $4.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The change in net realized gains (losses) was primarily due to changes in the market conditions of our investments and the values at which they were realized.

    Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation on Investments and Debt

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $(20.8) million and $(49.7) million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $7.7 million and $13.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, our net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments totaled $(61.2) million and $(11.4) million, respectively. The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on our investments was primarily due to the operating performance of the portfolio companies within our portfolio, changes in the capital market conditions of our investments and realization of investments.

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, our Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, our Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of less than $0.1 million and ($0.1) million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the Credit Facility totaled approximately $0.1 million and zero, respectively. The net change in net unrealized (appreciation) or depreciation was primarily due to changes in the capital markets.

    Net Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $1.2 million or $0.01 per share and $29.6 million or $0.34 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $31.1 million or $0.51 per share and $53.6 million, or $0.89 per share, respectively. The net increase or (decrease) from operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to operating performance of our portfolio and changes in capital market conditions of our investments along with change in size and cost yield of our debt portfolio and costs of financing.

    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Our liquidity and capital resources are derived primarily from cash flows from operations, including income earned, proceeds from investment sales and repayments, and proceeds of securities offerings and debt financings. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies and payments of fees and other operating expenses we incur. We have used, and expect to continue to use, our debt capital, proceeds from our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives and operations.

    In February 2025 the Company, through the 2037 Securitization Issuer, completed a $474.6 million term debt securitization of which we retained $85.1 million of subordinated notes and $28.5 million of BBB-(sf) Class D Notes of the debt securitization. The weighted average credit spread is 1.59%. This 2037 Asset-Backed Debt is scheduled to mature on April 20, 2037.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the annualized weighted average cost of debt, inclusive of the fee on the undrawn commitment on the Credit Facility, amendment costs and debt issuance costs, was 6.8% and 7.1%, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had $462.1 million and $192.1 million of unused borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, respectively, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions.

    As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had cash equivalents of $111.4 million and $112.1 million, respectively, available for investing and general corporate purposes. We believe our liquidity and capital resources are sufficient to take advantage of market opportunities.

    During the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 we issued 11,562,000 shares and 18,838,000 shares of our common stock through the 2024 ATM Program, respectively at an average price of $11.34 per share and $11.35 per share raising $131.0 million and $213.2 million of net proceeds after commissions to the Sales Agents and inclusive of proceeds from the Investment Adviser to ensure that all shares were sold at or above NAV, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we issued 4,493,436 shares of common stock through the 2022 ATM Program at an average price of $11.35 per share, raising $51.0 million of net proceeds after commissions to the Sales Agents and inclusive of proceeds from the Investment Adviser to ensure that all shares were sold at or above NAV, respectively.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2025, our operating activities used cash of $350.8 million and our financing activities provided cash of $350.1 million. Our operating activities used cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities provided cash primarily due to borrowings under our Credit Facility, proceeds from the 2037 Asset-Backed debt and proceeds from the public offerings under our 2024 ATM Program.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2024, our operating activities used cash of $354.5 million and our financing activities provided cash of $379.2 million. Our operating activities used cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities provided cash primarily due to borrowings under the Credit Facility and proceeds from the 2036 Asset-Backed debt partially offset by the repayment of the 2023 Notes.

    DISTRIBUTIONS

    During the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 we declared distributions of $0.3075 and $0.615 per share for total distributions of $27.7 million and $52.9 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we declared distributions of $0.3075 and $0.615 per share for total distributions of $18.8 million and $36.9 million, respectively. We monitor available net investment income to determine if a return of capital for tax purposes may occur for the fiscal year. To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for any given fiscal year, stockholders will be notified of the portion of those distributions deemed to be a tax return of capital. Tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to stockholders subject to information reporting on Form 1099-DIV after the end of each calendar year and in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.

    RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

    In April 2025, PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. amended its credit facility agreement led by Truist Bank. As part of the amendment, the Company pricing decreased to SOFR plus 200 basis points from SOFR plus 225 basis points, the reinvestment period was extended one year to August 2028, the maturity date was extended one year to August 2030, and the maximum first lien advance rate was increased to 72.5% from 70.0%. As part of this amendment, commitments decreased from $736 million to $718 million.

    In April 2025, PSSL through its wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, PennantPark CLO 12, LLC closed a four year reinvestment period, twelve-year final maturity $301 million debt securitization in the form of a collateralized loan obligation. The debt in this securitization is structured in the following manner: (i) $30.0 million of Class A-1 Loans, which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.45%, (ii) $141.0 million of Class A-1 Notes,which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.45%, (iii) $12.0 million of Class A-2 Notes, which bear interest at a three-month SOFR plus 1.60%, (iv) $21.0 million of Class B notes, which bears interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.85%, (v) $24.0 million of Class C notes, which bears interest at three-month SOFR plus 2.30%, (vi) $18.0 million Class D notes, which bears interest at three-month SOFR plus 3.30%, (vii) $55.0 million of Sub notes. The weighted average credit spread is 1.71%. PSSL will continue to retain all of the subordinated notes through a consolidated subsidiary. The reinvestment period for the term debt securitization ends in April 2029 and the debt is scheduled to mature in April 2037. The term debt securitization is expected to be approximately 100% funded at close. The proceeds from the debt will be used to repay a portion of PSSL’s $325 million secured credit facility.

    AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company makes available on its website its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC, and stockholders may find such report on its website at www.pennantpark.com.

    PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (in thousands, except per share data)
     
       
        March 31, 2025     September 30, 2024  
        (unaudited)        
    Assets            
    Investments at fair value            
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (amortized cost— $2,043,844 and $1,622,669, respectively)   $ 2,046,762     $ 1,632,269  
    Controlled, affiliated investments (amortized cost— $361,375 and $372,271, respectively)     297,290       351,235  
    Total investments (amortized cost— $2,405,219 and $1,994,940, respectively)     2,344,052       1,983,504  
    Cash and cash equivalents (cost— $111,368 and $112,046, respectively)     111,358       112,050  
    Interest receivable     11,094       12,167  
    Receivables from investments sold     2,048        
    Distributions receivable     946       635  
    Due from affiliate     82       291  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     2,268       198  
    Total assets     2,471,848       2,108,845  
    Liabilities            
    Credit Facility payable, at fair value (cost— $273,855 and $443,855, respectively)     273,790       443,880  
    2026 Notes payable, net (par—$185,000)     184,220       183,832  
    2036 Asset-Backed Debt, net (par—$287,000)     284,357       284,086  
    2036-R Asset-Backed Debt, net (par-$266,000)     265,300       265,235  
    2037 Asset-Backed Debt, net (par— $361,000)     358,083        
    Payable for investments purchased           20,363  
    Interest payable on debt     15,202       14,645  
    Distributions payable     9,627       7,834  
    Base management fee payable     5,604       4,588  
    Incentive fee payable     6,258       3,189  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses     1,664       2,187  
    Deferred tax liability     612       1,712  
    Total liabilities     1,404,717       1,231,551  
    Net assets            
    Common stock, 96,417,896 and 77,579,896 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Par value $0.001 per share and 200,000,000 shares authorized     96       78  
    Paid-in capital in excess of par value     1,189,888       976,744  
    Accumulated deficit     (122,853 )     (99,528 )
    Total net assets   $ 1,067,131     $ 877,294  
    Total liabilities and net assets   $ 2,471,848     $ 2,108,845  
    Net asset value per share   $ 11.07     $ 11.31  
    PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
     
       
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
        Six months Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Investment income:                        
    From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:                        
    Interest   $ 49,215     $ 30,470     $ 96,678     $ 54,238  
    Dividend     369       577       946       1,085  
    Other income     634       1,268       2,114       3,031  
    From controlled, affiliated investments:                        
    Interest     7,345       8,320       20,153       16,754  
    Dividend     4,375       3,719       8,750       7,219  
    Other income                 306        
    Total investment income     61,938       44,354       128,947       82,327  
    Expenses:                        
    Interest and expenses on debt     22,529       14,688       44,890       23,630  
    Performance-based incentive fee     6,258       4,767       13,750       9,630  
    Base management fee     5,604       3,424       10,868       6,375  
    General and administrative expenses     1,200       1,255       2,400       2,243  
    Administrative services expenses     650       585       1,150       1,211  
    Expenses before amendment costs and provision for taxes     36,241       24,719       73,058       43,089  
    Provision for taxes on net investment income     225       547       450       701  
    Credit Facility amendment costs     442             442        
    Total expenses     36,908       25,266       73,950       43,790  
    Net investment income     25,030       19,088       54,997       38,537  
    Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and debt:                        
    Net realized gain (loss) on:                        
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     (795 )     4,010       386       921  
    Non-controlled and controlled, affiliated investments     (2,682 )           22,811        
    Provision for taxes on realized gain (loss) on investments     (21 )           (94 )      
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (3,498 )     4,010       23,103       921  
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:                        
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     (9,630 )     3,278       (6,688 )     8,506  
    Controlled and non-controlled, affiliated investments     (11,146 )     4,466       (43,050 )     5,408  
    Provision for taxes on unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     468       230       1,100       230  
    Debt appreciation (depreciation)     1       39       91       (23 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and debt     (20,307 )     8,013       (48,547 )     14,121  
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from investments and debt     (23,805 )     12,023       (25,444 )     15,042  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations   $ 1,225     $ 31,111     $ 29,553     $ 53,579  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share   $ 0.01     $ 0.51     $ 0.34     $ 0.89  
    Net investment income per common share   $ 0.28     $ 0.31     $ 0.64     $ 0.64  

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK FLOATING RATE CAPITAL LTD.

    PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. is a business development company which primarily invests in U.S. middle-market companies in the form of floating rate senior secured loans, including first lien secured debt, second lien secured debt and subordinated debt. From time to time, the Company may also invest in equity investments. PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. is managed by PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC.

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC

    PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is a leading middle-market credit platform, managing approximately $10 billion of investable capital, including potential leverage. Since its inception in 2007, PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC has provided investors access to middle-market credit by offering private equity firms and their portfolio companies as well as other middle-market borrowers a comprehensive range of creative and flexible financing solutions. PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is headquartered in Miami and has offices in New York, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, and Amsterdam.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND OTHER

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that under Section 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to forward-looking statements made in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this press release are forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or results, and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described from time to time in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd. undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement made herein. You should not place undue influence on such forward-looking statements as such statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.

    We may use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “seeks,” “plans,” “estimates” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations.

    The information contained herein is based on current tax laws, which may change in the future. The Company cannot be held responsible for any direct or incidental loss resulting from applying any of the information provided in this publication or from any other source mentioned. The information provided in this material does not constitute any specific legal, tax or accounting advice. Please consult with qualified professionals for this type of advice.

    CONTACT: Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
      PennantPark Floating Rate Capital Ltd.
      (212) 905-1000
      www.pennantpark.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Rigetti Computing Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BERKELEY, Calif., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Rigetti Computing, Inc. (Nasdaq: RGTI) (“Rigetti” or the “Company”), a pioneer in full-stack quantum-classical computing, today announced its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 and Recent Financial Highlights

    • Total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were $1.5 million
    • Total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were $22.1 million
    • Operating loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $21.6 million
    • Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $42.6 million
    • Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 includes $62.1 million of non-cash gains from the change in fair value of derivative warrant and earn-out liabilities
    • As of March 31, 2025 cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments totaled $209.1 million
    • As of April 30, 2025, following the previously announced closing of the share purchase by Quanta Computer, Inc., cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments totaled $237.7 million

    “Rigetti is proud to be awarded important government-funded projects in the U.S. and U.K. to advance our technology, which demonstrates our continued leadership in superconducting quantum computing,” says Rigetti CEO Dr. Subodh Kulkarni. “We also are making great strides in developing innovative approaches to scaling to higher qubit count systems, which is possible due to our open and modular system architecture, in-house full-stack expertise, and world-class partners.”

    Recent Business Developments

    Rigetti Selected to Participate in DARPA’s Quantum Benchmarking Initiative
    Rigetti will advance to Stage A, a 6-month performance period focused on the Company’s utility-scale quantum computer concept worth up to $1 million upon completion of program milestones. Rigetti’s proposed concept to design and build a Utility-Scale Quantum Computer (USQC) combines the Company’s proprietary multi-chip architecture with scalable quantum error correction (QEC) codes. Rigetti’s long-time partner and leader in QEC technology, Riverlane, will be collaborating on this project and bringing their expertise to help refine the proposed USQC concept and validate the underlying technology.

    Rigetti Granted AFOSR Award to Further Develop Breakthrough Chip Fabrication Technology
    Rigetti will lead a $5.48 million consortium to further develop its breakthrough chip fabrication technology, Alternating-Bias Assisted Annealing (ABAA). Rigetti will collaborate with Iowa State University, the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, the University of Connecticut, and Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory* to develop a detailed understanding of how ABAA impacts the chip on a microscopic level — which aims to shed light on defects in superconducting qubits and open new avenues for understanding and mitigating them.

    *Funded separately though Laboratory for Physical Sciences, University of Maryland

    Rigetti Awarded Three Innovate UK Quantum Mission Pilot Awards to Advance Superconducting Quantum Computing
    Rigetti will lead a £3.5 million consortium to advance quantum error correction capabilities on superconducting quantum computers. In collaboration with Riverlane and the National Quantum Computing Centre (NQCC) Superconducting Circuits Team, the consortium will conduct ambitious QEC tests that advance state-of-the-art metrics and demonstrate real-time QEC capabilities — a requirement for universal, fault-tolerant quantum computing.

    As part of the project, Rigetti will also upgrade its existing NQCC quantum computer. The upgrades will include:

    • Deploying a larger 36-qubit quantum processing unit (QPU), updating from the current 24-qubit QPU
    • Integrating Rigetti’s latest generation control system, enabling improved qubit control and a fully programmable, low-latency interface with Riverlane’s QEC Stack

    Rigetti was also awarded two additional Quantum Missions pilot competition projects:

    • Collaboration with SEEQC to integrate its digital chip-based technology with Rigetti’s 9-qubit Novera™ QPU hosted at the NQCC with the goal of identifying and understanding the key system components needed for scalable QEC.
    • Collaboration with TreQ, Qruise, Q-CTRL, and Oxford Ionics aims to create an open-architecture quantum computing testbed and deliver an open specification for quantum workflows, creating a common interface between quantum software and hardware.

    Rigetti Closes Investment by Quanta Computer
    On April 29, 2025, Rigetti closed its previously announced investment by Quanta Computer Inc. related to our strategic collaboration agreement. In connection with the closing, Quanta purchased approximately $35 million of shares of Rigetti common stock at approximately $11.59 per share.

    Recent Technical Updates

    Controlling a Superconducting Qubit Using Optical Signals
    Rigetti’s joint paper with Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and University of Chicago, “Coherent control of a superconducting qubit using light,” has been published in Nature Physics.

    Fault-tolerant quantum computing will likely require 10,000 to a million physical qubits. Scaling these systems is challenging because they require bulky microwave components with high thermal loads that can quickly overwhelm the cooling power of a dilution refrigerator. Optical signals have a considerably smaller footprint and negligible thermal conductivity.

    The team successfully demonstrated the integration of a hybrid microwave-optical quantum transducer with a Rigetti-fabricated superconducting qubit. This hybrid set-up enables optical control of the qubit, removing the need for coax lines and provides a promising approach to scaling to higher qubit count systems.

    New Quantum Algorithm Boosts Classical Optimizers
    Rigetti leveraged its new quantum optimization algorithm, quantum preconditioning, to address a power energy grid problem. Using a public dataset representing South Carolina’s energy grid, the problem was to compute the maximum power exchange section, a metric that informs on the health and the power delivery capability of the energy network. Using Rigetti’s 84-qubit Ankaa-3 system, quantum preconditioning was used to boost best-in-class classical optimizers. A relative advantage against the classical baseline was achieved along with a high solution accuracy, highlighting the potential for quantum preconditioning to achieve quantum utility for solving practical optimization problems.

    Conference Call and Webcast
    Rigetti will host a conference call later today, May 12, 2025, at 5:00 pm ET, or 2:00 pm PT, to discuss its first quarter 2025 financial results.

    You can listen to a live audio webcast of the conference call at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/5w8qggnn/ or the “Events & Presentations” section of the Company’s Investor Relations website at https://investors.rigetti.com/. A replay of the conference call will be available at the same locations following the conclusion of the call for one year.

    To participate in the live call, you must register using the following link: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIa01e2c81dc8f4031b25c1ce89653b15e. Once registered, you will receive dial-in numbers and a unique PIN number. When you dial in, you will input your PIN and be routed into the call. If you register and forget your PIN, or lose the registration confirmation email, simply re-register to receive a new PIN.

    About Rigetti
    Rigetti is a pioneer in full-stack quantum computing. The Company has operated quantum computers over the cloud since 2017 and serves global enterprise, government, and research clients through its Rigetti Quantum Cloud Services platform. In 2021, Rigetti began selling on-premises quantum computing systems with qubit counts between 24 and 84 qubits, supporting national laboratories and quantum computing centers. Rigetti’s 9-qubit Novera QPU was introduced in 2023 supporting a broader R&D community with a high-performance, on-premises QPU designed to plug into a customer’s existing cryogenic and control systems. The Company’s proprietary quantum-classical infrastructure provides high-performance integration with public and private clouds for practical quantum computing. Rigetti has developed the industry’s first multi-chip quantum processor for scalable quantum computing systems. The Company designs and manufactures its chips in-house at Fab-1, the industry’s first dedicated and integrated quantum device manufacturing facility. Learn more at https://www.rigetti.com/.

    Contacts
    Rigetti Computing Investor Contact:
    IR@Rigetti.com

    Rigetti Computing Media Contact:
    press@rigetti.com

    Cautionary Language Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this communication may be considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including statements with respect to the Company’s future success and performance, including expectations with respect to timing of the development and commercialization of superconducting quantum computing; expectations regarding the advantages and impact of the government-funded projects on the Company’s operations, technology roadmap, milestones, and the Company’s position in the industry; statements to the development of innovative approaches to scaling to higher qubit count systems and the impact of our open and modular system architecture, in-house full-stack expertise, and world-class partners; expectations for work under the AFOSR Award to shed light on defects in superconducting qubits and open new avenues for understanding and mitigating them; and expectations for the Quantum Missions pilot competition projects to: (a) lead to identifying and understanding key system components needed for scalable QEC, and (b) create an open-architecture quantum computing testbed and deliver an open specification for quantum workflows, creating a common interface between quantum software and hardware. These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by the Company and its management, are inherently uncertain. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: the Company’s ability to achieve milestones, technological advancements, including with respect to its technology roadmap; the ability of the Company to obtain government contracts successfully and in a timely manner and the availability of government funding; the potential of quantum computing; the success of the Company’s partnerships and collaborations, including the strategic collaboration with Quanta; the Company’s ability to accelerate its development of multiple generations of quantum processors; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company or others; the ability to maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and attract and retain management and key employees; costs related to operating as a public company; changes in applicable laws or regulations; the possibility that the Company may be adversely affected by other economic, business, or competitive factors; the Company’s estimates of expenses and profitability; the evolution of the markets in which the Company competes; the ability of the Company to implement its strategic initiatives and expansion plans; the expected use of proceeds from the Company’s past and future financings or other capital; the sufficiency of the Company’s cash resources; unfavorable conditions in the Company’s industry, the global economy or global supply chain, including rising inflation and interest rates, deteriorating international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks; and other risks and uncertainties set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and other documents filed by the Company from time to time with the SEC. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and the Company assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements other than as required by applicable law. The Company does not give any assurance that it will achieve its expectations.

     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except number of shares and par value)
    (unaudited)
                 
        March 31,   December 31,
        2025   2024
    Assets            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 37,162     $ 67,674  
    Available-for-sale investments – short-term     171,966       124,420  
    Accounts receivable     1,068       2,427  
    Prepaid expenses     2,124       3,156  
    Other current assets     2,041       9,081  
    Total current assets     214,361       206,758  
    Available-for-sale investments – long-term           25,068  
    Property and equipment, net     46,100       44,643  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     7,609       7,993  
    Other assets     1,068       325  
    Total assets   $ 269,138     $ 284,787  
                 
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            
    Current liabilities:            
    Accounts payable   $ 3,401     $ 1,590  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     5,665       8,005  
    Current portion of deferred revenue     147       113  
    Current portion of operating lease liabilities     2,179       2,159  
    Total current liabilities     11,392       11,867  
    Deferred revenue, less current portion     698       698  
    Operating lease liabilities, less current portion     6,230       6,641  
    Derivative warrant liabilities     39,576       93,095  
    Earn-out liabilities     4,114       45,897  
    Total liabilities     62,010       158,198  
    Commitments and contingencies            
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding            
    Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 286,974,947 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and 283,546,871 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024     29       29  
    Additional paid-in capital     719,315       681,202  
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (88 )     105  
    Accumulated deficit     (512,128 )     (554,747 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     207,128       126,589  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 269,138     $ 284,787  
                     
     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
         
        Three months ended March 31,
        2025 2024
    Revenue   $ 1,472     $ 3,052  
    Cost of revenue     1,030       1,552  
    Total gross profit     442       1,500  
    Operating expenses:            
    Research and development     15,455       11,471  
    Selling, general and administrative     6,619       6,614  
    Total operating expenses     22,074       18,085  
    Loss from operations     (21,632 )     (16,585 )
    Other income (expense), net            
    Interest expense           (1,107 )
    Interest income     2,152       1,123  
    Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     53,262       (2,583 )
    Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities     8,837       (1,621 )
    Total other income (expense), net     64,251       (4,188 )
    Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes     42,619       (20,773 )
    Provision for income taxes            
    Net income (loss)   $ 42,619     $ (20,773 )
    Net income (loss) available to common stockholders used in diluted earnings per share   $ 38,256     $ (20,773 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic   $ 0.15     $ (0.14 )
    Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted   $ 0.13     $ (0.14 )
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – basic     284,698       151,855  
    Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted     301,595       151,855  
                     
     
    RIGETTI COMPUTING INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
         
        Three months ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
    Net income (loss)   $ 42,619     $ (20,773 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:            
    Depreciation and amortization     1,829       1,787  
    Stock-based compensation     4,174       2,991  
    Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities     (8,837 )     1,621  
    Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     (53,262 )     2,583  
    Accretion of available-for-sale securities     (1,423 )     (855 )
    Amortization of debt issuance costs, commitment fees and accretion of final payment fees           298  
    Non-cash lease expense     384       391  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     1,359       323  
    Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets     1,379       435  
    Deferred revenue     34       (214 )
    Accounts payable     747       334  
    Accrued expenses and operating lease liabilities     (2,654 )     (2,060 )
    Net cash used in operating activities     (13,651 )     (13,139 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:            
    Purchases of property and equipment     (2,547 )     (5,493 )
    Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (44,062 )     (27,287 )
    Maturities of available-for-sale securities     23,000       39,000  
    Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (23,609 )     6,220  
    Cash flows from financing activities:            
    Payments of principal of notes payable           (3,045 )
    Proceeds from sale of common stock through Common Stock Purchase Agreement           12,838  
    Proceeds from sale of common stock through At-The-Market (ATM) Offering           11,031  
    Payments of offering costs     (73 )     (174 )
    Net proceeds from tax withholdings on sell-to-cover equity award transactions     6,272        
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options     327       60  
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants     409        
    Net cash provided by financing activities     6,935       20,710  
    Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (187 )     (85 )
    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (30,512 )     13,706  
    Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period     67,674       21,392  
    Cash and cash equivalents – end of period   $ 37,162     $ 35,098  
    Supplemental disclosures of other cash flow information:            
    Cash paid for interest   $     $ 811  
    Non-cash investing and financing activities:            
    Capitalization of deferred costs to equity upon share issuance           52  
    Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable     1,408       1,115  
    Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accrued expenses     74        
    Reclassification of earn-out liabilities to additional paid-in capital for vesting of Promote Sponsor Vesting Shares     32,946        
    Reclassification of derivative liabilities to additional paid-in capital due to exercise of Public Warrants     257        
    Purchases of deferred offering costs in accounts payable     122       273  
    Unrealized losses on short term investments     (8 )     (18 )
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PennantPark Investment Corporation Announces Financial Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — PennantPark Investment Corporation (NYSE: PNNT) announced today its financial results for the second quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    HIGHLIGHTS       
    Quarter ended March 31, 2025 (unaudited)
    ($ in millions, except per share amounts)                           

    Assets and Liabilities:    
    Investment portfolio (1) $ 1,213.6  
    Net assets $ 488.1  
    GAAP net asset value per share $ 7.48  
    Quarterly change in GAAP net asset value per share   (1.2 )%
    Adjusted net asset value per share (2) $ 7.48  
    Quarterly change in adjusted net asset value per share (2)   (1.2 )%
         
    Credit Facility $ 311.4  
    2026 Notes $ 149.0  
    2026-2 Notes $ 163.5  
    Regulatory debt to equity 1.29x  
    Weighted average yield on debt investments   12.0 %
         
    Operating Results:    
    Net investment income $ 11.4  
    Net investment income per share $ 0.18  
    Core net investment income per share (3) $ 0.18  
    Distributions declared per share $ 0.24  
         
    Portfolio Activity:    
    Purchases of investments * $ 176.8  
    Sales and repayments of investments * $ 263.1  
         
    PSLF Portfolio data:    
    PSLF investment portfolio $ 1,392.9  
    Purchases of investments $ 169.9  
    Sales and repayments of investments $ 48.3  
           

    * excludes U.S. Government Securities

    1. Includes investments in PennantPark Senior Loan Fund, LLC (“PSLF”), an unconsolidated joint venture, totaling $217.7 million, at fair value.
    2. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that this number provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding the impact of unrealized gain on the Company’s multi-currency, senior secured revolving credit facility with Truist Bank, as amended, the “Credit Facility.” The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.
    3. Core net investment income (“Core NII”) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that Core NII provides useful information to investors and management because it reflects the Company’s financial performance excluding one-time or non-recurring investment income and expenses. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, Core NII excluded: i) $0.3 million of credit facility amendment cost, and ii) $0.1 million of incentive fee expense offset.

    CONFERENCE CALL AT 12:00 P.M. EST ON MAY 13, 2025

    PennantPark Investment Corporation (“we,” “our,” “us” or the “Company”) will also host a conference call at 12:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on Tuesday, May 13, 2025 to discuss its financial results. All interested parties are welcome to participate. You can access the conference call by dialing toll-free (888) 394-8218 approximately 5-10 minutes prior to the call. International callers should dial (646) 828-8193. All callers should reference conference ID #1509093 or PennantPark Investment Corporation. An archived replay will also be available on a webcast link located on the Quarterly Earnings page in the Investor section of PennantPark’s website.

    PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY 

    “We are pleased that our secured loan portfolio, with among the lowest portfolio company leverage and most meaningful covenants in the industry, is positioned defensively and continues to perform well,” said Art Penn, Chairman and CEO. “Additionally, our dividend stream is supported by substantial spillover income as we look to rotate equity investments over time.”

    As of March 31, 2025, our portfolio totaled $1,213.6 million and consisted of $503.0 million or 41% of first lien secured debt, $124.6 million or 10% of U.S. Government Securities, $17.9 million or 2% of second lien secured debt, $216.8 million or 18% of subordinated debt (including $140.3 million or 12% in PSLF) and $351.3 million or 29% of preferred and common equity (including $77.4 million or 6% in PSLF). Our interest bearing debt portfolio consisted of 91% variable-rate investments and 9% fixed-rate investments. As of March 31, 2025, we had three portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 1.6% and 0.4% percent of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized appreciation of $40.7 million as of March 31, 2025. Our overall portfolio consisted of 158 companies with an average investment size of $6.9 million (excluding U.S. Government Securities), had a weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 12.0%.

    As of September 30, 2024, our portfolio totaled $1,328.1 million and consisted of $667.9 million or 50% of first lien secured debt, $99.6 million or 8% of U.S. Government Securities, $67.2 million or 5% of second lien secured debt, $181.7 million or 14% of subordinated debt (including $115.9 million or 9% in PSLF) and $311.7 million or 23% of preferred and common equity (including $67.9 million or 5% in PSLF). Our interest bearing debt portfolio consisted of 94% variable-rate investments and 6% fixed-rate investments. As of September 30, 2024, we had two portfolio companies on non-accrual, representing 4.1% and 2.3% of our overall portfolio on a cost and fair value basis, respectively. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized appreciation of $11.2 million as of September 30, 2024. Our overall portfolio consisted of 152 companies with an average investment size of $8.1 million (excluding U.S. Government Securities), had a weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 12.3%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $176.8 million in three new and 52 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.7% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the three months ended March 31, 2025, sales and repayments of investments totaled $263.1 million (including $154.4 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $472.5 million in 15 new and 96 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 10.6% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the six months ended March 31, 2025, sales and repayments of investments totaled $616.8 million (including $441.0 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $188.5 million in six new and 43 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.7% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the three months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $176.2 million (including $103.1 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, we invested $419.6 million in 18 new and 60 existing portfolio companies with a weighted average yield on debt investments of 11.8% (excluding U.S. Government Securities). For the six months ended March 31, 2024, sales and repayments of investments totaled $247.2 million (including $154.0 million was sold to PSLF) which excludes U.S. Government Securities.
      
    PennantPark Senior Loan Fund, LLC

    As of March 31, 2025, PSLF’s portfolio totaled $1,392.9 million, consisted of 119 companies with an average investment size of $11.7 million and had a weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 10.4%.

    As of September 30, 2024, PSLF’s portfolio totaled $1,031.2 million, consisted of 102 companies with an average investment size of $10.1 million and had a weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 11.3%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, PSLF invested $169.9 million (including $154.4 million were purchased from the Company) in eight new and 14 existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 10.1%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $48.3 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2025, PSLF invested $523.7 million (including $441.0 million were purchased from the Company) in 23 new and 57 existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield interest bearing debt investments of 10.4%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $157.4 million.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2024, PSLF invested $113.2 million (including $103.1 million were purchased from the Company) in 11 new and five existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 11.8%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $49.7 million. For the six months ended March 31, 2024, PSLF invested $194.2 million (including $154.0 million were purchased from the Company) in 16 new and 11 existing portfolio companies at weighted average yield on interest bearing debt investments of 12.2%. PSLF’s sales and repayments of investments for the same period totaled $78.9 million.

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Set forth below are the results of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

    Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, investment income was $30.7 million and $64.9 million, respectively, which was attributable to $22.1 million and $47.3 million from first lien secured debt, $1.0 million and $3.0 million from second lien secured debt, $1.1 million and $2.2 million from subordinated debt and $6.5 million and $12.4 million from other investments, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, investment income was $36.0 million and $70.3 million, respectively, which was attributable to $27.8 million and $52.9 million from first lien secured debt, $2.8 million and $5.4 million from second lien secured debt, $0.1 million and $1.4 million from subordinated debt and $5.3 million and $10.6 million from preferred and common equity, respectively. The decrease in investment income for three and six months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to a decrease in our total portfolio size and a decrease in our weighted average yield on debt investments.

    Expenses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, expenses totaled $19.2 million and $40.4 million, respectively, and were comprised of $10.6 million and $22.4 million of debt related interest and expenses, $4.0 million and $8.3 million of base management fees, $2.4 million and $5.2 million of incentive fees, $1.6 million and $3.3 million of general and administrative expenses and $0.6 million and $1.3 million of provision for excise taxes, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, expenses totaled $21.7 million and $40.4 million, respectively, and were comprised of; $11.9 million and $21.4 million of debt-related interest and expenses, $4.1 million and $8.1 million of base management fees, $3.0 million and $6.3 million of incentive fees, $1.9 million and $3.3 million of general and administrative expenses and $0.8 million and $1.2 million of provision for excise taxes, respectively. The decrease in expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was primarily due to decreases in interest and expenses on debt and incentive fees. Total expenses were flat for the six months ended March 31, 2025.

    Net Investment Income

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net investment income totaled $11.4 million and $24.4 million, or $0.18 per share and $0.37 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net investment income totaled $14.3 million and $29.9 million, or $0.22 per share and $0.46 per share, respectively. The decrease in net investment income was primarily due to a decrease in investment income and partially offset by a decrease in expenses.

    Net Realized Gains or Losses

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net realized gains (losses) totaled $(27.7) million and $(30.3) million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net realized gains (losses) totaled $(31.0) million and $(29.2) million, respectively. The change in realized gains (losses) was primarily due to changes in the market conditions of our investments and the values at which they were realized.

    Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation on Investments and Debt

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $27.1 million and $29.5 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we reported net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of $33.2 million and $28.3 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, our net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments totaled $40.7 million and $11.2 million, respectively. The net change in unrealized depreciation on our investments was primarily due to changes in the capital market conditions of our investments and the values at which they were realized.

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, the Truist Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of $(1.4) million and $1.9 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, the Truist Credit Facility had a net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of $0.5 million and $(1.6) million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the Truist Credit Facility totaled $3.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The net change in unrealized depreciation compared to the same periods in the prior period was primarily due to changes in the capital markets.

    Net Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

    For the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $9.5 million and $25.5 million or $0.14 per share and $0.39 per share, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations totaled $16.1 million and $26.7 million or $0.25 per share and $0.41 per share, respectively. The change in net assets from operations for the six months ended March 31, 2025 was primarily due to a change in the net realized and unrealized depreciation in the portfolio primarily driven by changes in market conditions and decrease in net investment income.

    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Our liquidity and capital resources are derived primarily from cash flows from operations, including income earned, proceeds from investment sales and repayments and proceeds of securities offerings and debt financings. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies and payments of interest expense, fees and other operating expenses we incur. We have used, and expect to continue to use, our debt capital, proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives and operations.

    As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had $314.5 million and $461.5 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Truist Credit Facility. The Truist Credit Facility had a weighted average interest rate of 6.7% and 7.2%, respectively, exclusive of the fee on undrawn commitment.  As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had $185.5 million and $13.5 million of unused borrowing capacity under the Truist Credit Facility, respectively, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions.

    As of March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2024, we had cash and cash equivalents of $32.6 million and $49.9 million, respectively, available for investing and general corporate purposes. We believe our liquidity and capital resources are sufficient to allows us to effectively operate our business.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2025, our operating activities provided cash of $161.1 million and our financing activities used cash of $178.3 million. Our operating activities provided cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities used cash primarily for repayments of our credit facility and distributions paid to stockholders.

    For the six months ended March 31, 2024, our operating activities used cash of $150.9 million and our financing activities provided cash of $147.5 million. Our operating activities used cash primarily due to our investment activities and our financing activities provided cash primarily from borrowings under the Truist Credit Facility.

    DISTRIBUTIONS

    During the three and six months ended March 31, 2025, we declared distributions of $0.24 and $0.48 per share, for total distributions of $15.7 million and $31.3 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2024, we declared distributions of $0.21 and $0.42 per share, for total distributions of $13.7 million and $27.4 million, respectively. We monitor available net investment income to determine if a return of capital for tax purposes may occur for the fiscal year. To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for any given fiscal year, stockholders will be notified of the portion of those distributions deemed to be a tax return of capital. Tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to stockholders subject to information reporting on Form 1099-DIV after the end of each calendar year and in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.

    AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company makes available on its website its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC and stockholders may find the report on our website at www.pennantpark.com.

    PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
    (In thousands, except share data)
     
      March 31, 2025     September 30, 2024  
      (unaudited)        
    Assets          
    Investments at fair value          
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (amortized cost—$716,505 and $916,168, respectively) $ 723,808     $ 910,323  
    Non-controlled, affiliated investments (amortized cost—$58,068 and $56,734, respectively)   11,050       33,423  
    Controlled, affiliated investments (amortized cost—$398,359 and $343,970, respectively)   478,752       384,304  
    Total investments (amortized cost—$1,172,932 and $1,316,872, respectively)   1,213,610       1,328,050  
    Cash and cash equivalents (cost—$32,568 and $49,833, respectively)   32,587       49,861  
    Interest receivable   5,322       5,261  
    Distribution receivable   6,040       5,417  
    Due from affiliates   35       228  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   185       269  
    Total assets   1,257,779       1,389,086  
    Liabilities          
    Truist Credit Facility payable, at fair value (cost—$314,456 and $461,456, respectively)   311,412       460,361  
    2026 Notes payable, net (par— $150,000)   149,022       148,571  
    2026 Notes-2 payable, net (par— $165,000)   163,506       163,080  
    Payable for investment purchased   124,609       100,096  
    Interest payable on debt   6,349       6,406  
    Distributions payable   5,224       5,224  
    Base management fee payable   4,017       4,297  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   3,108       4,053  
    Incentive fee payable   2,425       3,057  
    Due to affiliate   1       33  
    Total liabilities   769,673       895,178  
    Commitments and contingencies          
    Net assets          
    Common stock, 65,296,094 and 65,296,094 shares issued and outstanding, respectively              
    Par value $0.001 per share and 200,000,000 shares authorized   65       65  
    Paid-in capital in excess of par value   743,968       743,968  
    Accumulated deficit   (255,927 )     (250,125 )
    Total net assets $ 488,106     $ 493,908  
    Total liabilities and net assets $ 1,257,779     $ 1,389,086  
    Net asset value per share $ 7.48     $ 7.56  
                   
    PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (In thousands, except share data)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
      2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Investment income:                      
    From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:                      
    Interest $ 14,987     $ 22,904     $ 33,753     $ 43,972  
    Payment-in-kind   1,564       187       2,985       189  
    Dividend income   499       623       1,006       1,315  
    Other income   120       778       702       2,203  
    From non-controlled, affiliated investments:                      
    Payment-in-kind                     347  
    From controlled, affiliated investments:                      
    Interest   7,887       5,941       15,142       11,422  
    Payment-in-kind         857       823       1,489  
    Dividend income   5,579       4,689       10,430       9,378  
    Other income   27             27        
    Total investment income   30,663       35,979       64,868       70,315  
    Expenses:                      
    Interest and expenses on debt   10,318       11,868       22,058       21,424  
    Base management fee   4,017       4,137       8,285       8,141  
    Incentive fee   2,425       3,018       5,180       6,339  
    General and administrative expenses   1,150       1,379       2,400       2,593  
    Administrative services expenses   450       550       950       739  
    Expenses before amendment costs, debt issuance costs and provision for taxes   18,360       20,952       38,873       39,236  
    Provision for taxes on net investment income   550       775       1,250       1,168  
    Credit facility amendment and debt issuance costs   324             324        
    Net expenses   19,234       21,727       40,447       40,404  
    Net investment income   11,429       14,252       24,421       29,911  
    Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and debt:                      
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments and debt:                      
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments   (27,714 )     (1,434 )     (30,274 )     1,146  
    Non-controlled and controlled, affiliated investments         (29,419 )           (30,169 )
    Provision for taxes on realized gain on investments   (49 )     (177 )     (49 )     (177 )
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments and debt   (27,763 )     (31,030 )     (30,323 )     (29,200 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:                      
    Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments   17,918       (1,528 )     13,141       (13,798 )
    Non-controlled and controlled, affiliated investments   9,214       34,751       16,352       42,075  
    Provision for taxes on unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments   37       (830 )           (680 )
    Debt appreciation (depreciation)   (1,379 )     470       1,949       (1,570 )
    Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and debt   25,790       32,863       31,442       26,027  
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from investments and debt   (1,973 )     1,833       1,119       (3,173 )
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations $ 9,456     $ 16,085     $ 25,540     $ 26,738  
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share $ 0.14     $ 0.25     $ 0.39     $ 0.41  
    Net investment income per common share $ 0.18     $ 0.22     $ 0.37     $ 0.46  
                                   

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT CORPORATION

    PennantPark Investment Corporation, or the Company, is a business development company that invests primarily in U.S. middle-market companies in the form of first lien secured debt, second lien secured debt, subordinated debt and equity investments. PennantPark Investment Corporation is managed by PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC.

    ABOUT PENNANTPARK INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC

    PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is a leading middle market credit platform, managing approximately $10 billion of investable capital, including available leverage. Since its inception in 2007, PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC has provided investors access to middle market credit by offering private equity firms and their portfolio companies as well as other middle-market borrowers a comprehensive range of creative and flexible financing solutions. PennantPark Investment Advisers, LLC is headquartered in Miami and has offices in New York, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, and Amsterdam.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that under Section 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to forward-looking statements made in periodic reports PennantPark Investment Corporation files under the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this press release are forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or results and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described from time to time in filings with the SEC. PennantPark Investment Corporation undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement made herein. You should not place undue influence on such forward-looking statements as such statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.

    We may use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “seeks,” “plans,” “estimates” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations.

    The information contained herein is based on current tax laws, which may change in the future. The Company cannot be held responsible for any direct or incidental loss resulting from applying any of the information provided in this publication or from any other source mentioned. The information provided in this material does not constitute any specific legal, tax or accounting advice. Please consult with qualified professionals for this type of advice.

    Contact: Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
      PennantPark Investment Corporation
      (212) 905-1000
      www.pennantpark.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Congressman Sorensen Leads Bipartisan Bill to Increase Resources for Disabled Veterans

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Eric Sorensen (IL-17)

    Congressman Eric Sorensen (IL-17), Congresswoman Nicole Malliotakis (NY-11), and House Veterans Affairs Committee Ranking Member Mark Takano (CA-39) reintroduced the Autonomy for All Disabled Veterans Act, which will provide veterans with additional federal funding to make accessibility improvements to their homes. 

    Senators John Boozman (R-AR) and Catherine Cortez Masto (D-NV) introduced similar companion legislation in the Senate. 

    “The last thing a veteran should worry about is red tape that prevents them from living the life they deserve,” said Congressman Eric Sorensen. “It’s time to finally increase the federal funding available to help disabled veterans make accessibility improvements to their homes with this bipartisan legislation.” 

    “Every veteran deserves to live in a home that works for them. But right now, VA’s HISA program is not meeting the needs of disabled veterans struggling with higher costs,” said Ranking Member Mark Takano. “That’s why Congressman Sorensen and I are reintroducing the Autonomy for All Disabled Veterans Act—to raise the amount of help veterans can get and make sure more of them can live safely and independently. If we ask people to serve our country, we owe it to them to take care of them when they come home.” 

    “I’m proud to join my colleagues in introducing this bipartisan legislation to increase the funding available for veterans through the VA’s Home Improvements and Structural Alterations (HISA) program,” said Congresswoman Nicole Malliotakis. “This critical program helps disabled veterans make essential home modifications such as ramps, widened doorways, and accessible bathrooms and by raising the grant cap to $10,000, we’re ensuring that more veterans can live safely and independently in their homes after having served our nation.” 

    “Arkansas veterans have sacrificed tremendously in service to our nation,” said Senator John Boozman. “One of the most important ways we can support our former servicemembers is to ensure those living with a disability feel safer in an accessible home with a greater sense of independence and quality of life. I am pleased to champion commonsense improvements that will better serve those who have worn our nation’s uniform.” 

    “After making countless sacrifices in service to our country, disabled veterans deserve to live in their own home with more freedom and dignity,” said Senator Catherine Cortez Masto. “That’s why I’m proud to work alongside my colleagues to provide them the resources they need to make improvements to their homes for accessibility and safety. I will continue working across the aisle to stand up for Nevada veterans and their families.” 

    “VA’s Home Improvements and Structural Alterations grant program provides medically necessary improvements and structural changes to a veteran or service member’s home,” said Heather Ansley, Chief Policy Officer of Paralyzed Veterans of America. “Unfortunately, grant rates haven’t been increased since 2010, despite rising construction costs, minimizing the purchase power of this important program. We are grateful to Representative Sorensen, Representative Takano, and Representative Malliotakis for introducing this important legislation which will not only increase the grant amount but also tie the grant to an inflation formula to allow it to keep up with rising costs.” 

    “The quality and self-governing of one’s life means having the freedom to make one’s own decisions and act independently,” said Gary Hall, Service Officer at American Legion Post #2. “This is what every veteran wants in life and when you have a condition that limits an individual’s ability to perform physical tasks or functions, impacting mobility, dexterity or stamina. Veterans with physical disabilities resulting from their military service should be thanked for their service by helping them cope with the physical and emotional challenges that come with living with what has happen to them because of serving their country.” 

    “The Home Improvement and Structural Alterations (HISA) Grant is one of the most important grant programs for veterans with disabilities that the Veterans Health Administration administers,” said Dan Smith, Veterans Service Office at the Peoria County Veterans Assistance Commission. “It allows disabled veterans to make improvements to their homes in areas that present obstacles to their ability to live independently. The Autonomy for All Disabled Veterans Act is vital to offsetting the overwhelming cost increases in the construction industry over the past years, which directly reduce the necessary improvements these Disabled Veterans can make to their homes.” 

    “During my tenure of being a member of a couple of Military Veteran Organizations I have come across several veteran comrades that have physical disabilities,” said Gary Holmes, Col. Thomas G. Lawler VFW Post 342 Commander. “Some of these veterans mention that they have issues in their current living quarters that don’t meet their needs or provide a better quality of life. With the passage of this bill, it will help them reside in their homes and improve their current home situation.” 

    “There is no bad time to increase the grant ceiling to help veterans improve their homes and implement structural alterations. The best time, however, is to do so when the demand for needed support is at its highest. That time is now,” said Eric Willard, Secretary/Treasurer of Chapter 984 of Vietnam Veterans of America. “For the past several years our team of veterans has been helping disabled and other veterans with home improvements that accommodate their needs for adaptive and assistive living in their own homes and apartments. I see the greatest needs of the past decade happening today. Our volunteers and non-profits continue to provide free labor, but we have no funds to purchase the items and supplies to help our disabled peers. The proposed House bill will provide the funds needed by veterans to pay for the ramps, grab bars, and dozens of other accommodations that will make them more independent than otherwise possible. We stand ready to do the work, but our veterans need the money to make it happen.” 

    The Department of Veteran Affairs Home Improvements and Structural Alterations program (HISA) offers funds to help eligible disabled veterans alter their homes to better accommodate their needs. This bipartisan bill will increase the amount available under this program to up to $10,000 for veterans with both service-connected and non-service-connected conditions. This raises the current ceiling offered from $6,800 for those with service-connected conditions and $2,000 to those with non-service-connected conditions. 

    The Autonomy for All Disabled Veterans Act is supported by the Paralyzed Veterans of America (PVA), the Veterans of Foreign Wars (VFW), and AMVETS. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Orbit International Corp. Reports 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    First Quarter 2025 Net Loss of $2,152,000 ($0.65 loss per share) v. Net Loss of $751,000 ($0.22 loss per share) in Prior Year Comparable Period

    First Quarter 2025 EBITDA, as adjusted, was a loss of $1,949,000 ($0.59 loss per share) v. loss of $551,000 ($0.16 loss per share) in Prior Year Comparable Period

    Backlog at March 31, 2025 was $13.3 million compared to $12.0 million at December 31, 2024

    HAUPPAUGE, N.Y., May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Orbit International Corp. (OTC PINK:ORBT) today announced results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 vs. First Quarter 2024

    • Net sales were $4,726,000, as compared to $6,175,000.
    • Gross margin was 12.4%, as compared to 30.8%.
    • Net loss was $2,152,000 ($0.65 loss per share), as compared to a net loss of $751,000 ($0.22 loss per share).
    • Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, fair value adjustment on contingent liabilities and other non-current liability, and stock-based compensation (EBITDA, as adjusted) was a loss of $1,949,000 ($0.59 loss per share), as compared to a loss of $551,000 ($0.16 loss per share).
    • Backlog at March 31, 2025 was $13.3 million compared to $12.0 million at December 31, 2024.

    Mitchell Binder, President and CEO of Orbit International commented, “The first quarter for 2025 was a very challenging quarter for our Company. Our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $2,152,000 ($0.65 loss per share) compared to a net loss of $751,000 ($0.22 loss per share) for the prior comparable period. EBITDA, as adjusted, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was a loss of $1,949,000 ($0.59 loss per share) compared to a loss of $551,000 ($0.16 loss per share) in the prior comparable period. Our current first quarter operating results were negatively affected by significantly lower sales incurred by our Orbit Electronics Group (“OEG”) inclusive of our Simulator Product Solutions LLC (“SPS”) subsidiary. In particular, we incurred an operating loss at our Orbit Instrument division due to a gap in our delivery schedules. Our Orbit Instrument division has historically been our best performing operating unit with strong operating leverage. However, it was adversely affected by contract delays in the second half of 2024 and a temporary pause in certain production contracts as our engineering team worked with our customers for next generation enhancements. The Orbit Power Group (“OPG”), which makes up the remainder of our legacy business, recorded operating income that was relatively flat for the first quarter.

    Binder added, “Operating results for SPS were adversely impacted by lower sales during the quarter as a consequence of reduced bookings in the second half of 2024 due to contract delays that were eventually awarded in 2025. Bookings were also negatively affected by ongoing opportunities that have not yet finalized in 2025 and certain lost opportunities, primarily due to lack of funding or our customer losing awards to competitors. Bookings for SPS in 2025 have since improved from the second half of 2024. In addition, aside from certain costs mentioned above, general and administrative costs at SPS, in general, have stabilized. We had incurred significant infrastructure costs in 2023 and 2024 in order to support SPS’ sales increase since the Company’s acquisition of the SPS business in 2022. At the time of the SPS acquisition, we anticipated the need to invest in infrastructure and internal controls in order to bring SPS up to the standards of a public company. We believe that our cost structure at SPS is now aligned to support our growth.”

    Binder noted, “Operating results for SPS were also burdened by more than $200,000 ($0.06 loss per share) of expenses incurred by SPS for fees paid to an outside engineering firm in order to modify legacy drawings, along with bill of material part identification, that was developed prior to the acquisition, as well as legal fees incurred in connection with the litigation associated with the termination of the former President of SPS.”

    Mr. Binder added, “Our sales for the three months ended March 31, 2025, decreased significantly to $4,726,000 compared to $6,175,000 from the prior comparable period. This decrease in sales was primarily attributable to lower sales at our OEG and despite higher sales at our OPG. As previously mentioned, the lower sales at our OEG were attributable to lower bookings in the second half of 2024 due primarily to contract delays which is an inherent risk in contracting with the U.S. government and its prime contractors.”

    Mr. Binder further added, “Our gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2025, decreased to 12.4% compared to 30.8% in the prior year comparable period. The decrease in gross margin during the three months ended March 31, 2025, was attributable to a significantly lower gross margin at our OEG due to decreased sales resulting in a higher percentage attributable to overhead and other fixed costs; and a slightly lower OPG gross margin due to product mix and despite slightly higher sales.”

    Mr. Binder added, “For the three months ended March 31, 2025, selling, general and administrative expenses were $2,717,000, compared to $2,643,000, an increase of $74,000, primarily due to higher expenses from SPS and slightly higher corporate expenses. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses at SPS increased principally due to more than $200,000 of expenses incurred for (i) an outside engineering firm engaged to modify legacy drawings as well as bill of material part identification that was developed prior to the acquisition and (ii) legal fees incurred in connection with the litigation associated with the termination of the former President of SPS. The engineering firm was needed in order to conform drawing documentation to the actual manufacturing procedures to build the product as well as to comply with inventory internal controls. This was in addition to over $200,000 in engineering fees that were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase in corporate expenses was primarily due to (i) all audit fees for our 2024 audit being billed in the first quarter of 2025 whereas prior years audit fees were distributed during all the quarters and (2) slightly increased payroll costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses at our OEG (exclusive of SPS), and our OPG did not materially change. We expect that the outside engineering fees at SPS will decrease significantly, beginning the second quarter of 2025 and corporate expenses should also decrease beginning the second quarter due to the absence of any audit fees for the remainder of the year.”

    Mr. Binder continued, “Backlog at March 31, 2025, was approximately $13,300,000 compared to approximately $12,000,000 at December 31, 2024, an increase of approximately 10.8%. This increase in backlog is reflective of a general increase in bookings from our OEG, inclusive of SPS and despite a decrease in bookings from our OPG during the quarter. In 2024, for our OPG, bookings for our VPX power supplies increased by 91.5% over the prior comparable period and represented the highest amount of VPX bookings in any previous calendar year. We are hopeful that the momentum of continued bookings for our VPX power supplies will continue in 2025. Bookings for our OEG, inclusive of SPS, improved in the first quarter of 2025 and are expected to continue to improve, as many anticipated follow-on awards expected in the second half of 2024 were delayed, resulting in a poor second half of bookings for the segment. Some of these orders were received in the first quarter of 2025 and are now expected to continue to be received in the first half of 2025. Contract delays are an inherent part of doing business with the U.S. Government.”

    David Goldman, Chief Financial Officer, noted, “At March 31, 2025, our cash and cash equivalents aggregated approximately $0.7 million and our financial condition continued to remain solid as evidenced by our 2.5 to 1 current ratio. We have access to a $4,000,000 line of credit (“LOC”) with our bank and have borrowed $900,000 under the LOC as of March 31, 2025. Our book value per share at March 31, 2025 was $4.69, which compares to $5.34 at December 31, 2024 and $5.54 at December 31, 2023. (Note: book value per share does not include any additional value for our partially reserved deferred tax asset.) To offset future federal and state taxes resulting from profits, we have approximately $2.4 million and $0.4 million in available federal and New York State net operating loss carryforwards, respectively.”

    Mr. Binder added, “Because our revenues are tied to delivery schedules specified in our contracts, it is often difficult to judge our performance on a quarterly basis. Our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2025 resulted from weak bookings in the second half of 2024 that emanated from contract delays that led to a significant gap in first quarter delivery schedules. Some of these contracts were awarded in the first quarter and some represent ongoing opportunities that we have not yet finalized with our customer. We reported at year end that these contract delays would adversely affect our operating performance in the first half of 2025. Although, we expect an improvement in the second quarter operating results, we expect the results to still be somewhat affected by the 2024 contract delays. Because of the improved bookings in the first quarter and our expectation of improved bookings throughout our operating units and barring unforeseen delays, we expect these awards to fill in our delivery schedules and lead to an improvement to operating results in the second half of 2025.”

    Mr. Binder concluded, “We continue to evaluate the impact of tariff announcements and are evaluating their impact on the cost of our products and, in particular, our VPX power supplies, which recorded significant sales growth in 2024 and is expected to be the driver of the growth of our OPG in the future. We are addressing the tariffs in a number of ways, including a pass through to our customers, adjusting our pricing, negotiating with our vendors or seeking out alternative sources. We’ve been proactive in moving certain of our foreign vendors to countries that are not expected to be materially affected by tariffs.”

    Orbit International Corp., through its Electronics Group, is involved in the development and manufacture of custom electronic device and subsystem solutions for military, industrial and commercial applications through its production facilities in Hauppauge, New York and Carson, CA. Orbit’s Power Group, also located in Hauppauge, NY, designs and manufactures a wide array of power products including AC power supplies, frequency converters, inverters, VME/VPX power supplies as well as various COTS power sources.

    Certain matters discussed in this news release and oral statements made from time to time by representatives of the Company including, statements regarding our expectations of Orbit’s operating plans, deliveries under contracts and strategies generally; statements regarding our expectations of the performance of our business; expectations regarding costs and revenues, future operating results, additional orders, future business opportunities and continued growth, may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the Federal securities laws. Although Orbit believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, it can give no assurance that its expectations will be achieved.

    Forward-looking information is subject to certain risks, trends and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Many of these factors are beyond Orbit International’s ability to control or predict. Important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially and that could impact Orbit International and the statements contained in this news release can be found in Orbit’s reports posted with the OTC Disclosure and News service. For forward-looking statements in this news release, Orbit claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Orbit assumes no obligation to update or supplement any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    CONTACT   
    David Goldman 
    Chief Financial Officer 
    631-435-8300 

    (See Accompanying Tables)

     
    Orbit International Corp.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    (unaudited)
          2025       2024  
             
    Net sales   $ 4,726     $ 6,175  
             
    Cost of sales     4,138       4,275  
             
    Gross profit     588       1,900  
             
    Selling general and administrative expenses     2,717       2,643  
             
    Interest expense     19       5  
             
    Other (income) expense, net     (7 )     (14 )
             
    Loss before income taxes     (2,141 )     (734 )
             
    Income tax provision     11       17  
             
    Net loss   $ (2,152 )   $ ( 751 )
             
             
    Basic loss per share   $ (0.65 )   $ (0.22 )
             
    Diluted loss per share   $ (0.65 )   $ (0.22 )
             
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding:        
    Basic     3,327       3,343  
    Diluted     3,327       3,343  
             
     
    Orbit International Corp.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
     
     
        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    EBITDA (as adjusted) Reconciliation        
    Net loss   $ (2,152 )   $ (751 )
    Income tax expense     11       17  
    Depreciation and amortization     170       165  
    Interest expense     19       5  
    Fair value adj-contingent liabilities & other non-current liability    

         

    10

     
    Stock-based compensation     3       3  
    EBITDA (as adjusted) (1)   $ (1,949 )   $ (551 )
             
    EBITDA (as adjusted) Per Diluted Share Reconciliation        
    Net loss   $ ( 0.65 )   $ (0.22 )
    Income tax expense     0.00       0.01  
    Depreciation and amortization     0.05       0.05  
    Interest expense     0.01       0.00  
    Fair value adj-contingent liabilities & other non-current liability    

    0.00

         

    0.00

     
    Stock-based compensation     0.00       0.00  
    EBITDA (as adjusted) per diluted share (1)   $ (0.59 )   $ (0.16 )

    (1) The EBITDA (as adjusted) tables presented are not determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Management uses EBITDA (as adjusted) to evaluate the operating performance of its business. It is also used, at times, by some investors, securities analysts and others to evaluate companies and make informed business decisions. EBITDA (as adjusted) is also a useful indicator of the income generated to service debt. EBITDA (as adjusted) is not a complete measure of an entity’s profitability because it does not include costs and expenses for interest, depreciation and amortization, income taxes, fair value adj.-contingent liabilities and other non-current liability and stock-based compensation. EBITDA (as adjusted) as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly named measures reported by other companies.

        Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    Reconciliation of EBITDA, as adjusted,
    to cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities (1)
       

                  2025

         

    2024

     
                     
    EBITDA (as adjusted)   $ (1,949 )   $ (551 )
    Income tax expense     (11 )     (17 )
    Interest expense     (19 )     (5 )
    Fair value adj-contingent liabilities and other non-current liability           (10 )
    Stock-based compensation     7       7  
    Net change in operating assets and liabilities     1,353       1,230  
    Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities   $ ( 619 )   $ 654  
     
    Orbit International Corp.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
      March 31, 2025
    (unaudited)
      December 31, 2024
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 696,000     $ 1,355,000  
    Accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses   2,152,000       3,935,000  
    Inventories   9,068,000       8,884,000  
    Contract assets   1,029,000       643,000  
    Other current assets   376,000       428,000  
           
    Total current assets   13,321,000       15,245,000  
           
    Property and equipment, net   1,147,000       1,192,000  
    Right of use assets, operating leases   2,122,000       2,297,000  
    Right of use assets, financing leases   67,000       77,000  
    Goodwill   3,515,000       3,515,000  
    Intangible assets, net
    Deferred tax asset
      2,262,000
    100,000
          2,322,000
    100,000
     
    Other assets   52,000       53,000  
           
    Total assets $ 22,586,000     $ 24,801,000  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 1,000,000     $ 878,000  
    Accrued expenses   975,000       990,000  
    Notes payable   86,000       99,000  
    Lease liabilities, operating leases   716,000       717,000  
    Lease liabilities, financing leases   39,000       38,000  
    Contingent liability   1,362,000       1,362,000  
    Line of credit   900,000       850,000  
    Customer advances   282,000       296,000  
           
    Total current liabilities   5,360,000       5,230,000  
           
    Notes payable, net of current portion   69,000       83,000  
    Lease liabilities, operating leases   1,498,000       1,678,000  
    Lease liabilities, financing leases   31,000       41,000  
           
    Total liabilities   6,958,000       7,032,000  
           
    Stockholders’ Equity      
    Common stock   352,000       351,000  
    Additional paid-in capital   17,181,000       17,171,000  
    Treasury stock   (1,224,000 )     (1,224,000  
    Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)   (681,000 )     1,471,000  
           
    Stockholders’ equity   15,628,000       17,769,000  
           
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 22,586,000     $ 24,801,000  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: LIS Technologies Inc. Appoints Ryan Norton as its Senior Mechanical Design Engineer

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Oak Ridge, Tennessee, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LIS Technologies Inc. (“LIST” or “the Company”), a proprietary developer of advanced laser technology and the only USA-origin and patented laser uranium enrichment company, today announced that Ryan Norton has joined the Company as its Senior Mechanical Design Engineer.

    Ryan Norton is an engineer with a background in mechanical and optomechanical design and analysis for both R&D and commercial products. His experience spans research, design and analysis of downhole drilling and laser tools, surface equipment and electronics packaging for space.

    Figure 1 – LIS Technologies Inc. Appoints Ryan Norton as its Senior Mechanical Design Engineer.

    During his time at Foro Energy, Ryan played a pivotal role in developing high-power laser tools for the energy sector. He led the design and testing of various groundbreaking optomechanical systems like the world’s first high power optical slip ring and novel hard rock laser drilling systems using both gases and fluids. He also worked on various other technologies such as high-performance nozzles, fiber optic connectors and high-pressure laser windows. His work has resulted in multiple patents related to high-power laser energy transfer and drilling technologies.

    Ryan holds a B.S. in Engineering with a Mechanical concentration and a minor in Mathematics from LeTourneau University.

    “It is a pleasure to welcome Ryan to LIS Technologies at this key junction,” said Christo Liebenberg, CEO and Co-Founder of LIS Technologies Inc. “His expertise will be instrumental as we move into the next phases of CRISLA development, and he will play a key part in facilitating the demonstration activities essential to CRISLA’s growth and expansion.”

    In his role, Ryan will support the development of mechanical solutions that drive advancement in the Company’s proprietary CRISLA-3G laser isotope separation technology, which was recently evaluated and determined to meet all elements required for a Technology Readiness Level (TRL) of 4.

    “LIS Technologies is broadening its capabilities and assembling a team equipped with the knowledge and expertise to be a leading innovator in the space,” said Jay Yu, Executive Chairman and President of LIS Technologies Inc. “Engaging key professionals like Ryan is vital to sustaining our growth trajectory and I welcome him to the team.”

    About LIS Technologies Inc.

    LIS Technologies Inc. (LIST) is a USA based, proprietary developer of a patented advanced laser technology, making use of infrared lasers to selectively excite the molecules of desired isotopes to separate them from other isotopes. The Laser Isotope Separation Technology (L.I.S.T) has a huge range of applications, including being the only USA-origin (and patented) laser uranium enrichment company, and several major advantages over traditional methods such as gas diffusion, centrifuges, and prior art laser enrichment. The LIST proprietary laser-based process is more energy-efficient and has the potential to be deployed with highly competitive capital and operational costs. L.I.S.T is optimized for LEU (Low Enriched Uranium) for existing civilian nuclear power plants, High-Assay LEU (HALEU) for the next generation of Small Modular Reactors (SMR) and Microreactors, the production of stable isotopes for medical and scientific research, and applications in quantum computing manufacturing for semiconductor technologies. The Company employs a world class nuclear technical team working alongside leading nuclear entrepreneurs and industry professionals, possessing strong relationships with government and private nuclear industries.

    In Dec 2024, LIS Technologies Inc. was selected as one of six domestic companies to participate in the Low-Enriched Uranium (LEU) Enrichment Acquisition Program. This initiative allocates up to $3.4 billion overall, with contracts lasting for up to 10 years. Each awardee is slated to receive a minimum contract of $2 million.

    For more information please visit: LaserIsTech.com

    For further information, please contact:

    Email: info@laseristech.com

    Telephone: 800-388-5492

    Follow us on X Platform

    Follow us on LinkedIn

    Forward Looking Statements

    This news release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In this context, forward-looking statements mean statements related to future events, which may impact our expected future business and financial performance, and often contain words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would” or “may” and other words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this news release and represent management’s current views and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our control. For LIS Technologies Inc., particular risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the following which are, and will be, exacerbated by any worsening of global business and economic environment: (i) risks related to the development of new or advanced technology, including difficulties with design and testing, cost overruns, development of competitive technology, loss of key individuals and uncertainty of success of patent filing, (ii) our ability to obtain contracts and funding to be able to continue operations and (iii) risks related to uncertainty regarding our ability to commercially deploy a competitive laser enrichment technology, (iv) risks related to the impact of government regulation and policies including by the DOE and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission; and other risks and uncertainties discussed in this and our other filings with the SEC. Only after successful completion of our Phase 2 Pilot Plant demonstration will LIS Technologies be able to make realistic economic predictions for a Commercial Facility. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this news release. These factors may not constitute all factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in any forward-looking statement. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a predictor of actual results. We do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this news release, except as required by law.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Turtle Club raises $6.2M to advance onchain liquidity distribution protocol

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ZURICH, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Turtle Club today announced the close of a $6.2 million seed funding round to advance its on-chain liquidity distribution protocol. The funding supports the project’s mission to improve how liquidity is coordinated and deployed across decentralized finance (DeFi) ecosystems.

    The round was led by THEIA, with participation from Susquehanna (SIG), Laser Digital, Consensys, Selini, RE7 Capital, L2IV, Archimed Capital, Trident Digital, Bodhi Ventures, Shorewoods, Triton Liquid, AUROS Global, Chorus One, Frachtis, Moonhill Capital, Tulipa Capital, and others. Notable angel investors include Ethereum co-founder Joseph Lubin, Wintermute co-founder Yoann Turpin, and Ryan Fang of Ankr.

    Turtle Club enables on-chain liquidity distribution by allowing liquidity providers (LPs) to earn rewards across multiple protocols. The protocol also helps projects and distribution partners align incentives, create visibility into liquidity costs across chains, establish risk-adjusted benchmarks for protocol categories, and design more sustainable incentive models. Capital providers benefit from transparent metrics that guide strategic deployment.

    Since its launch in March 2024, Turtle Club reports:

    • 315,000+ registered wallets
    • $2.3 Billion+ in total value bootstrapped
    • 51 integrated protocols
    • $550 million deployed in 45 days via its first chain bootstrapping campaign

    “As liquidity becomes more fragmented across chains and protocols, the need for structured, transparent distribution has never been greater,” said Essi Lagevardi, CEO of Turtle Club. “This round allows us to continue building mechanisms that reward capital providers fairly, help protocols design sustainable incentive programs, and support a more efficient, transparent DeFi liquidity environment. At the end of the day, our mission is simple: deliver the best-quality dealflow and the best possible service to LPs. When you consistently do both, everything else follows.”

    Turtle Club will use the proceeds to expand its engineering team, support new protocol integrations, and grow its distribution network.

    About Turtle Club

    Turtle Club is a protocol for on-chain liquidity distribution, designed to connect LPs, protocols, and partners through sustainable and transparent incentive models. Operated by Phantom Protocol AG and launched in March 2024, Turtle Club has become one of the fastest-growing liquidity coordination layers in Web3.

    Contact:
    Pedro Verdades
    Head of Marketing at Turtle Club
    press@turtle.club

    Disclaimer: This is a paid post and is provided by Turtle Club. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice.Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed.

    Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at:

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/21643c35-7d37-4ae3-bb75-7effa25f7601

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/fbd09214-18c6-44fb-904d-097d78294e36

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Australia: Crocodile captured in Ross River in Townsville

    Source: Tasmania Police

    Issued: 9 May 2025

    Open larger image

    Estuarine crocodile in a floating trap.

    A 2.8-metre estuarine crocodile has been captured in a floating trap on the Ross River near Aplins Weir on 8 May 2025.

    The Department of the Environment, Tourism, Science and Innovation targeted the animal for removal after receiving multiple sighting reports recently from concerned members of the public.

    Wildlife rangers conducted a land-based spotlight assessment to locate the crocodile and due to its size and location – in a high recreational use area – it was targeted for removal.

    Principal Wildlife Ranger Dinouk Perera said that when wildlife rangers were removing the trapped animal, they observed a second crocodile about two metres in length, nearby.

    “We have re-installed the trap to target the second crocodile for removal,” Mr Perera said.

    “The department would like to thank those community members who reported the crocodile.

    “Crocodile sighting reports give us important information about a crocodile’s location and behaviour that allows us to assess whether it needs to be removed from the wild.

    “The captured crocodile is currently in a holding pond at our facility and will be rehomed to a farm or zoo.

    “People in Townsville are reminded that the area is crocodile habitat, and they need to make sensible choices when they are around the water.

    “Crocodiles could be present in any waterway in areas of crocodile habitat. They can swim long distances and may turn up in places they haven’t been seen before, particularly after flooding.

    “That’s why it is important to report all crocodile sightings to the department as soon as possible, for investigation by wildlife rangers.”

    Crocodile sightings can be reported by using the QWildlife app, completing a crocodile sighting report on the DETSI website, or by calling 1300 130 372. The department investigates every crocodile sighting report received.

    Further information is available at: https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/plants-animals/animals/living-with/crocodiles/becrocwise

    MIL OSI News

  • MIL-OSI Australia: Cassowary release highlights importance of reporting all sightings

    Source: Tasmania Police

    Issued: 12 May 2025

    Open larger image

    A male cassowary

    A young male cassowary has been rehabilitated and released into Wooroonooran National Park after being rescued from cane fields near Mourilyan in far north Queensland.

    The successful release of the cassowary demonstrates the importance of public reporting of cassowary sightings, particularly if the birds are sick, injured or in places well away from of their normal habitat.

    In March this year, the Department of the Environment, Tourism, Science and Innovation (DETSI) received multiple sighting reports a young cassowary wandering along roads among cane fields, several kilometres from the nearest forested area.

    DETSI wildlife rangers found the bird to be in poor condition and an analysis of its fresh scat showed it had been eating solely non-native fruit.

    Due to the location, condition and the risk of vehicle strike, the bird was captured and placed in DETSI’s Cassowary Rehabilitation Centre at Garners Beach.

    Senior Wildlife Ranger Alex Diczbalis said the juvenile male cassowary had received daily care and feeding at the centre by volunteers from the Community for Coastal and Cassowary Conservation (C4), and its condition had improved rapidly.

    “We’d like to thank the members of the public who took the time to report the cassowary to us and to the C4 volunteers for their dedication,” Mr Diczbalis said.

    “After several weeks of care, which included feeding the bird native fruit collected from the roadside, the cassowary was assessed by local vet Dr Graham Lauridsen as being suitable

    for release back into the wild.

    “We chose a release location in Wooroonooran National Park that has dense rainforest, abundant native food, and access to fresh water which will give the cassowary a great opportunity to establish a home range.

    “On 10 April 2025, the cassowary was released into the rainforest and calmly explored its new surroundings.

    “Recent site visits have confirmed that the cassowary is foraging well and fulfilling its vital role in seed dispersal and rainforest regeneration. We hope the cassowary will thrive and in time father its own chicks.”

    To report a cassowary sighting or incident, call 1300 130 372 in a timely manner.

    Be Cass-o-wary!!

    Southern cassowary behaviour is unpredictable. Cassowaries can inflict serious injuries to people and pets by lashing out with their large, clawed feet.

    • Don’t approach cassowaries, it’s best to appreciate them from a distance
    • Never approach chicks – male cassowaries will defend them.
    • Don’t feed cassowaries – it is illegal, dangerous and has caused cassowary deaths.
    • Discard food scraps in closed bins and ensure compost bins have secure lids.
    • Slow down and keep an eye out when driving on roads in cassowary habitat.
    • Don’t park your vehicle near cassowaries, they may think you’ve stopped to feed them.
    • Keep dogs behind fences or on a leash.

    MIL OSI News

  • MIL-OSI: Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc. Reports April 2025 Assets Under Management

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MILWAUKEE, May 09, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc. (NYSE: APAM) today reported that its preliminary assets under management (“AUM”) as of April 30, 2025 totaled $164.4 billion. Artisan Funds and Artisan Global Funds accounted for $80.2 billion of total firm AUM, while separate accounts and other AUM1 accounted for $84.2 billion.

    PRELIMINARY ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY STRATEGY2    
         
    As of April 30, 2025 – ($ Millions)    
    Growth Team    
    Global Opportunities $   18,847  
    Global Discovery 1,747  
    U.S. Mid-Cap Growth 10,196  
    U.S. Small-Cap Growth 2,688  
    Franchise 735  
    Global Equity Team    
    Global Equity 347  
    Non-U.S. Growth 13,559  
    China Post-Venture3 113  
    U.S. Value Team    
    Value Equity 4,784  
    U.S. Mid-Cap Value 2,454  
    Value Income 16  
    International Value Group    
    International Value 47,949  
    International Explorer 693  
    Global Special Situations 11  
    Global Value Team    
    Global Value 30,526  
    Select Equity 316  
    Sustainable Emerging Markets Team    
    Sustainable Emerging Markets 1,670  
    Credit Team    
    High Income 11,884  
    Credit Opportunities 306  
    Floating Rate 83  
    Developing World Team    
    Developing World 4,367  
    Antero Peak Group    
    Antero Peak 1,927  
    Antero Peak Hedge 231  
    International Small-Mid Team    
    Non-U.S. Small-Mid Growth 5,464  
    EMsights Capital Group    
    Global Unconstrained 894  
    Emerging Markets Debt Opportunities 1,036  
    Emerging Markets Local Opportunities 1,591  
         
    Total Firm Assets Under Management (“AUM”) $   164,434  

    1 Separate account and other AUM consists of the assets we manage in or through vehicles other than Artisan Funds or Artisan Global Funds. Separate account and other AUM includes assets we manage in traditional separate accounts, as well as assets we manage in Artisan-branded collective investment trusts, and in our own private funds.
    2 AUM for Artisan Sustainable Emerging Markets and U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Strategies includes $113.3 million in aggregate for which Artisan Partners provides investment models to managed account sponsors (reported on a lag not exceeding one quarter).
    3 The China Post-Venture strategy is currently in the process of being wound down.

    ABOUT ARTISAN PARTNERS
    Artisan Partners is a global investment management firm that provides a broad range of high value-added investment strategies to sophisticated clients around the world. Since 1994, the firm has been committed to attracting experienced, disciplined investment professionals to manage client assets. Artisan Partners’ autonomous investment teams oversee a diverse range of investment strategies across multiple asset classes. Strategies are offered through various investment vehicles to accommodate a broad range of client mandates.

    Investor Relations Inquiries: 866.632.1770 or ir@artisanpartners.com
    Source: Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Australia: Dolphin euthanised after Townsville stranding

    Source: Tasmania Police

    Issued: 9 May 2025

    A rough-toothed dolphin has been euthanised after beaching itself near the rockpool at the Strand in Townsville.

    A member of the public advised the Department of the Environment, Tourism, Science and Innovation (DETSI) that the dolphin stranded around 2:45pm on Wednesday 7 May 2025.

    The dolphin was in poor condition and following a health assessment by a veterinarian, a decision was made to euthanise the animal.

    Project Manager Tina Alderson said marine animal strandings occurred along Queensland’s vast coastline, and DETSI had added a new function to the QWildlife app that allowed people to report strandings.

    “Marine animals strand for several reasons including age, illness, disease, injuries from predators or boat strikes and entanglement in fishing equipment,” Ms Alderson said.

    “Strandings such as these are sad and can impact on local communities. I encourage everyone who lives or visits Queensland’s coastal communities to download the QWildlife app.

    “A necropsy will be conducted on the dolphin to help determine the reasons it stranded and the results could take several weeks.”

    Fast facts – rough-toothed dolphins:

    • Usually found in deep warm and tropical waters around the world
    • They have a narrow beak and rough teeth with narrow, irregular ridges
    • Adults can grow to 2.8m in length and weigh up to 155kg, with males being larger than females
    • Older individuals have distinctive pinkish, white or yellow markings on their underside
    • Their diet consists mainly of fish
    • Their dorsal fin can be almost 30cm long

    The QWildlife app can be downloaded by visiting the app store or Google Play.

    View more information on downloading the QWildlife app to report a marine animal strandingMarine wildlife strandings including strandings data.

    MIL OSI News

  • MIL-OSI: Standard Lithium Reports Fiscal First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VANCOUVER, British Columbia, May 09, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Standard Lithium Ltd. (“Standard Lithium” or the “Company”) (TSXV:SLI) (NYSE American:SLI), a leading near-commercial lithium company, today announced its financial and operating results for the three month fiscal period ended March 31, 2025.

    “2025 will be a pivotal year for us, marked by several key milestones that will shape the future of Standard Lithium, our joint venture, and impact the industry as a whole,” said David Park, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Standard Lithium. “We started with a strong first quarter by finalizing our $225 million grant from the US Department of Energy, advancing our subsurface understanding through extensive reservoir testing, completing the derisking of our DLE technology with a final pilot field test at South West Arkansas, and continuing to expand our leasehold footprint in East Texas. Together with our South West Arkansas project’s recent designation as a priority transparency critical mineral project by the Trump administration and the approval of our first brine production unit, these achievements reinforce our conviction that our projects in the Smackover will deliver significant value to our shareholders, the communities that we work in, and will help secure critical mineral production in the United States. While much remains to be done ahead of a final investment decision at SWA, as well as further advancing East Texas, we are energized by the momentum we have built and we are focused on our next project development milestones.”

    Highlights Subsequent to the Three Month Fiscal Period Ended March 31, 2025

    All amounts are in US dollars unless otherwise indicated.

    • Smackover Lithium’s South West Arkansas Project receives special designation. Smackover Lithium announced that its South West Arkansas (“SWA”) Project had been selected as one of the first critical mineral production projects to be advanced under Executive Order 14241 – Immediate Measures to Increase American Mineral Production, announced by the U.S. Federal Permitting Improvement Steering Council at the recommendation of the National Energy Dominance Council.
    • Approval of brine production unit for Phase I of the SWA Project. On April 24, Smackover Lithium announced the brine production unit, formally named the Reynolds Unit, for Phase I of it’s SWA Project was unanimously approved by the Arkansas Oil and Gas Commission with no objections or opposition in a hearing that was open to all stakeholders from the community. Approval of the unit was a necessary statutory requirement as Smackover Lithium seeks to establish a royalty rate for the unit by the end of the second quarter.
    • Submission of royalty application to the Arkansas Oil and Gas Commission for the SWA Project. On May 6, Smackover Lithium announced that SWA Lithium LLC had submitted a royalty application to the Arkansas Oil and Gas Commission to establish a lithium royalty for the Reynolds Unit for Phase I of its SWA Project.

    Highlights From Three Month Fiscal Period Ended March 31, 2025

    • Finalized $225 million grant from the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) for the South West Arkansas Project. The grant will support construction of Phase 1 of the SWA Project. The SWA Project is expected to be one of the world’s first commercial-scale Direct Lithium Extraction (“DLE”) facilities.
    • Undertook extensive field and reservoir testing program at the SWA Project.  Completed drilling of new well and multiple well re-entries into the Smackover Formation to conduct detailed reservoir testing and brine sampling work to further support front end engineering design and definitive feasibility studies.
    • Completed final test of field-pilot plant at the SWA Project.  In partnership with Koch Technology Solutions, successfully operated a field-pilot plant at the SWA Project as the final DLE derisking step prior to commercialization. Lithium recovery far exceeded design criteria, with over 99% recovery from brine sourced from the project’s International Paper Company well.
    • Launch of Smackover Lithium. On January 29, 2025, at a community townhall in Stamps, AR, the Company and Equinor announced Smackover Lithium as the new name for their joint venture developing DLE projects in Southwest Arkansas and East Texas.
    • Continued strategic additions to board of directors. The Company announced on March 19, 2025 the appointment of Karen G. Narwold, as an independent member of its board of directors.
    • Provided corporate update demonstrating continuous advancement and derisking of corporate objectives. Announcement made on March 26, 2025 provided highlights on certain developmental project milestones for the Smackover Lithium joint venture as well as updates on the Company’s progress at its demonstration plant and on the Lanxess Projects.
    • Cash and working capital of $31.6 million and $31.3 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2025.
    • The Company has no term or revolving debt obligations as of March 31, 2025.

    Consolidated Financial Statements

    This news release should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and MD&A for the three month fiscal period ended March 31, 2025, which are available on the Company’s issuer profile on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

    Three-Month Fiscal Period Ended March 31, 2025 Call and Webcast

    The Company will hold a conference call and webcast to discuss its three-month fiscal period ended March 31, 2025 on Friday, May 16th at 3:30 p.m. ET. Access to the call is available via webcast or direct dial.

    Conference Call and Webcast Details
    Standard Lithium Fiscal Q1 2025 Earnings Call and Webcast
    May 16, 2025 3:30 p.m. Eastern Time (US and Canada)

    Participant Information:
    Conference ID: 6017900

    USA / International Toll +1 (646) 307-1963
    USA – Toll-Free (800) 715-9871
    Canada – Toronto (647) 932-3411
    Canada – Toll-Free (800) 715-9871

    Attendee Webcast Link:
    https://events.q4inc.com/attendee/929712112

    About Standard Lithium Ltd.

    Standard Lithium is a leading near-commercial lithium development company focused on the sustainable development of a portfolio of large, high-grade lithium-brine properties in the United States. The Company prioritizes projects characterized by the highest quality resources, robust infrastructure, skilled labor, and streamlined permitting. Standard Lithium aims to achieve sustainable, commercial-scale lithium production via the application of a scalable and fully integrated DLE and purification process. The Company’s flagship projects are located in the Smackover Formation, a world-class lithium brine asset, focused in Arkansas and Texas. In partnership with global energy leader Equinor, Standard Lithium is advancing the South West Arkansas project, a greenfield project located in southern Arkansas, and actively exploring promising lithium brine prospects in East Texas. Standard Lithium also holds an interest in certain mineral leases in the Mojave Desert in San Bernardino County, California.

    Standard Lithium trades on both the TSX Venture Exchange and the NYSE American under the symbol “SLI”. Please visit the Company’s website at www.standardlithium.com.

    Investor and Media Inquiries

    Chris Lang
    Standard Lithium Ltd.
    +1 604 409 8154
    investors@standardlithium.com

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release. This news release may contain certain “Forward-Looking Statements” within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and applicable Canadian securities laws. When used in this news release, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “target, “plan”, “forecast”, “may”, “schedule” and other similar words or expressions identify forward-looking statements or information. These forward-looking statements or information may relate to intended development timelines, future prices of commodities, accuracy of mineral or resource exploration activity, reserves or resources, regulatory or government requirements or approvals, the reliability of third party information, continued access to mineral properties or infrastructure, fluctuations in the market for lithium and its derivatives, changes in exploration costs and government regulation in Canada and the United States, and other factors or information. Such statements represent the Company’s current views with respect to future events and are necessarily based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while considered reasonable by the Company, are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, political and social risks, contingencies and uncertainties. Many factors, both known and unknown, could cause results, performance or achievements to be materially different from the results, performance or achievements that are or may be expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The Company does not intend, and does not assume any obligation, to update these forward-looking statements or information to reflect changes in assumptions or changes in circumstances or any other events affecting such statements and information other than as required by applicable laws, rules and regulations.

    The MIL Network